FORECAST

2019

BY RAYMOND MERRIMAN
 THE GEOCOSMIC ADVANTAGE FOR TRADING AND INVESTING
Raymond Merriman (CTA) has devoted over 36 years to quantitative research exploring geocosmic
correlations to patterns, trends and cycles in global markets. The MMA Method of Market Timing
and Analysis offers essential products and services for all knowledge levels of financial astrology.

IN-DEPTH MARKET CYCLES RESEARCH MONTHLY CRITICAL MARKET REVIEWS

THE ULTIMATE BOOK ON STOCK
MARKET TIMING: VOLUMES 1–5
The most comprehensive
books ever published on
stock market cycles with
respect to geocosmic events
and market timing.
Gold and Silver specific
trading guides also in print.
WITH ANALYSIS AND TRADE RECOMMENDATIONS
§ THE MMA CYCLES REPORT
§ THE MMA EUROPEAN CYCLES REPORT
§ THE MMA JAPANESE CYCLES REPORT
§ THE MMTA INTERNATIONAL CYCLES REPORT
Refer to the MMA Matrix Product Guide included in the
conference tote bag for details on markets covered by
each daily/weekly or monthly subscription service.

DAILY AND WEEKLY MARKET REPORTS THE MUST-HAVE ANNUAL FORECAST BOOK
WITH ANALYSIS AND TRADE RECOMMENDATIONS A unique overview of
A daily and/or weekly technical review of trading political and economic
activity in global markets with key support and themes for the year with a
resistance areas, market cycle patterns, trend focus on market cycles and
analysis, and geocosmic studies with exclusive geocosmic signatures for
MMA critical reversal dates. Markets include: Gold, investing. Print version and
Silver, DJIA, S&P, NASDAQ, Treasuries, Currencies, E-books available to order.
Crude Oil, Soybeans and now Bitcoin. FORECAST is published
every year in December.
Sign up online for our FREE WEEKLY PREVIEW

phone: 800-662-3349 www.mmacycles.com phone: 248-626 -3034

The Merriman Market Analyst, Inc. customerservice@mmacy cles.com

 FORECAST
FOR

2019

Seek-It Publications / PO Box 14934 Scottsdale, AZ 85267

Phone 800-MMA-3349or
Phone 800-MMA-3349 or1-800-662-3349
480-626-2433 Fax
Fax1-248-538-5296
1-248-538-5296

E-Mail: customerservice@mmacycles.com
E-Mail: mmacyclesstaff@gmail.com
Website: http://www.mmacycles.com
Website: http://www.mmacycles.com
 DEDICATION

This year's book is dedicated to Kat Powell.

Kat has been a supporter of MMA’s works for several years. She was one of the top
graduates of the MMTA (Merriman Market Timing Academy) in 2013-2015. She has
since been working as an illustrator, graphic design artist, market analyst, and editorial
assistant to Raymond Merriman and MMA. For the past two years, she has served as an
MMA contributing writer covering Soybeans for the monthly MMA Cycles Report. Her
market research methodologies incorporate western astrology, MMA cycles theory,
pattern analysis, and Elliott Wave theory.

Prior to her exploration of astrology and financial markets, Kat consulted for twenty
years as an independent writer/producer/director, developing corporate video
communications for Fortune 500 companies including AT&T, IBM, and Johnson &
Johnson. Her client history also includes Bayer/AGFA, Bell Labs, Bellcore, Qwest, and
Sony USA. She currently contributes her marketing and graphic design skills to the non-
profit organization ISAR – International Society for Astrological Research. Kat has a BA
in Communications, cum laude, with a minor in Psychology from Virginia Tech (Virginia
Polytechnic Institute and State University). At MMA, we are very grateful to have
someone as skilled and talented as Kat working closely with us. In fact, we think she is
an MMA angel, even though she is born under a Scorpio Full Moon (or, maybe because
of that).

Special thanks this year go to Elizabeth Bryson, Rick Burris, Teresa Detrich, and
Dan McCamman for editing this year’s book. The weekly planetary calendar guide in the
back of the book is from the Pathfinder Astrology System, created by John Woodsmall of
Astrocybernetics. He can be contacted at john@astrocye.com and via his website,
http://www.astrocye.com. The ephemeris tables are reproduced from The New American
Ephemeris, 2007-2020: Compiled and Programmed by Rique Pottenger, based on the
earlier work of Neil F. Michelsen of Astro Communications Services (ACS). ACS may
be reached at 603-734-4300/ 866-953-8458, or www.astrocom.com.com.

Cover Design/Creative Consultant: Kat Powell, MMTA Graduate, Consultant,

kpowellmmta@gmail.com. Cover Design/Technical Execution, Richard Smoot, MMTA
Graduate and Astrologer, richard@richardjsmoot.com.

Copyright © November, 2018 Reproduction or use of this material is allowed only

upon prior consent from the publisher.

ISBN 13: 978-1-947760-02-8

Seek-It Publications 1-248-626-3034 or 1-800-662-3349 / Fax 1-248-538-5296
MMA – PO BOX 14934 – SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85267
Website: https://mmacycles.com
Email: customerservice@mmacycles.com
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

About the Cover iv

Terminology and Glossary of Terms Used in this Book v
Highlights of the Forecast 2019 Book 1

The Cosmic Setup: Modern Day Astrology Looks at 2019 2

Illusion and Delusion: The Jupiter/Neptune Square Sets Up 5
The Capricorn Stellium: The Edge of the Cliff 15
Gateway to the Capricorn Stellium and Beyond 21
Lunar Nodes and the Economic Cycle 25
Uranus in Taurus: The “New Normal” Becomes Abnormal 30

The United States of America in 2019 41

The USA and its President in 2019 50

T-Notes and Interest Rates in the USA in 2019 61

The U.S. Stock Market in 2019 74
Gold and Silver in 2019* 86
Currency Markets in 2019 95
Weather Patterns in 2019 109
Grain Markets in 2019 110
Crude Oil in 2019 122

Favorable Times, Challenging Times for 2019 125

Mercury Retrograde Periods in 2019 126

Specific Times of Year by Seasons in 2019 128

Forecasts for the Year for Each Sign for 2019 143
2019 Geocosmic Ephemeris and Astro Calendar Guide 173
 ABOUT THIS YEAR’S BOOK COVER
Every year we take great pride in creating an attractive book cover for our annual
Forecast Book that conveys an economic and/or political theme, usually related to the
sign of transiting Jupiter. In 2019, Jupiter will be in the expansive fire sign of Sagittarius.

Sagittarius rules many facets of reality, including: world trade, foreign affairs,
travels, court decisions, publishing, and education, to name just a few. Both Sagittarius,
and its ruling planet Jupiter think big. Together, they suggest a growing and expansive
economic and world trade environment. Generally speaking, both Jupiter and Sagittarius
tend toward an optimistic, positive outlook about the world economy, although
sometimes the view can be too optimistic and exaggerated, leading to a collective attitude
of “irrational exuberance” that could quickly transform into panic and hysteria when
things go awry.

Furthermore, Sagittarius is a fire sign and, like all fire signs, it pertains to the
element of fire.

Notice that this year’s cover shows a beautiful, large campfire. This symbolizes the
growing world economy This fire is surrounded by trees within a green forest (personal
values and net worth, Uranus in Taurus). Against this beautiful image of a warm campfire
in the woods is the awesome night sky, which symbolizes our connection to the infinite,
corresponding to the transit of Neptune in Pisces.

Notice also that no one is overseeing this warm and pleasant-looking campfire (the
pace of the growing world economy). There are no safeguards in the event that it begins
to overheat, spread, and grow out of control. This possibility too is symbolized by Jupiter
in Sagittarius, square to Neptune in Pisces. If it grows out of control due to a lack of
attention and well-positioned safeguards, it could quickly spread to become a dangerous
forest fire, one that accelerates outside the confines of a well-managed campfire.

As we write this year’s Forecast book, the campfire (the economy) looks good and
well in control. Our hope is that it is managed well in 2019 and doesn’t begin to overheat,
expand rapidly out control, and lead to danger, hysteria, and panic.

Cover design by MMA market analyst Kat Powell.

 TERMINOLOGY OF MARKET TERMS USED IN THIS BOOK

The following are terms that the reader will find throughout this book, especially in
the Financial Markets sections.

1. Cycle: A measurable phenomenon that recurs consistently at regular intervals of time.

In markets, cycles are measured from trough (low) to trough, unless specified otherwise.

2. Trough: a low in price; the bottom of a cycle, from whence the cycle ends and begins.

3. Crest: the peak of a cycle; the highest price between the troughs that define the cycle.

4. Phase: These are sub-cycles within each cycle. Each cycle is comprised of two or
three sub-cycles, or phases that are approximately 1/2 or 1/3 of the greater cycle’s length.

5. Cycle Pattern: There are three common cycle patterns: 1) The classical “three-phase”
pattern, in which there are three sub-cycles (or phases) of approximately 1/3 the greater
cycle length; 2) the classical “two-phase” pattern consisting of two sub-cycles (or phases)
of approximately 1/2 the greater cycle length; and 3) a “combination” pattern, which has
sub-cycles at the 1/2 and 1/3 intervals of the greater cycle.

6. Bull Market: Consecutively higher crests and higher troughs of the same cycle type;
"right translation" patterns of primary cycles. “Right Translation” means the crest
occurs in the second half of the cycle, past the midway point of the cycle.

7. Bear Market: Consecutively lower troughs and lower crests of the same cycle type;
"left translation” patterns of primary cycles. “Left Translation” means the crest occurs
in the first half of the cycle.

8. Trend: Bull or bear (as above). Trends depend upon the cycle you are studying. The
first phase of a cycle is always bullish, and the last is usually bearish.

9. Support: An area below the current market price where we expect prices to hold on
declines; a "floor" for prices.

10. Resistance: An area above the current market price where we expect prices to hold
on rallies; a "ceiling" for prices.

11. Treasury Values: In the chapter under T-Notes and Interest Rates, prices for T-Notes
are given in values of 1/32 of a point. For instance, a value of 130/25 really means 130
and 25/32 of a point. This is how prices are quoted in Treasuries.

For further information on understanding market and cycles’ terminology, the reader is
advised to read the author’s work, titled Merriman on Market Cycles: The Basics.
 TERMINOLOGY OF GEOCOSMIC TERMS USED IN THIS BOOK

1. Conjunction: An aspect, or phenomenon, that occurs when two planets are in the
same sign and degree of the zodiac. They “appear” to be together. A conjunction is the
starting point for a cycle involving those two planets.

2. Opposition: An aspect, or phenomenon that occurs when two planets are in opposite
signs and degrees of the zodiac. They “appear” to be in the opposite part of the sky.
When one sets in the west, the other rises in the east. An opposition is the halfway point
for a cycle involving those two planets. It represents the “culmination” of the themes, or
peak of the cycle, that began at the time of their conjunction.

3. Square: An aspect, or phenomenon, that occurs when two planets are 90 degrees
apart in the zodiac. They “appear” to be at a right angle, perpendicular, to one another. A
square represents the first (opening) and last (closing) quarter phase of a cycle involving
those two planets.

4. Trine: An aspect, or phenomenon, that occurs when two planets are 120 degrees
apart in the Zodiac. A trine represents the first third and last third phase for a cycle
involving those two planets. Trines are considered “soft” or “harmonious” aspects, along
with the sextile (1/6 of the Zodiac circle).

5. Hard aspects: The conjunction, squares, and opposition are considered the “hard
aspects” in astrology. They are challenging and difficult, and represent the urge to force
conflicting dynamics to work together.

6. T-square: This is a pattern in which two planets are in opposition, and both are in
square aspect to a third planet.

7. Grand square: This is a pattern in which four planets are in consecutive squares to
one another. It is two pairs of oppositions, each pair also square to the other pair.

8. Grand trine: This is a pattern in which three planets are in consecutive trines to one
another. It appears as an equilateral triangle in the heavens, and is considered the most
fortunate of all planetary configurations.

9. Cardinal signs: Every third sign, starting with Aries, and then Cancer, Libra, and
Capricorn. Cardinal signs start each season. Cardinal signs are the signs of action.

10. Fixed signs: Every third sign, starting with Taurus, and then Leo, Scorpio, and
Aquarius. Fixed signs are the middle of each season. Fixed signs maintain the energy
initiated by cardinal signs. They are said to be fixed, stable, and/or stubborn.

11. Mutable signs: Every third sign, starting with Gemini, and then Virgo, Sagittarius,
and Pisces. Mutable signs are the last signs of each season, and represent changes and
flexibility.
 HIGHLIGHTS OF THE FORECAST 2019 BOOK

¥ Jupiter in its ruling sign of Sagittarius, square Neptune in its ruling sign of
Pisces, November 8, 2018 – December 2, 2019, indicates over-spending on all
levels, credit downgrades of companies and nations, potential bankruptcies
¥ Jupiter, Saturn, and Pluto forming a stellium in 2020 as each transits
through Capricorn, indicating a significant shift and start of new world
leadership
¥ Saturn sextile Neptune, January 31 – November 8, 2019, both in their ruling
signs and global examples of virtue, sacrifice, and compassion
¥ Uranus fully ingresses into Taurus, March 6, 2019, for 7 years
¥ Uranus/Neptune waxing semi-square (171-year cycle), June 16, 2017
through May 2, 2019
¥ Potential for next financial crisis remains 2020-2023
¥ Increase in fraudulent and deceptive activities
¥ Major floods
¥ Increasing possibility of financial “bubbles,” and risk of financial crises
¥ Increased pressure for radical reform of the Federal Reserve Board
¥ Increased criticism of U.S. free press
¥ Role of the U.S. Dollar as standard world currency continues under scrutiny

These are the key bullet points for Forecast 2019. They are based on the history of
the most important long-term geocosmic signatures in effect in 2019-2020 and what
happened previously during the times these planets were in the same, or similar, aspects
or positions in the cosmos. They also consider the astrological meanings – the dynamics
and themes – related to the planets, the type of aspect in effect, and the signs involved.

Keep in mind that these are “forecasts,” not “predictions.” The forecasts presented in
this book are the result of research correlating planetary cycles with the history of cycles
in human activity, most of which have correlations of 80% or greater. Therefore, the art
of forecasting is a projection of these cycles in terms of historical probabilities – not
inevitabilities. In other words, planetary cycles represent correlations, not causations, to
cycles in human activity. One should understand that astrology, cycle studies, and/or
technical analysis studies, do not make forecasts. Humans do, based upon historical rates
of frequency denoted by these studies. And because we are human, our judgement of how
these factors will manifest is fallible. Our forecasts are educated, well-researched, and
mostly accurate. But no human is always correct in the interpretation of how indicators
will actually interact with one another and manifest as an outcome. Additionally, there
are choices that humans make when conditions arise related to these themes. The element
of “choice,” or “free will,” can also affect the forecasts given in this book.

With these disclaimers in place, may this annual book continue to serve you as a
most valuable reference and planning guide for the year ahead
 THE COSMIC SETUP:
MODERN DAY ASTROLOGY LOOKS AT 2019
Setup: 1. The way in which something is organized, planned, or arranged. 2. A
scheme, or a trick, intended to incriminate or deceive someone. - Dictionary, google.com.

“What you are getting is a stimulus at the very wrong moment. The economy is
already at full employment. (The stimulus) is going to hit the economy in a big way this
year and next year, and then in 2020 Wile E. Coyote is going to go off the cliff,” – Ben
Bernanke at a policy discussion at the American Enterprise Institute, written by Craig
Torres, “Bernanke Says U.S. Economy Faces a Wile E. Coyote Moment in 2020,”
Bloomberg News, June 7, 2018.

It’s the cosmic set up of a decade. And it may take a modern-day Financial and/or
Mundane Astrologer to figure out what it means before it unfolds. Yet, almost anyone
with a working knowledge of astrology is aware that the alignment of planets
approaching in 2020 is quite a unique and powerful set up: a stellium of Jupiter, Saturn,
and Pluto in late Capricorn through 0° Aquarius. It is symbolic of a huge shift for
humankind. And 2019 is the setup for this shift.

But what kind of setup is it?

According to the Google dictionary, a “setup” can have multiple meanings, and take
several forms. There is the physical setup, the way in which something is organized, or
arranged. The arrangement of the planets in the solar system, in relationship to planet
earth, exemplifies this type of setup. We see this in the chart of the year 2020. The chart,
or horoscope, which is a representation of the heavens, is in a sense, a physical,
astronomical, or cosmological arrangement, or setup. It reflects the manner in which the
planets are “set up” in the chart of the times. That is, the cosmic setup of 2019 is leading
humanity into the Jupiter, Saturn, and Pluto stellium that will take place when all three
will move through the sign of Capricorn in 2020. In other words, the year 2020 will be
another “Capricorn Climax.” But to understand and prepare adequately for the 2020
version of a Capricorn Climax, we need to first of all understand the cosmic setup leading
into it from 2019.

The last time we witnessed a gathering of three of the five outermost planets in
Capricorn was 1988-1993, a period we labeled as “The Capricorn Climax.” As was the
case in 1988-1993, when Saturn, Uranus, and Neptune were all in Capricorn and
conjoined one another, the Moon’s Nodes are again involved. From November 1990
through August 1992, the Moon’s North Node was also in Capricorn. From December
2019 through December 2020, Jupiter, Saturn, and Pluto will travel through Capricorn.
However, from November 2018 through May 2020, the Moon’s South Node will transit
through Capricorn, too. It will be another Capricorn Climax involving the Moon’s Nodes.

There is another kind of “setup” defined in Google’s dictionary. This one is defined
as, “A scheme, or a trick, intended to incriminate or deceive someone.” This could be
pertinent to understanding the times we are living in as well, for just prior to the three

2
outer planets moving through Capricorn in the same year, 2020, one of these planets –
Jupiter – will form a three-passage square aspect to a fourth outer planet – Neptune – in
2019. This is not just an ordinary 13-year planetary pair cycle between these two planets.
This particular square is unusual because both planets will be in their ruling signs. That
is, Jupiter will be in its home sign of Sagittarius, while Neptune will be in its home sign
of Pisces. On top of that, Jupiter also co-rules Pisces. Two outer planets, each in the sign
that they rule (plus co-rule), and in a hard, waning square, aspect to one another. That
doesn’t happen all that often. In fact, it only happens about every 166-167 years. The last
time it occurred was in 1852. We will revisit that period for analysis shortly, for an
examination of prior times when astrological patterns occurred that are returning in
current times, offers great insight into the themes and choices of the current time.

The year 2019 will highlight one major aspect formation between the outer planets,
and one semi-major aspect. The major aspect will be the three-passage series of Jupiter in
its ruling sign of Sagittarius, forming a waning square aspect to Neptune, in its ruling
sign of Pisces. The semi-major aspect will be a three-passage waning sextile aspect from
Saturn, in its ruling sign of Capricorn, to Neptune, in its ruling sign of Pisces. This will
be the cosmic setup that leads us into the more powerful triple conjunction of Jupiter,
Saturn, and Pluto in 2020, which is an even more unusual and rare combination than the
Jupiter/Neptune square, each in its own ruling sign.

Why might 2019 be a setup in the sense of “… a scheme, or a trick, intended to

incriminate or deceive someone? Because, of all the planets used in astrology, Neptune
and Pisces together have most reference to the concept of a trick or scheme where the
intention or consequence may be to deceive. Not that deception is the only characteristic
one can use to describe Neptune and Pisces, for each can also represent a state of trust
and elevated consciousness, and an ability to experience inner bliss and a world of
beauty. Neptune and Pisces can also indicate an active effort to facilitate a world of
peace. These are certainly very altruistic, idealistic, and virtuous goals. But in a square
aspect, the possibilities of a trick or scheme, or an effort that turns out to be more
idealistic and altruistic than realistic, the probabilities are much greater than normal. And
these are not “normal” times that we live in. We are living in times where there is great
confusion and uncertainty about the future. The current times are fertile ground for an
increase in schemes or tricks that are intended to incriminate or deceive someone.

Which brings up the question: what are we setting ourselves up for? What is being
set up that might end with great disillusionment? The answer might be in the Ben
Bernanke quote. We could easily see the collective moving from a state of economic and
financial market overconfidence, a state of “irrational exuberance,” as indicated by
Jupiter in Sagittarius in square to Neptune in Pisces in 2019, to the sudden realization
afterwards that it is too late as we next enter the too-realistic nature of Saturn and Pluto in
Capricorn. The difference in these two states of being is like the difference between
bathing in a luxurious, warm body of water, like in a spa, to being pushed into a raging
river of frozen ice in the middle of winter. You get sober really quick, and not at your
convenience. It is like going from the frenetic and exciting pace of a Wile E Coyote,
doing everything and anything you have always wanted because now you have the
money to do so, running off a cliff because you think you can fly forever. It’s a
wonderful trip, a grand party – until you wake up the next morning with the splitting

3
headache and hangover. But as with all things astrological, you don’t have to have that
unfortunate ending. You don’t have to be too comfortable and complacent and fall off the
cliff if you are aware that you are headed for a cliff. The key is to be aware of where that
cliff is, and aware that others – leaders of the world – are moving towards that cliff and
leading their followers to that edge that no one really believes is there at all. The advice is
really quite simple: don’t be unconscious of where you are and where you are headed and
where others are trying to lead you. See the cliff and don’t go over it.

This year’s Forecast 2019 Book is designed to help you recognize who the Wile E
Coyotes are and where he/she/they are headed. It is to help you recognize who is
watching the campfire against the background of the beautiful night sky, as illustrated on
the cover of this year’s book, and to make sure you don’t let that campfire remain
unattended and grow out of control in your own life. It is to help you transfer your trust in
those outside of your own being to a trust within your own inner being.

There is a setup taking place in the cosmos in 2019, leading humankind into 2020
and beyond. And, as the cycles in the cosmos have a correlation to cycles in human
activity, it is important to understand the nature of the setup that is unfolding in the
reality of the collective. Is it real? Or is it an illusion? Collectively, the square of Jupiter
in Sagittarius and Neptune in Pisces indicates that this could be a period of a setup for a
great disillusionment. The wake up from this disillusionment could come down very
harshly, very quickly, during or near the time that the second Capricorn Climax, in 2020,
gets underway.

The year 2019 is the astrological setup. It is also the setup for the very powerful
collective transformation that is likely to follow in 2020-2022, and beyond.

4
 ILLUSION AND DELUSION:
THE JUPITER/NEPTUNE SQUARE SETS UP
“The greatest source of investment risk is the belief that there is no risk,” Mr. Marks
says. When prices start to decline, investors panic and risk aversion goes from
inadequate to excessive. Thus, the reward for bearing risk is greatest just when people
refuse to bear it. – Burton Malkiel, “The Dangers of Optimism,” book review of
“Mastering the Market Cycle,” by Howard Marks, Wall Street Journal, October 9, 2018.

For modern-day astrologers, the greatest importance in delineation is placed upon

aspects between planets. This is the distinguishing difference between modern-day
astrology and other types of astrology practiced today. In its application to Mundane
Astrology, the modern-day astrologer will focus primarily upon those periods when the
outer planets (Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, and Pluto, and in some cases, the Nodes
of the Moon) make exact aspects to one another. The signs these planets transit through
are also important, but not as important as the aspects to the primary task of timing
possible events or understanding collective themes that are in force during certain periods
of time. The modern-day Mundane Astrologer may also employ analysis of transits to
charts of nations and their leaders, and may use several other charts, such as seasonal
ingresses, in his/her effort to forecast the path ahead for the nation, for the world.

In 2019, there is only one major aspect between the outer planets. It is the waning
square between Jupiter and Neptune. This aspect is not that rare. It occurs approximately
every 13-14 years. However, the year, 2019 will be substantially more important to a
Mundane Astrologer because both Jupiter and Neptune are in their ruling signs of
Sagittarius and Pisces respectively. That only happens every 166-167 years.* Neptune’s
orbit around the Sun is 164 years. It spends 14 years in each of the 12 signs. Jupiter, on
the other hand, orbits around the Sun approximately once every 12 years. It spends about
one year in each of the 12 signs. Therefore, during the 14-year period when Neptune is in
Pisces, its ruling sign, there will also be one year during which Jupiter is also in its ruling
sign of Sagittarius. Thus, that will occur with regularity, during a one-year span, about
every 166-167 years. The year 2019 is up on the clock now for this cosmic time alert.
This is the reason why we start our analysis of 2019 with this geocosmic signature:
Jupiter in Sagittarius, square to Neptune in Pisces. We think it will be the major theme of
2019, and it is the “setup” for the more potent geocosmic arrangement in 2020.

But what does it mean? What types of events and/or themes are likely to arise during
this 166-year astrological cycle of Jupiter square Neptune with each in its own ruling
sign? For a glimpse of the possibilities, let’s dissect the dynamics that will be fighting for
expression under this geocosmic signature. Let’s start with Jupiter and its ruling sign of
Sagittarius, which will be together from November 8, 2018 through December 2, 2019.

*Special thanks to Daniel Gordon for his research on the historical dates of Jupiter/Neptune in
their ruling signs used in the writing of this year’s Forecast 2019 Book.

5
 Jupiter in Sagittarius, first square to Neptune in Pisces, January 13, 2019, Aries chart

JUPITER IN SAGITTARIUS

Jupiter make a one-year transit through its ruling sign of Sagittarius every 12 years.
Since Jupiter rules Sagittarius, both the sign and the planet share many features. Jupiter is
considered the “great benefic” amongst planets. Hence it is associated with good fortune
(good luck), opportunity, and optimism. It is considered jovial and happy. Both Jupiter
and Sagittarius are often described as expansive, outgoing, extroverted, friendly, and
always looking for ways to increase the positive factors possible in one’s life. Another
key word often associated with both this planet and sign is growth. In terms of life
experiences, it rules travel, education, learning, teaching, courts and legal decisions,
philosophy, beliefs, religions, foreign affairs, and trade. It is not concerned with details.
To the contrary, Jupiter and Sagittarius are often accused of seeing only the forest, but
not the trees. They think big. Everything is large and important. They are not attracted to
small things or small ideas. Hence, these two factors often overlook important details and
the “smaller matters” that can either lead one into or out of success. When one thinks too
large, one tends to exaggerate the goodness or badness of a situation.

6
 Exaggeration, excess, and overdoing of things are also characteristics of Jupiter and
Sagittarius, which often derails them from the successful completion of a mission. They
may be overconfident, boastful, and thus set themselves up for large losses instead of the
large gains they expected. When they approach matters in this way, they will tend to
experience failure rather than success, although it is nearly impossible or
incomprehensible for them to admit it. They tend to not respect the boundaries or limits
of other people, conveying an attitude of “I know more than you,” or “I am more
important than you.” Humility and humbleness are usually not in their quiver of virtues to
access. Thus, they often exhibit poor judgement in assessing a situation or other people,
either underestimating or overestimating the value of others. Their positive attitude and
belief in themselves can be contagious and in many cases can lead them into successful
ventures. They are very persuasive. Yet these same qualities can be their undoing if taken
too far at the expense of paying attention to the details of the project and the boundaries
of those they work with. Generally speaking, they don’t see boundaries. They see
themselves as free to do and think as they wish, without awareness of consequences for
such attitudes.

Jupiter is in Sagittarius for most of 2019, and thus many of these qualities are apt to
be very apparent in world relations and activities. As we enter the year, there is a sense of
a strong world economy that continues to grow. There are serious trade disputes presently
between major nations of the world (i.e., the United States and China), but by itself,
Jupiter in Sagittarius would suggest an increase in world trade. The only impediment to
this may the lack of respect for the boundaries of other people, combined with the
exaggeration of self-importance and overconfidence that can lead to poor decisions,
incorrect assessments of the situation, that end up resulting in large losses instead of the
large gains that would otherwise be denoted by Jupiter in Sagittarius.

By itself, Jupiter in Sagittarius would normally be a reason for being optimistic

about 2019. However, given that its major aspect in 2019 is a hard square to Neptune,
there is an increased possibility that the adverse qualities of Jupiter may be more evident
than usual as we progress towards 2020, and towards the heavier Saturn/Pluto
conjunction in 2020. This latter aspect, which looms in the heavens as Jupiter leaves
Sagittarius, indicates dangers may lie ahead if any world leader begins (or continues)
acting out the negative characteristics of Jupiter and Sagittarius just described.

NEPTUNE IN PISCES

As stated earlier, Neptune has a 164-year orbit around the Sun. It spends about 14
years in each sign during that orbit. It entered Pisces, the sign it co-rules with Jupiter, in
2011 and again in 2012 (it retrograded back and forth over the cusp of Aquarius and
Pisces). It will leave Pisces for the next sign, Aries, in 2025-2026. This entire period will
display characteristics of both the planet Neptune and its ruling sign of Pisces.

Neptune pertains to the realm of the imagination. Like Jupiter, it deals in hope and
wishes. It is by nature artistic, idealistic, and altruistic. This is a wonderful dynamic for
inspiration. It inspires trust and belief from others. It can create vivid pictures and
narratives of what is possible, for whatever the mind can conceive, is a possibility, if you
just believe in the vision. Hence, Neptune and Pisces are considered in the study of

7
astrology to embody visionary qualities. Some would say they are the realm of the
spiritual, the psychic, the intuitive, and from that, the caregivers and those who are
willing to sacrifice needs of the self in order to help others. At their best, they are saintly.
Together with Jupiter, they find a willing audience in religions and spiritual studies.

Jupiter in Sagittarius, second square to Neptune in Pisces, June 16, 2019, Aries chart

However, there is another side to Neptune and Pisces, as there is with all planets and
signs. These are not geocosmic signatures of practical realism. They do not fare well in
situations that are tense and require analytical thought and critical evaluation of the
moment. Their nature is passive, withdrawn, and introverted, which is the opposite of
Jupiter and Sagittarius. Whereas Jupiter and Sagittarius will boldly announce themselves
and proclaim their importance and grandeur, Neptune and Pisces will strive to avoid
attention, and deflect it elsewhere, anywhere but onto themselves and what they are
doing. They do not like confrontation or situations of tension. Instead, they seek to escape
those conditions. As they seek to escape, they learn to also create narratives that aim to
avoid accountability for their actions and decisions when things don’t go well, or when
situations might become complicated and stressful if they simply told the truth. Hence,
they are often caught in compromising situations where their explanations are found to be

8
evasive, untruthful, and/or deceptive. In order to protect themselves or their turf, they
may create false rumors that deflect negative attention away from themselves and onto
others. Thus, they create scapegoats who are blamed for the consequences of actions that
they themselves have committed. That is, until the truth is revealed.

Three other characteristics associated with Neptune and Pisces are confusion,
illusion, and delusion. They inspire high hopes and dreams. But when reality strikes and
those hopes and dreams crumble due to lack of critical analysis and backup plans, they
panic. It is as if the ground beneath them starts to disappear, and in place of faith and
hope, they can enter a realm of hysteria and disillusionment. This usually happens when
they become too complacent and comfortable with their dreams and illusions about
reality. Under Neptune, things come easily, for a while, but when matters suddenly
become tense, they can turn 180° in the opposite direction.

Jupiter in Sagittarius, third square to Neptune in Pisces, September 21, 2019, Aries chart

The point to understand in this period of time is that the longer good times are
present, the more likely the collective is to become complacent. With complacency, one

9
does not pay enough attention when situations start to change. The signs are there, but
one does not wish to see them or give them importance. Thus, one becomes vulnerable to
being taken advantage of, to being deceived in some way. Or, one is aware of this
condition in the world, and decides to take advantage of others who one observes are
complacent. This is a time for con games, and hoaxes, thievery, fraud, and
embezzlement, which can be very costly to the victims who are not being vigilant.

In terms of world politics, there may be some leaders who will create narratives that
are not fact-based, that serve the purpose of deflecting attention away from what they are
doing, and onto others who may have done nothing wrong, but implying that they have
done something wrong. Neptune in Pisces is a time of gossip and rumors, a time of trying
to escape blame for one’s actions by putting blame for things gone wrong onto others
who may not be guilty. It is a time of creating witch-hunts against one’s enemies, as well
as becoming a victim of a witch-hunt sponsored by one’s enemies.

As stated above, this dynamic has already been underway since 2011-2012. It was
very strong in the U.S.A. presidential elections of 2012 and 2016, and it will still be very
strong in the election of 2020.

In terms of nature and commodities, Neptune rules water, rains, the oceans, drugs,
pharmaceuticals, and oil. It also rules hospitals, nursing homes, and assisted living
facilities. Although great advances can and have been made during this time in these
sectors of life, it is also the case that corruption, theft, and graft may also be rife in these
same areas. With Neptune and Pisces, a lot of activity goes on under the radar. They are
not seen. It is the realm where certain people want these activities to be invisible. It is a
fertile time for spying and espionage, as we have already witnessed over the past seven
years, with seven more to go.

JUPITER IN SAGITTARIUS SQUARE NEPTUNE IN PISCES – 2019

In 2019, Jupiter will form a waning square to Neptune three times, due to the
retrograde motion of Jupiter midway during the year. These three dates are: January 13,
June 16, and September 21. The period of time between the first aspect and the last is
known as its central time band, when the dynamics of the planets and signs involved are
most active. However, those dynamics are also in evidence a few weeks before the first
passage and a few weeks after the last passage, especially if other planets form hard
aspects to either Jupiter or Neptune. In fact, those periods of time when other planets
make hard aspects to Jupiter and Neptune within the central time are also important.
These include:

January 13-22 (Venus)

March 5-13 (Sun)
March 24-April 4 (Mercury station)
April 9-15 (Venus and Jupiter retrograde)
April 26-May 5 (Mars)
June 8-24 (Sun and Venus, and Neptune retrograde)
September 1-21 (Sun, Venus, and Mars)

10
 The 90° or 270° square is the most challenging of all spatial distances, known as
aspects, in the study of astrology. In 2019, Jupiter will form a 270° square to Neptune,
which is also known as a waning square. It is the last square before these two planets will
form a conjunction to one another in April 2022. The waning square is akin to a crisis in
consciousness, compared to the 90° waxing square, which is symbolic of a crisis in
action. With Jupiter and Neptune, a waning square presents a greater than usual prospect
of a crisis in consciousness as a result of a major disillusionment. It may pertain to a loss
of trust of someone in authority, such as the leader of a nation, corporation, academic
institution, or a religion.

By combining the principles of Jupiter and its ruling sign Sagittarius, with the
principles of Neptune and its ruling sign of Pisces, along with the principles of the
waning square, you will begin to understand why we view the year 2019 as a setup – a
setup to the more powerful geocosmic signatures of 2020, but also a setup that could lead
the masses to be overly complacent about warning signs that arise in nature, the
economy, and the political leadership of governments and institutions. They are each
becoming more and more vulnerable to a shock.

What kinds of shocks could arise under this Jupiter/Neptune waning square, with
each in its own ruling sign? Shocks that could lead to a crisis in consciousness, but also a
crisis in faith that one puts in others. Let’s briefly look at some of these areas of life that
could be vulnerable to conditions that could lead to hysteria, disillusionment, and panic,
if one is not mentally alert. And as we go through this list, keep in mind that those who
are paying attention and critically observing the movements that are afoot that could end
up manifesting these shocks as they progress, can also sense that outstanding investment
opportunities are emerging. Or, if you are not solely immersed in materialistic
opportunities, these same periods can provide opportunities to help others who are. In
fact, it can be a time when both types of opportunities are present, financial and
humanitarian.

Financial Markets

If Jupiter represents exaggeration and exuberance, and Neptune pertains to the non-
rational or irrational, then the Jupiter/Neptune, Sagittarius/Pisces combinations can be the
substance from which financial “bubbles” are made.

As we leave 2018, the world economy is growing and many world stock indices
have soared to new all-time or multi-year highs, including all the major indices in the
U.S.A., India, Australia, Japan, and Argentina. The danger is that these economies and
these stock indices could overheat with Jupiter in the fire sign of Sagittarius. There are
several historical cases where stocks markets have peaked with Jupiter in its ruling sign
of Sagittarius, and then plunged sharply in the 1-2 years that follow. We will show a
filtered wave chart of that correlation in the stock market section.

Overspending and Inflation

Jupiter in Sagittarius, as the planet and sign of growth, exaggeration, indulgence,

and excess, combined with Neptune and Pisces, which rules wishes and hopes, can signal

11
that inflation grows more rapidly than central bankers expected. More and more people
are going back to work. Wages are increasing around the world. This means people will
have more discretionary income than before. It means banks will be more willing to lend
money on credit to individuals than previously, which in turn means that nations,
corporations, institutions, and individuals are likely to spend more money than they did
previously. In fact, they will likely spend more than they earn, for with Jupiter square
Neptune, there is the delusion that this will go on forever. This is a pure case of
“irrational exuberance,” and it will likely manifest as a spending spree by the consumer.
It implies that governments and businesses will also go on a spending spree, thus
increasing national and corporate debts around the world, in the belief that their
economies are growing and things will take care of themselves. However, that is likely to
turn out to be another case of wishful thinking. It may be good for a while during the
transit of Jupiter in Sagittarius, but as it squares Neptune, fiscal restraint on a personal or
governmental level is apt to be too lax. This type of complacency can quickly result in
inflation and the attendant financial problems, such as bankruptcies debt, and credit
downgrades.

Interest Rates

As governments and corporations increase their spending and hence their debt, and
as the world economy heats up, combined with rising prices of consumer goods
(inflation), interest rates will have to rise. There will be a point during the transit of
Jupiter in Sagittarius, square to Neptune in Pisces, where central bankers will have to
decide whether to risk higher inflation or a recession in the economy, for Wile E. Coyote
is getting awfully close to that cliff. There will be a point where many corporate bonds
will be downgraded to junk bonds. That will cause another problem because many funds
are subject to government regulations where they cannot hold junk bonds in their clients’
portfolios. As low-grade investment bonds are downgraded to junk bond status, there
could be a massive exodus (selling) out of these bonds due to these regulations. That too
will cause longer-term bond yields to rise, whether the Fed wishes it to be so or not,
unless they start a new round of quantitative easing to keep long-term rates restrained
(don’t be surprised).

Weather

Neptune and Pisces rule rains and floods. With Jupiter in Sagittarius signifying
excess and exaggeration, we may see record floods in 2019 throughout the world. The
hurricane season may be especially active this year. Note the time periods listed above
when Jupiter and Neptune are besieged by other planets making hard aspects to them, but
also note any periods that contain strong Uranus aspects mentioned under the section on
“Grains and Weather” in this book. These floods could pose danger to both human life
and the planting, growing, or harvesting of crops.

World Trade

Jupiter in Sagittarius denotes increase in world trade and the profits that go with it.
However, as pointed out earlier, Jupiter in Sagittarius can also symbolize conflicts
between trading partners when one side acts disrespectfully towards the other, and

12
overestimates the other’s need to trade. As long as there is good will between trading
partners, the world economy can continue to grow, as one would expect with Jupiter in
Sagittarius. However, if there is distrust and/or a sense of betrayal and/or disrespect as
indicated by the square of Jupiter to Neptune, then a great opportunity to increase world
trade will be missed.

Marijuana, Psychotropics/Psychedelics, and Addiction

The movement towards legalization of marijuana continues with Jupiter and

Neptune prominent and, especially with Neptune in Pisces, the sign of inner peace as well
as the desire to escape social pressures and physical and mental anxieties or pain.
However, in a square aspect, Jupiter and Neptune might indicate lack of responsibility
with regard to social or recreational usage, and this can lead to damaging publicity.

There are many promising studies now underway regarding to the success of
breaking addiction with the supervised use of psychotropics or psychedelics. These
studies may gain much attention from the media in 2019, but along with attention will
likely come much criticism of these studies and their results, which will be compounded
if any serious injuries or deaths are reported. In some cases, these reports of incredible
results or terrible injuries may be made up, for Jupiter/Neptune can represent hoaxes
designed to cause bad press for someone or something that offends one’s beliefs.

Religious Scandals and Fanaticism

Both Jupiter and Neptune and the signs that they are in have dominion over religions
of the world. Religions will be highlighted. However, these may not be positive
highlights if there is an element of scandal or fanaticism present, which is often the case
when Jupiter and Neptune are in a hard aspect, especially involving the signs of
Sagittarius and Pisces.

Political and High-Profile Scandals and Avoidance of Accountability

Jupiter and Neptune in a square aspect is a recipe for errors. These can be errors in
judgement or actions. But Jupiter and Neptune also suggest the effort to avoid detection,
and/or blame someone else for the errors and the damage that they cause. The revelation
of the cover-ups will come across as a scandal. The effort to find a scapegoat to blame
may also cause that victim to become involved in a scandal if they cannot produce proof
to the contrary. A good reputation may be ruined as a result of this deceptive behavior.

The Good, the Bad, and the Ugly

Whenever Jupiter and Neptune are in aspect to one another, there is an opportunity
for spiritual growth. Jupiter is expansive, and Neptune rules the inner realms, or inner
peace that is attained through mediation, deep breathing, and spiritual practices, including
yoga, prayer and chanting. These activities can lead to a deep sense of inner peace and
experiencing a world of beauty within oneself. This could lead to a greater collective
awareness of the need (and desire) to pursue these practices. Yoga studios may become
centers of increased attendance and hence financial success, simply due to the increased

13
demand for such inner growth activities. Additionally, there may be more highly
publicized efforts to help people in need. Benefits, concerts, charitable acts and events,
may be highlighted by the news media in 2019. This is the good side of Jupiter and
Neptune, and is accessible to everyone at any time, but especially when Jupiter and
Neptune are in contact with one another. Together, they create an environment that
fosters spiritual thought, expression, and experiences.

The challenging parts of this configuration have to do with collective gullibility and
complacency. There is a tendency to think that the economy and national security are
under control and safe, when actually that may not be true. This could lead to a big
letdown when the harsh reality of Jupiter, Saturn, and Pluto in Capricorn hit in late 2019
through 2020.

The most disturbing possibilities under the Jupiter/Neptune waning square have to
do with missed opportunities to enact strong and mutually beneficial trade agreements
with major players in the world, thus assuring a stronger and more lasting era of
prosperity. Missing these opportunities, while continuing to increase spending and debt,
could turn the current economic growth trend into a reversal leading to hysteria and
financial panic. Additionally, the tendency towards religious fanaticism, rumor
mongering that damages the reputation of innocent people, and the avoidance of
accountability for one’s actions and decisions, could cause a series of scandals that lead
to a collective distrust of leaders in government, business, and religion.

After we get through these next two years and look back, it will seem as if much of
2019 was a sugar high. It was fun. And then it abruptly ended due to the consequences of
questionable (and perhaps stupid) decisions by world leaders, which were enabled by
their populations that became too complacent to see the signs of danger, and demand
accountability. That’s the picture projected by Jupiter in Sagittarius square Neptune in
Pisces in 2019, immediately followed by the Capricorn stellium in 2020. And yet, if one
can understand this and see it unfolding as described, there are a number of steps that can
be taken and many decisions one can make, that will result in a favorable outcome with a
stronger financial security. In fact, a very favorable outcome is possible for those who
have the courage to act and take measured risks that will likely be presented these next
two years.

14
 THE CAPRICORN STELLIUM:
THE EDGE OF THE CLIFF AND THE BRICK IN THE WALL
We don't need no education
We don’t need no thought control
No dark sarcasm in the classroom
Teachers leave them kids alone
Hey! Teachers! Leave them kids alone!
All in all, it's just another brick in the wall.
All in all, you're just another brick in the wall.
- Pink Floyd, “Another Brick in the Wall,” Roger Walters, Dave Gilmore, Bob
Ezrin, 1979

If Jupiter in Sagittarius, square Neptune in Pisces is the setup, then the question
arises: what is it that is being set up? In geocosmic terms, it is the Capricorn stellium of
2020, when Jupiter, Saturn, and Pluto will all be in Capricorn. Jupiter and Saturn will
both form conjunctions to Pluto in 2020. At the end of the year, Jupiter and Saturn will
enter the next sign of Aquarius, where they will form their 20-year conjunction December
17-19, 2020, in 0° Aquarius. There is a lot going on here from the geocosmic perspective,
and we will certainly cover that in more detail in next year’s book. Forecast 2020.
However, it is important to be aware of what lies ahead in the cosmic picture in order to
understand the importance of 2019 as “the setup.” It is comparable to reading a novel.
The early chapters all set the stage for the climax of the book. In the beginning chapters,
you begin to understand the plot. As the plot builds, the novel reaches a crescendo. And
then there is the aftermath, the process of closure, or the start of rebuilding for a new
future. The story ends, but a new story and a new book begin.

SATURN AND CAPRICORN

All stories have a beginning and an end, and the end of every story is the beginning
of the next. They are just like cycles. The end of every cycle is the beginning of a new
cycle. It is also true that within every cycle are smaller cycles, and within every story are
sub-plots that have their own beginning and end.

One challenge in attempting to understand today’s current story, as illustrated by the

movements in the cosmos, is to identify the time when this story actually began. Did it
begin with the Cardinal Climax of 2008-2015, when a cardinal T-square formed that
involved Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, and Pluto for the first time since the Great Depression
of the early 1930’s? Did it begin with the last Jupiter/Saturn conjunction in 2000 or the
Saturn/Pluto opposition of 2001, which coincided with the burst of the dot com bubble
followed by the attack on the World Trade Center in New York on September 11, 2001?

15
Did it begin with the Capricorn Climax of 1988-1993 when Saturn, Uranus, and Neptune,
along with the Moon’s North Node, all conjoined one another in the sign of Capricorn
and thus began the 54-year Kondratieff Economic Cycle? Or did that cycle really begin
with the last Saturn/Pluto conjunction in 1982, a geocosmic signature that has reliably
marked the end of major economic and political cycles throughout history, +/- 2 years? A
case could be made that any one of these periods started the current story of humankind’s
present situation. In fact, I believe each started a story, or at least a chapter in the story,
and a theme that is now underway. But one thing they all share in common from the
geocosmic perspective is this: They all climax in 2020. And since the fundamental basis
for astrology is that cycles in the cosmos correspond to cycles in human activity, that
means we anticipate a huge shift in 2020, +/- 2 years, in terms of the collective’s
consciousness and direction of its political and economic path.

Such a large statement regarding such a potentially large global change may seem
daunting. But, if I understand the cosmic message correctly, this is a positive sign from
the heavens, for the most difficult times are always at the end of a cycle. And 2020
represents a time when several geocosmic cycles will end, which means several new ones
will begin. Although the beginning stages of cycles can also remain challenging for a
while, eventually new structures, new systems, and new ways of communicating are
developed that will define the new cycle. Once the new cycle is fully underway, the
future begins to look brighter, for the first phase of every cycle is a growth period. At the
end of a cycle, we tear things down. At the beginning of a cycle, we start to build and
rebuild, and growth follows.

What do we mean by the end — or beginning — of a geocosmic cycle? How does

the cosmos determine when a cycle ends and begins? It does this in two ways. First,
planetary cycles begin when two planets come together, as seen from earth, in their orbits
around the Sun. This is known as a conjunction aspect. Of most importance to this
discussion are those times when the outermost planets of Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, and
Pluto, and even the Moon’s North or South Node, form a conjunction to one another.
Jupiter conjunct Saturn, which is known as the “Great Chronocrator” or “Great
Conjunction” aspect by ancient astrologers (and still given importance by modern-day
astrologers), is also considered the end and beginning point of an important mundane
cycle for the world, a time when the dominant global political trend makes a major shift.

The second way in which we measure the end and beginning of cycle is to identify
when one of these outermost planets (or Lunar nodes) cross a solstice or equinox point, or
0° of Aries, Cancer, Libra, or Capricorn. Each of these points marks the beginning of
seasons in the earth’s orbit around the Sun. However, the most important, in this writer’s
opinion, is the winter solstice point of 0° Capricorn, for that marks the shortest — darkest
— day of the year in the northern hemisphere. From that point onwards, darkness begins
to decrease and light begins to increase, which is symbolic of a greater cycle.

Along these lines, we can compare the ingress of planets moving into new signs as
chapters within the greater book, the greater story, that is measured by the ingress of
Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, or Pluto or even the Moon’s nodes, into Capricorn.

16
 The two previous year’s Forecast Books identified December 21, 2017 as the start of
“The Great Reset” that would last at least until Saturn left Capricorn (December 2020).
On December 21, 2017, both the Sun and Saturn ingressed into 0° of Capricorn within
hours of one another. This was the beginning of a new cycle, but it was within an even
greater cycle, as will be explained shortly. The last time that had occurred was in
December 1870, but then, Saturn had moved into Capricorn six days earlier, on
December 15. On December 21, 1870, the Sun joined Saturn, still at 0° of Capricorn.
That marked the beginning of the end of an economic recovery in the U.S.A. following
the Civil War. It also pre-shadowed the commencement of the longest economic
depression in the United States that began slightly more than two years later, 1873-1879.
We postulated that a similar pattern could happen in the USA leading into 2020-2023.

“The Great Reset,” December 21, 2017, the Sun and Saturn both enter Capricorn. Aries chart

In the previous chapter, we noted the importance of Jupiter in its ruling sign of
Sagittarius, and Neptune in its ruling sign of Pisces, something that only happens every
166-167 years. That seemed very rare and very important. But what is even rarer is that in
2019 Saturn will also be in its ruling sign of Capricorn. How often do three of the five
outermost planets occupy their ruling signs? Not too often.

17
 The only time in history that I could find when these three planets — Jupiter, Saturn,
and Neptune — were all in their ruling signs at the same time, was 549-550 AD.
According to an internet search, that was when Rome was recaptured by Totila, King of
the Ostrogoths, as part of his campaign to recapture Italy from the Byzantine Empire.
During that battle, Totila imposed a blockade to cut off supplies and war materials, which
forced Rome to open its gates to him, which he then promptly sacked despite promises to
the contrary. Jupiter in Sagittarius, square Neptune in Pisces is not the best time to trust in
promises made by others. It’s a setup.

According to Wikipedia, “While most blockades historically took place at sea, a

blockade is still used on land to prevent someone coming into a certain area… Close
patrol of hostile ports, in order to prevent naval forces from putting to sea, is also
referred to as blockade. Most recently, blockades have sometimes included cutting off
electronic communications by jamming radio signals and severing undersea cables.” It is
the planet Saturn and its ruling sign of Capricorn that rules walls and blockades. Is it
possible that today’s developments regarding the wall being built along the USA-
Mexican border, and/or the Chinese claiming ownership of the Spratly Islands in the
South China Sea, which is leading to a territorial dispute regarding the strategic
importance of one-third of the world’s shipping lanes that are involved, relate to similar
themes present in 549-550?

What might be a major theme denoted by Saturn in Capricorn, 2017-2020, during

which time Jupiter will square Neptune in 2019, followed by Saturn conjunct Pluto in
2020? As discussed in last year’s book, one of the primary themes of Saturn in Capricorn
has to do with ethics, which goes along with character traits such as honesty and truth.
One of the major issues surrounding Jupiter in Sagittarius in a square aspect to Neptune
in Pisces, is just the opposite of the Saturn/Capricorn values. That is, issues with Jupiter
and Neptune often relate to trust, a tendency to exaggerate or even violate ethical
standards, versus the need for truth, which in turn creates an atmosphere of distrust.
Saturn in Capricorn is also a time which demands accountability for one’s decisions and
actions. It is a time of consequences for the things one did or decided in the past. If
Jupiter and Neptune have acted in a way that violates the collective value (or rules)
placed on ethical standards, or if a behavior has been evasive or deceptive and is found
out to be a lie, then there will be a price to pay. The combination could be humiliating, a
falling from grace, a toppling from the perch atop a pedestal one had occupied, due to the
disappointment caused by the revelation of cover-ups.

THE CAPRICORN CLIMAX OF 1988-1993

The stellium in Capricorn, which will start in December 2019 and last for one year,
is not the first Capricorn stellium of outer planets we have seen in modern history. There
was another that occurred in 1988-1991 when Saturn, Uranus, and Neptune were also in
Capricorn. The Moon’s North Node was also in Capricorn, November 1990-August
1992. In fact, we dubbed the entire period from 1988 through 1993 at the time as the
Capricorn Climax, for all four celestial factors formed a conjunction to one another
during those five years. You may recall that a very major shift in collective consciousness
and the direction of the political and economic trends emerged in the world. That was

18
when the Berlin Wall came down, Russian Communism came to an end, and 300 million
new consumers entered the free world market economy. It led to a period of great
prosperity throughout the world. It also marked the beginning of a communications’
revolution, as the internet began its role as the new dominant force — and would grow
more so for the next several years — in the way the world conducted business and people
related to one another. It was an exciting time, consistent with the principles of the 171-
year conjunction cycle of Uranus (technology and revolution) conjunct Neptune
(imagination and euphoria).

Center of Capricorn Climax, Jan 3, 1991. Note all the planets in Capricorn, including the outer planets
Saturn, Uranus, Neptune and even the Moon’s North Node. The Capricorn Climax lasted 1988-1993.

The alignment of Jupiter, Saturn, and Pluto in Capricorn from December 2019
through December 2020 represents another Capricorn Climax. Let’s just call it the
Capricorn stellium, or if you wish, Capricorn Climax Part 2. But this one will be a little
different because it will occur at the end of the 32-37-year Saturn/Pluto economic (and
debt) cycle. The one in 1988-1993 unfolded shortly after the beginning of the current
Saturn/Pluto cycle, which commenced in November 1982. Remember: the beginning of
cycles exhibit growth characteristics. It is the start of favorable times and growth for the

19
world. The end of a cycle is much more difficult. 1988-1993 was in the early stages of
the important Saturn/Pluto cycle. 2020 will be at the end of the Saturn/Pluto cycle that
started in 1982. It’s the difference between day and night, or more symbolically the
difference between sunrise and midnight in terms of the Saturn/Pluto clock. In 1988, we
were just coming out of two severe recessions, plus the brief but powerful stock market
crash of October 1987. In 2020-2023, we could be headed into one.

The global growth that exploded from the Capricorn Climax of 1988-1993 would
continue into 2008, when the Cardinal Climax unfolded (2008-2015), a time when
Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, and Pluto would all be involved in a powerful cardinal T-square.
This coincided with the worst meltdown in the world financial system since the Great
Depression, a meltdown that this book alerted readers every year between 1994 and 2008,
would begin at that time. And now we see several planetary signatures returning in 2020
that were present during both of these great geocosmic climaxes, as well as another (the
20-year cycle of Jupiter conjunct Saturn) that was present in the dot.com bubble and burst
of 2000-2001.

20
 THE GATEWAY TO THE CAPRICORN STELLIUM
AND BEYOND:
ON A CLEAR DAY YOU CAN SEE FOREVER

Clarity: The quality of transparency or purity; the quality of being coherent and
intelligible, of being certain or definite; the quality of being easy to see or hear. – Oxford
dictionaries, https://en.oxford dictionaries.com

“The darkest hour of the night comes just before the dawn” – Thomas Fuller,
English Historian, 1608-1661

At the end of a cycle, which is also the birthing of a new cycle, the future is not
clear. You cannot see forever because so many important facets of life are in flux. Instead
of clarity, there is uncertainty. Everyone is aware that things are not right and conditions
need to change, different approaches need to be attempted, because the direction that the
world is headed has somehow gotten off course. This marks the overriding character of
the period surrounding the end of one cycle and the start of another.

As stated earlier, there are two astronomical markers that identify the end and
beginning of a cycle. They are when two (or more) planets come together, as seen from
Earth, in what is known as a conjunction aspect. This is also known as a synodic cycle, or
the starting point of a planetary pair cycle. The other marker is when a planet enters a
cardinal sign (the signs that begin the seasons, which include Aries, Cancer, Libra and
Capricorn). Of most importance is the ingress of a planet into the sign of Capricorn, for in
the natural orbit of the Earth around the Sun, the darkest day of the year (in the northern
hemisphere) is the winter solstice, when the Sun enters the sign of Capricorn. That marks
the end of the annual cycle (the celestial year), and the beginning of the New Year shortly
thereafter. Both of these markers will be in force in 2020 as Jupiter, Saturn, Pluto, and the
Moon’s South Node will be posited in the sign of Capricorn and will furthermore
conjunct one another that same year.

Although the symbolism of the movement of planets into Capricorn is important as

an indicator of an end and beginning of cycles in human activity, it is the synodic cycles
of the outer planets — when Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, and Pluto make conjunctions to
one another — that deserve more weight as a forecasting tool for understanding current
and future conditions of the world’s story. Before explaining why and how that is
significant as we end the current decade, let’s first offer a brief understanding of the
various synodic cycles.

Just as market cycles are differentiated as long-term, intermediate-term, and short-

term, so are planetary synodic cycles identified in similarly. Long-term planetary cycles
refer to those involving aspects between Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, and Pluto. There are
six synodic cycles involving these four planets. They are the conjunctions between:

21
 1. Neptune-Pluto (490-500 years, began 1892-93)
2. Uranus-Neptune (171 years, began 1993)
3. Uranus-Pluto (alternates between 110-112 and 141-142 years, began 1965-
66)
4. Saturn-Uranus (43-47 years, began 1988, next due 2032)
5. Saturn-Neptune (35-37 years, began 1989, next due 2026)
6. Saturn-Pluto (31-37 years, began 1982, next due 2020)

To this list, we sometimes add a seventh long-term planetary cycle:

7. Jupiter-Saturn (20 years, began 2000, next due in 2020)

Each of these planetary synodic cycles lasts at least 20 years. If we do not include
Jupiter/Saturn, then the other six planetary cycles last over 30 years.

If we do not include Saturn, then the three synodic cycles of Uranus, Neptune, and
Pluto all last over 100 years. They might be considered super-long-term planetary cycles.

Intermediate-term planetary cycles involve Jupiter to planets beyond its orbit. These
synodic cycles last 13-20 years. Jupiter-Saturn is the longest of these, and can be
considered a bridge between intermediate- and longer-term cycles. The four intermediate-
term synodic cycles include:

1. Jupiter-Saturn (20 years, began 2000, next due in 2020)

2. Jupiter-Uranus (14 years, began 2010, next due in 2024)
3. Jupiter-Neptune (13-14 years, began 2009, next due in 2022)
4. Jupiter-Pluto: (13 years, began in 2007, next due in 2020)

All other planetary cycles last less than 3 years and are considered short-term. In
market terms, these are considered trading signatures, whereas the others are considered
investment signatures.

Since long-term synodic cycles begin with a conjunction between two outer planets,
we can see from the lists above that there have been no long-term planetary conjunctions
since 2000, and only then if we include the Jupiter/Saturn synodic cycle. If we omit that
planetary pair combination, then the last long-term synodic cycle was the conjunction
between Uranus and Neptune in 1993. In other words, there has not been a new long-term
planetary cycle since then.

Humanity has been mired in the same long-term astronomic cycles for the last 20-30
years. It is getting old. It is getting to the point where many initiatives begun back then
are becoming obsolete, and the collective is restless for a change. Change is about to
begin.

However, as with the ending of every old cycle and the beginning of every new
cycle, there is an overwhelming sense of uncertainty, and even foreboding, regarding
changes. Everyone recognizes changes are needed, but that is also the time when the fear
of change is greatest.

22
RECENT PERIODS WHEN SYNODIC CYCLES CONVERGED CLOSE IN
TIME

It is interesting to note that long-term synodic cycles, including Jupiter and Saturn,
have unfolded in short spans of time over the last 100 years, separated by much longer
stretches where none, or few, unfolded. An analysis of these periods will reveal similar
characteristics, which offers hope for the future. Let’s briefly look at those periods where
long-term synodic cycles occurred in a relatively short time band.

1. 1940-1953: During this period, Jupiter conjoined Saturn (1940-41), Saturn

conjoined Uranus (1942), Saturn conjoined Pluto (1947), and Saturn conjoined
Neptune (1952-53). The period began with great fear and uncertainty caused by
World War II. However, the war ended in the first half of this period, and a new
era of economic prosperity and peace began. Great world leaders emerged during
this time, including in the USA.
2. 1961-1966: This period only contained two long-term synodic cycles, but one
was the super-long-term Uranus/Pluto conjunction of 1965-1966 (which also was
in opposition to Saturn). The other was the Jupiter/Saturn conjunction of 1961.
This was another economically prosperous time, and the Dow Jones Industrial
Average topped 1000 for the first time. Great world leaders ascended to the
world stage again during this period, including the United States leaders.
However, during and shortly after this cycle ended, assassinations of great
political and religious leaders occurred, consistent with the nature of Uranus and
Pluto in a hard aspect.
3. 1981-1993: This important period contained the conjunctions of Jupiter/Saturn
(1981), Saturn/Pluto (1982), Saturn/Uranus (1988), Saturn/Neptune (1989), and
the super-long-term Uranus/Neptune conjunction (1993). This period began with
serious economic challenges, including recessions, extremely high inflation and
interest rates, bankruptcies, and a savings and loan crisis in the USA brought
about by a plethora of farm and mining foreclosures. Doom and gloom
prophecies filled the list of best-selling books as fear of a financial Armageddon
spread wildly. However, in the second half of this period, another era of
economic prosperity and peace began that would last several years (until the
Cardinal Climax of 2008 began). Once more, this period witnessed the
emergence of great world leaders, including in the USA.
4. 2020-2032: This will be the next important era when many long-term planetary
cycles end and new ones begin, similar to cases 1 and 3 above. These include the
conjunctions of Saturn/Pluto (2020), Jupiter/Saturn (2020), Saturn/Neptune
(2026), and Saturn/Uranus (2032). Based on the cases of 1940-1953 and 1982-
1993, we anticipate the following themes to be present: during the first half of
this period, serious economic challenges may threaten the world financial system.
Many nations, corporations, and institutions will likely face bankruptcy and
credit downgrades. Central banks of the world may be under pressure to stabilize
the shaky financial system, and some may not make it. However, great leaders
will emerge onto the world stage, including in the U.S., and by the second half of
this period, a new era of economic prosperity and peace can commence. The
collective mood is likely to shift from fear and uncertainty to confidence.

23
 As we head into this next 12-year period and the Capricorn Stellium of 2020, we
witness the collective struggles with a sense of dread about the future, and about what
will happen next. It is a time of great uncertainty and fear, reflecting the nature of
Capricorn and the stellium of planets therein which begin this era. But Capricorn also
represents hard work and determination, an ambition to build new structures, while Pluto
in Capricorn (2008-2024) exhibits the urge to tear down old structures that have been in
existence far too long and are no longer trusted to serve the well-being of the collective.

Change is never easy, especially at the end of a cycle. But only via changes can a
new direction manifest and a new vision of the future be imagined. We are on the
threshold of such a monumental change. With that usually comes new world leaders.
They become defined as great by resolving the problems of the times that they inherit.
Additionally, they construct benefits, create inspiration and an environment of hope that
uplifts the collective. With a newfound sense of confidence, anything becomes possible.
As idealistic as this may sound, it is the observable historical difference between the
ending years of a collection of long-term (outer) planetary cycles and the years that
shortly follows the start of the collection of new long-term (outer) planetary cycles.

Election Day, November 3, 2020, Noon Aries chart, depicting the Capricorn Stellium of
Jupiter, Saturn, and Pluto in very close orb of a conjunction to one another in Capricorn

24
 LUNAR NODES AND THE ECONOMIC CYCLE:
ANOTHER BRICK IN THE WALL
International Monetary Fund (IMF) Managing Director Christine Lagarde is
raising alarm bells about the health of the global economy, saying international growth
may have plateaued. Ms. Lagarde said the IMF’s official economic forecasts, have
“become less bright” and that factors identified merely as risks earlier in the year have
begun to materialize. – World Watch, “Lagarde: Economic Outlook is Dimming,” Wall
Street Journal, October 2, 2018.

“A budget tells us what we can’t afford, but it doesn’t keep us from buying it.”
William Feather, publisher and author, 1889-1981.

“Under capitalism, man exploits man. Under communism, it’s just the opposite.”
John Kenneth Galbraith, economist, 1908-2006.

In addition to the 2019 setup of Jupiter in Sagittarius in square aspect to Neptune in

Pisces, preceding the Capricorn stellium in 2020, there are also several geocosmic
relationships involving the lunar nodes of the Moon. One of these is that the South Node
of the Moon will also be transiting through Capricorn, November 15, 2018-June 4, 2020.

In her book titled McWhirter’s Theory of Stock Market Forecasting (American

Federation of Astrologers, 1938, Tempe, AZ), astrologer Louise McWhirter observed that
the American economy and stock market often bottomed when the Moon’s North Node
was in Aquarius, and peaked when it was in or near Leo. This correlation between the
economic cycle and the 18.6-year lunar node cycle is illustrated in the enclosed graphic
shown on the next page.

Generally speaking, according to McWhirter’s research from the late 1930’s, the
nadir of the business cycle occurs when the Moon’s North Node is in Aquarius. That was
certainly true when the stock market and economy last bottomed in March 2009. The
Moon’s North Node was 8° Aquarius then. Prior to that, the Moon’s North Node was in
Aquarius in 1989-1990. There was a recession in 1990, too. However, the previous time
containing the North Node in Aquarius was October 1970-May 1972. A major recession
did not occur then, but one did unfold a year later, lasting November 1973 through March
1975 when the Moon’s North Node was transiting through the signs of Capricorn and
Sagittarius.

A review of recessions in the USA since McWhirter published her research shows
her cyclical correlation of the Moon’s North Node is fairly accurate. In the four instances
of the North Node in Aquarius since the mid-1930s, three have coincided with recessions,
and the other occurred when the Node transited into the next sign of Capricorn.

25
 McWhirter’s lunar north nodal cycle correlation to business cycle

A review of those 13 USA recessions since the Great Depression of 1929-1933

reveals an interesting correlation to the Nodal cycle. A recession occurred in all five
instances of the Moon’s North Node’s transit between 15° Aquarius and 15° Scorpio.
This 90° transiting period lasts about 4.6 years out of the 18.6-year nodal cycle. In fact, in
two cases, there were two recessions during this 4.6-year time span, which means that
over half of the recessions in the USA since 1933 have occurred when the Moon’s North
Node transited between the middle of Aquarius and the middle of Scorpio. This led us to
modify the McWhirter wheel, where the adjusted correlation is displayed on the next
page.

Instead of an economic low occurring near the middle of Aquarius, as McWhirter’s

studies demonstrated, this new wheel indicates that it more likely occurs within 45° of 0°
Capricorn, or 15° Aquarius to 15° Scorpio. Furthermore, it depicts an economic peak
tending to occur when the Moon’s North Node is transiting within 45° of 0° Cancer, or
15° Leo through 15° Taurus, instead of near 15° Leo. This is pertinent to today’s
situation, because the USA economy is very strong as we leave 2018. It is at its highest
growth rate since 2014. And, the Moon’s North Node is currently transiting in this “peak”
sector of the zodiac, January 2018-September 2022. The midpoint is June 2020 when it
crosses over 0° Cancer. The last time the Moon’s North Node was in this “peak” sector of
the zodiac was June 1999 - February 2004. The economy topped out in the early part of

26
that period, too, along with the dot-com bubble in U.S. stocks in January-March 2000.
This was followed by a sharp economic downturn that led to a recession through most of
2001. The stock market didn’t bottom until October 2002. It fell even further when a
deeper recession struck in late 2007, lasting through June 2009.

Merriman’s adjusted lunar north node cycle correlation to business cycle

There are other correlations involving the Moon’s Nodes and both the economy and
stock market that are setting up in 2019-2020. First, there is an opposition unfolding
between the Moon’s North Node and Pluto on March 28, 2019. This signature only
happens every 16-18 years. The last time was on August 2, 2002, just two months before
the end of the dot-com bear market low in the U.S. stock market in October 2002. Several
high-profile technology companies went bankrupt near that time. The previous instance
of the Pluto/North Node opposition (or, Pluto/South Node conjunction) was December
17, 1985. This was during the period when many farms underwent foreclosure, and
several mining companies went bankrupt when they could not pay off their mortgages or
loans taken out during the early 1980’s, a time when interest rates soared to their highest
level of the century. Foreclosures and bankruptcies are themes related to Pluto, which has
a strong association with debts, deficits, and downgrades, and the financial threats that
are posed when such materialize.

27
 We must also keep in mind that in 2020, Jupiter (exaggeration) will also conjunct
Pluto (debt) in Capricorn (demands for accountability) three times: April 4, June 30, and
November 12, 2020. The last passage is very near to the USA 2020 election. The last
time Jupiter conjoined Pluto was on December 11, 2007, which is right about the time
that the Great Recession of December 2007-June 2009 officially began.

Since Saturn is moving towards its 31-37 year conjunction with Pluto (in Capricorn)
on January 12, 2020, the North Node of the Moon will be in opposition to Saturn as well
as Pluto in 2019. In fact, due to the retrograde factor of both Saturn and the Moon’s
North Node (with Saturn moving faster in retrograde than the Node), the opposition will
occur in a three-phase passage, which is very rare. It hasn’t happened since 1900. Saturn
will thus be in opposition to the Moon’s North Node (or, conjunct the Moon’s South
Node in Capricorn, if you prefer), on May 20, June 23, and September 15, 2019.

Aries chart, April 12, 2019, 2:00 PM, New York City. Note the South Node conjunct Saturn
and Pluto in Capricorn (or the North Node in Cancer in opposition to the Saturn/Pluto.

The Saturn/Node cycle unfolds every 10-12 years. The last time this happened was
October 11, 2007, the exact day of an all-time high in the U.S. stock market, from which
the most serious decline since the Great Depression then started.

28
 So, what might this portend, and how should we prepare ourselves? That is, the
Moon’s South Node will form a conjunction to Saturn and Pluto, March 28-September
15, 2019, during the same time that Jupiter and Neptune will form a waning square to one
another from their own ruling signs, January 13-September 21, 2019. And as these two
celestial phenomena occur, Jupiter will be in Sagittarius while the Moon’s North Node
will be in Cancer, which both have historical correlations to long-term crests in the U.S.
stock market and economy, and from which both have often historically begun serious
declines. I think the cosmic message is quite clear, and it complements former Fed Chair
Ben Bernanke’s quote given previously in this year’s Forecast 2019 Book: “What you
are getting is a stimulus at the very wrong moment. The economy is already at full
employment. (The stimulus) is going to hit the economy in a big way this year and next
year, and then in 2020 Wile E. Coyote is going to go off the cliff.”

Enjoy the ride while it lasts. And consider that this may be an advantageous time to
accumulate a substantial cash position. Do this now, and build ample liquidity, so that if
(when) the downturn hits, you will be in position to purchase goods you wish to own at a
steep discount, while at the same time provide liquidity and funding to others who may
very well be in desperate need of cash due to their soaring debt and inability to meet
financial obligations otherwise.

29
 URANUS IN TAURUS:
THE “NEW NORMAL” BECOMES ABNORMAL

Hey diddle diddle, the cat and the fiddle. The cow jumped over the moon. The little
dog laughed to see such sport, and the dish ran away with the spoon. – Nursery rhyme,
1765, author unknown

“Who let the dogs out?” Anslem Douglas, sung by Baha Men, best seller song,
2000.

Oxymoron: a combination of contradictory or incongruous words; a word or group

of words that is self-contradicting. – Merriam-Webster Dictionary

So far, we have discussed four of the five outermost planets in our solar system, plus
the Moon’s Nodes. The one outer planet remaining in our discussion of 2019 is Uranus.
Typically, it’s an outlier in the otherwise well-connected parts of the cosmic puzzle in
2019. That is, it doesn’t play smartly into the aspect or sign connections with the other
outer planets as they do with one another. We see Jupiter in its ruling sign of Sagittarius
almost the entirety of 2019, which has a clear message. It forms a three-passage series of
waning square aspects with Neptune, transiting its ruling sign of Pisces, January 13-
September 21, 2019, which also has a clear message (well, as clear as Neptune is capable
of having clarity with any message at all, for its message is often confusing and
misleading). We see Saturn in its ruling sign of Capricorn, setting up for conjunctions
with Pluto and the Moon’s South Node in 2019-2020, followed by Jupiter doing the same
in 2020. This, too, offers a vision comprised of realistic themes and possible outcomes.

Where is Uranus in all of this Jupiter/Neptune mutable dilemma and Capricorn

stellium activity that is setting up? It’s there, working behind the scenes in Taurus and
making unusual minor aspects, while at the same time forming an important triangle
configuration with a semi-square (45°) and sesquiquadrate (C-square, 135° arc) to the
Jupiter/Neptune square in 2019. Please see the enclosed chart of May 24, 2019, at the end
of this chapter, showing this triangle aspect formation.

Due to its retrograde motion over the cusps of Aries-Taurus, and later over Taurus-
Gemini, Uranus will be in Taurus three times. Its second and longest journey through the
land of the bull will begin March 6, 2019. The following are the dates when Uranus was,
and will be, in Taurus: May 15-November 6, 2018, March 6, 2019-July 7, 2025, and
finally November 8, 2025-April 26, 2026. The most important stint will be the six years
between March 6, 2019 and July 7, 2025, which, as one can see, begins fully on March 6,
2019.

And what types of themes might Uranus-in-Taurus bring?

30
 Uranus in Taurus is a like an oxymoron. There may not be another planet-sign
combination that represents such diametrically opposite themes or values as Uranus and
Taurus. For example, Uranus represents the urge for freedom and individuality. It is
unconventional and rebellious, upsetting the status quo and demanding change. Taurus,
on the other hand, values security, stability, and the status quo. Change is not desired,
unless it applies to other people.

Uranus is often brilliant and innovative, thinking outside of the box, which at first
can lead to chaos, or the disruption of things currently in effect. Once the new ideas are
understood and applied, they may lead to creative solutions to long-standing problems. A
new era begins and remarkable improvements, or disastrous and unforeseen
consequences, can unfold when Uranus is highlighted. Taurus, on the other hand, is “the
box” that Uranus will naturally think outside of. It literally rules containers that contain
other things. It doesn’t want to let the dogs out. It wants to keep them contained in boxes
or cages where they cannot create chaos, and where the stability of the environment can
be kept under control. Uranus is a risk-taker, willing to take chances if it offers the
possibility of bringing about change, which is exactly what Taurus does not desire.
Taurus is not a risk-taker (it can learn to be, however) and is not easily convinced that
change would be wise or rewarding.

Before we analyze the possibilities related to aspects formed to Uranus from other
outer planets in 2019-2020, let’s first start with a brief overview of some of the themes
suggested solely from the 7-8-year transit of Uranus through Taurus, 2018-2026.

BOOM AND BUST: WILL THE COW JUMP OVER THE MOON?

Last year’s Forecast Book reviewed the correlation of Uranus transiting through the
signs as a “boom/bust” indicator for sectors of the economy related to the sign Uranus
was transiting. The scenario goes like this: the sectors under the domain of the sign
Uranus transits will go through 2-5 years of sharp price increases (boom), followed by 2-
5 years of price collapse (bust). During the “boom” period, prices increase 4 to 8 times
above their level near the beginning of the ingress of the new sign. Then, after peaking,
they decline 77-93% off the level of that high before Uranus leaves that sign.

We saw this in 1995-2003, when Uranus entered the technology sign of Aquarius.
When it ingressed in April 1995, the NASDAQ Composite (which is an index comprised
mostly of technology stocks) was trading around 810 at its low of that month. Five years
later, in March 2000, it made an all-time high of 5132, a six-fold increase. However, in
the next 2-½ years, the NASDAQ Composite collapsed to 1108, a loss of 78.4%.

The pattern was similar when Uranus moved into Pisces, 2003-2010. In December
2003, when Uranus first moved into Pisces, crude oil (which is the economic sector
related to Pisces) was trading $29.66/barrel. Less than 5 years later, it made its all-time
high of $147.27 in July 2008, a nearly five-fold increase. However, by the end of that
year, crude oil had fallen back to 32.48/barrel, a loss of 78% off its peak while Uranus
was still in Pisces. It declined much faster to that low than the normal decline period of 2-
5 years, but the percentage of loss was consistent with past historical cases.

31
 Next, Uranus ingressed into Aries, 2010-2018. One of the economic sectors ruled by
Aries is guns, weapons and bullets. Many gun manufacturers in the USA soared in value
from 2010 and into 2016. Smith and Wesson was one of the top gun manufacturers at the
time. Its stock price soared from under $4.00/share in 2010 to over $31/share in 2016, an
8-fold increase. By early 2018, Smith and Wesson had sold out to the company American
Outdoor, and prices fell to 8.32/share, a loss of 73%. It didn’t quite fall to our forecast of
77-93%, so we may have to adjust that to 70-93% in the future.

Monthly chart of Live Cattle since 1995

Now, Uranus has ingressed into the next sign, Taurus, as of May 15, 2018. What
sectors of the economy are ruled by Taurus, and which will be most likely to undergo this
boom/bust cycle as we have observed in the past three cases? In last year’s book, we
pointed to banks and cattle as being ruled by Taurus. However, an examination of the
banking stocks, via the S&P financial group fund known as XLF, shows this is not likely
to be the case. XLF has already appreciated a six-fold increase from its low of 4.77 in
March 2009 to a high of 30.32 in January 2018. (Note: XLF is the ticker symbol of an
ETF —Exchange Traded Fund — that is heavily concentrated in large banks’ stocks,
much like the NASDAQ is heavily concentrated in technology stocks. You can buy XLF,
it just like a stock. Think of it like lie a fund, or basket of stocks of large banks.) XLF is
just not likely to repeat that six-fold increase performance again with Uranus in Taurus,
especially as it was nearing its all-time high in January 2018, just before Uranus moved
into Taurus for the first time. Banking and financial stocks looks more like candidates to
lose 70-93% of their value during the next six years, which would fit if our call for a

32
severe market and economic decline into 2020-2023 is correct. When XLF bottomed in
March 2009, it coincided with the 75-year cycle low in stocks.

However, cattle may be another story — and a story that fits with the plot of the
boom/bust cycle associated with Uranus transiting a sign. The symbol for Taurus is the
bull, which is the male counterpart to the cow. Based on this symbolism, we postulated
that live cattle (which includes both males bulls and female cows) could be the sector that
experiences this boom/bust storyline. As Uranus first moved into Taurus in mid-May
2018, Live Cattle commodity futures (nearby contract) was trading as low as 101.37 on
May 17, its lowest price since November 2016, and near its lowest price since 2010. In
other words, the chart fit the pattern of a market that would be “ripe” for an increase of 4-
8 times above its low in May 2018. If correct, then we could see Live Cattle “jump over
the moon,” to a new all-time high, of 400-800 (or $4.00-$8.00/lb.) in the next 2-5 years.

This also fits into our forecast of inflation, or rising prices, during the next 2-4 years.
So far, in the first 5 months of 2018, Live Cattle has appreciated 13%. It is a start, and
after a brief stint back in Aries (November 6, 2018-March 6, 2019, Uranus will resume its
journey through Taurus for the next six years.

BOOM AND BUST PART 2: WILL BANKERS AND BAKERS GO BONKERS?

Inflation in food prices may not be limited to the meats. Taurus also rules agriculture
in general, and hence there is a possibility that if meat prices soar, so might the food used
to feed cattle, which includes grains, especially corn, but also hay and alfalfa. We could
therefore make a case that these foods could also explode in price along with red meat.

A more interesting story might lie in the meaning of Uranus in Taurus as it relates to
the future quality of foods. If we think of Uranus as representing innovation, and the
desire to experiment with new concepts related to the sign it is in, and we consider
Taurus a ruler of agriculture, then we can see the possibility of an abundance of new
genetically-engineered foods and meats coming onto the market. This might create a
shock to purists where foods are concerned, and hence sharply rising prices for organic
foods may also be indicated by these cosmic connections as more and more people seek
healthy, natural food (and probably escape the rising costs of meat too). This could be a
very valuable time to be a vegetarian, or to cater to vegetarians. The natural and organic
food industry might offer outstanding investment opportunities during the next 2-5 years.

If food prices rise, and especially if grain prices rise, then this might create financial
problems for those who are in the business of creating baked goods, like breads, unless
they are able to capture the organic niche of the market by offering baked goods with
organic ingredients. The average consumer who has no health issues or food preferences
may be turned off by the sharply rising prices bakers will have to charge to compensate
for the higher prices they may have to pay for grains to make their baked goods. Thus,
bakers may go bonkers in this type of inflationary environment. Several might be forced
out of business due to sharply rising food costs that cut steeply into margins of
profitability. What was so popular earlier in this decade (specialty bread and baked goods
shops) may become a thing of the past as Uranus transits through Taurus.

33
 Yet bakers aren’t the only ones likely to go bonkers. Bankers will too, if we read this
trend correctly (see below).

CRYPTOCURRENCIES VERSUS THE MACHINE

Our biggest concern now is that if Bitcoin does not rally back above 11,700, and
then falls below 5980, we could see a real washout down to 1362-4475 (77-93% loss off
the all-time high if Dec 18, which is our rule after “bubbles” pop). So, if you are in it for
the long haul (as we are), then you must be prepared for that possibility. – Raymond
Merriman, “MMA Webinar,” https://mmacycles.com, April 29, 2018, and MMA weekly
reports.

In simple terms, a blockchain can be described as an append-only transaction

ledger. What that means is that the ledger can be written onto with new information, but
the previous information, stored in blocks, cannot be edited, adjusted, or changed… This
also makes the work of appending data to the ledger decentralized. That is, no single
entity can take control of the information on a blockchain. The beauty of this construct is
that the transactions recorded in the chain can be publicly published and verified, such
that anyone can view the contents of the blockchain and verify that events that were
recorded into it actually took place. – Arthur Iinuma, “What is Blockchain and What Can
Businesses Benefit From It?” www.forbes.com, April 5, 2018.

Blockchain is transforming everything from payments transactions to how money is

raised in the private market. As it picks up momentum, will the traditional banking
industry embrace this new technology or be replaced by it? “How Blockchain Could
Disrupt Banking,” www.cbinsights.com, February 18, 2018.

Taurus rules money and wealth. It also rules banks, because banks are the storage
place for monies (more theoretically, it seems, today). But money is also classified as
currency, the means by which we exchange for goods and services with one another.

Uranus signifies major changes, even disruptions and “engineered interventions” to

the status quo of the sectors of the economy ruled by the sign it is transiting. Uranus
transiting Taurus suggests that there will be major changes ahead for banking, as we
know it today — and currency, as we use and exchange it for goods and services. If we
are looking for a boom/bust cycle in financials, perhaps we need to look in another
direction than simply the price of banking and financial stocks, which do not seem poised
to have a 4-8-fold increase in value any time soon. Perhaps that explosion related to
Uranus in Taurus pertains more to a new form of currency, such as the cryptocurrencies,
or perhaps to the blockchain technology, which is now being used to record
cryptocurrency transactions. It is these new “inventions,” and these new currencies
(cryptocurrencies) that appear on the threshold of being applied on a meaningful level in
the business world that could revolutionize the way we do business, and especially
banking, with one another.

We already witnessed a boom and bust cycle in the cryptocurrencies in 2017-2018,

before Uranus moved into Taurus. That is, using Bitcoin as a proxy, its value skyrocketed
from a low of $151 in January 2016 to an all-time high of $19,458 in December 2017,

34
less than two years later. That is an increase of over 125 times in that short amount of
time, much more than the other sectors of the financial markets we illustrated before.
However, since that all-time high on December 18, 2017, Bitcoin fell sharply to a low of
4037 (as of this writing in November 2018), a loss of over 79.25% in less than one year.
That is already enough to qualify for a complete boom/bust cycle in only 2-½ years, let
alone 7 years. Yet Bitcoin has declines well over 77%, so it may be primed to make
another 4-8 fold increase in the next 2-5 years, which would be déjà vu all over again.

However, our concern is with the symbolism of Uranus in Taurus, applied to

current-day sectors of the economy that may be primed for a huge growth spurt. What is
it that might revolutionize banking or currencies as we know them today? The blockchain
technology used to record transactions involving cryptocurrencies may be an answer to
that quiz. And there are a couple of ETF’s (Exchange Traded Funds) that specialize in
companies that are leading the way in blockchain technology. Furthermore, they have
traded in a relatively narrow range since their inception in the past year. It would not be a
surprise to see more companies and ETF’s that will specialize in revolutionary banking
reforms and innovations, such as blockchain technology, in the next two years and
readers are encouraged to study up on these issues and see if they fit your risk appetite,
for surely, any stock that has the potential to increase 4-8 fold, also has the potential of
losing 77-93% of its value. These are not securities for the risk-adverse investor.

Weekly chart of Bitcoin, displaying its bubble from January 2016 to its high in December
2017, followed by its bust into November 2018 (so far).

35
 As far as major disruptions in the currency markets and possibly the U.S. Dollar, or
a new round of interventionist engineering involving central banks, also related to Uranus
in Taurus, these possibilities will be examined in the Currencies chapter of this year’s
book, as well as in the overview of the Federal Reserve Board in the T-Notes chapter.

THE INSECURITY OF SOCIAL SECURITY

One of the key words describing the nature of Uranus is instability. Everything
under the domain of the sign Uranus transits is subject to vast changes. Nothing
pertaining to the sign it is in is secure. That is not always a negative, for sometimes things
are in dire need of change lest they collapse altogether. However, Uranus — the planet of
change and instability — is moving into Taurus for the next 7 years. This is an oxymoron
because one of the collective psychological needs pertaining to Taurus is security, Thus,
all things pertaining to security — whether personal safety, financial security,
psychological comfort zones — are subject to changes, disruptions and upheavals. This
includes the concept of social security, as well as one’s savings and/or securities (stock)
account. Uranus in Taurus indicates a time when one’s financial security will be
vulnerable to disruptions on many fronts. One way to look at this is via the image of a
social safety net. This is something that would naturally be valuable to the Taurus
principle. Taurus seeks safety. As a society, we try to create “safety nets” for those who
are at a disadvantage in society, due to factors such as physical disabilities, old age, or
lack of employment opportunities in their locales. To help these individuals survive,
various branches of government offer financial assistance, sometimes referred as “safety
nets.” This is a functional symbol of the sign Taurus –— a financial safety net — for
Taurus rules both the concept of finances as well as the psychological need for safety and
stability. But Uranus in Taurus symbolizes efforts or events that might jeopardize that
social safety net, whether it be in the form of changes to the social security system or
another government “entitlement” program that acts like a safety net to many people. If
one considers the Capricorn stellium of 2020 as a time when worldwide debt increases
(Saturn conjunct Pluto in Capricorn), a context for nations to cut back on their “safety
net” programs can be understood. Governments may be forced to cut back on their
spending in order to avoid defaults and downgrades of their credit, and one area where
they will surely look to make changes will be in the cost of providing for these programs.

In terms of the social security program in the USA, it is very possible that Uranus
transiting through Taurus will correspond to changes there. It may be involve raising the
age for retirement in order to start receiving social security payments, or raising the
income ceiling on the portion of the work force for which social security taxes can be
collected, thus collecting more monies to add into the social security account. Other
changes may be made too, for with Uranus, it is not always possible to conceive of
“surprises” that may be attempted, as problem solvers “think outside of the box.”
Oftentimes, however, the solution to a problem by government is worse than the problem
it attempted to solve. With Uranus in Taurus, all things involving “security” are in danger
of being disrupted and becoming causes of insecurity. Government leaders need to think
long and hard before enacting any “safety net” changes, for the backlash from the
populace may be more disrupting than anticipated. The issue of “security” might then
expand from social “safety net” programs to something on a much larger social scale.

36
SEEKING PLEASURE IN STRANGE WAYS

Taurus is one of the most sensual and amorous signs of the zodiac. It likes comfort
and seeks pleasure through all the senses such as touch, taste, smell, and vision. It is a
sign of intimacy and sexual pleasure, although this should not be confused with the
sexual intensity of its opposite sign, Scorpio. Taurus loves to hug and hold hands, loves
the courtship and the foreplay leading to physical and/or mental arousal. With Taurus,
love-making and arousal is a slow, steady buildup of pleasurable anticipation where the
senses become increasingly fully engaged. With Scorpio, none of that matters. It is
intense from the moment of the first signal, perhaps even first eye contact. Without that
intensity, it’s just not that interesting. For Taurus, such intensity from the outset, without
a proper buildup, might be a turn off.

Because Taurus seeks intimacy and pleasure as much as (if not more than) most
signs of the zodiac, the period of time in which it hosts Uranus may indicate some strange
and surprising behaviors regarding sexual activities. Whereas Taurus is very personal,
charming, considerate, polite, and a bit traditional, and whereas Uranus is very
impersonal wild, rebellious, willing to take risks and try new things, it will be very
interesting to see how personal, and especially sexual, relationships evolve in the next 7
years. Internet dating is becoming rather mature now as a way for couples to meet in
today’s society, which would be covered by Uranus in Taurus. But there may be new
levels of internet dating or meeting perspective partners that emerge now. Many sites are
now creating specialized niches that are becoming very popular, such as sadomasochistic
and “rough sex” themes. Another area that could attract more proponents as the
impersonal Uranus travels through Taurus has to do with robots and inflatable sex toys.

Through all of this, one may wonder what ever happened to love? Taurus, ruled by
Venus, is one of the signs that rules love. But Uranus does not seek or really understand
the concept of “love,” so much as it thrives on “attraction” or friendship. It is as if Uranus
in Taurus is saying: “I love you, but don’t take it personally.”

Traditional forms of courtship, based on gradually getting to know one another and
“love,” may be on a hiatus during the time Uranus is in Taurus. Of course, if there is a
financial crisis, this too might defray the traditional steps involved in forming long-term
bonds in partnership. Commitments are harder to make in a relationship when one’s
financial situation is not secure. That may not be so much of a problem in 2019, but it
could become more highlighted in 2020-2023 as Uranus is in the heart of Taurus.

THE URANUS TRIANGLE CONFIGURATION TO JUPITER AND NEPTUNE

The summer of 2018 will be remembered for being exceptionally hot and wet in
several areas of the United States. August 2018 also set new heat and precipitation
records. Excessive heat this summer (defined as June, July and August) was not focused
in just one region of the country but included parts of the Northeast, Great Lakes,
southern Plains and West. Linda Lam, “Summer 2018 Will Be Among the Hottest,
Wettest, or Driest on Record,” www.weather.com, September 2, 2018.

37
 “The old idea that cybercrime is like a business needs to be replaced with a new
metaphor that better captures its internal complexities; that is, that cybercrime now has
its own economy – a literal “web of profit” that not only mirrors its legitimate
counterpart, but that both feeds off it and feeds into it.” – Patrick Nohe, “2018
Cybercrime Statistics: A Closer Look at the ‘Web of Profit’,”
https://www.thesslstore.com, September 27, 2018.

Aries chart for noon, May 24, 2019 in New York City. Note that Jupiter, in Sagittarius,
makes a 90° square aspect to Neptune in Pisces and a 135° sesquiquadrate Uranus in
Taurus, while Uranus and Neptune make a 45° semi-square to one another. This creates a
symmetrical-type of triangle pattern between these three planets, in effect mostly January-
June 2019.

Uranus, which rules technology, makes no major aspect to the other outer planets in
2019. However, it does form an unusual minor aspect configuration with the
Jupiter/Neptune mutable square in 2019. That is, Uranus makes a 45° semi-square to
Neptune (it is actually a 315° waning semi-square), and it receives a 135° sesquiquadrate
from Jupiter in Sagittarius (actually it is a 225° waning sesquiquadrate). In astrology, we

38
usually refer to aspects by the shortest distance between two planets; hence, the semi-
square between two planets can be either 45° or 315°, depending on which planet and
which direction it is measured from or to the other planets in a 360° circle. This type of
triangular pattern means that all three of these planetary dynamics will be interacting with
one another in 2019, especially January-June when this configuration is at its strongest.

How does Uranus influence the mutable square between Jupiter and Neptune? First
of all, each of the themes indicated previously related to Jupiter and Neptune continue.
With Uranus, these themes will intensify. That is, 2019 will likely be a year of bold
overconfidence and overestimations involving financial threats. It is a year of
misinformation, even deception and betrayal, with the intent to gain at the expense of
scapegoats who are set up to take on the consequences of others’ misdeeds. It is a year
when mischievous activities, such as fraud, embezzlement, and outright theft may be
more pronounced than usual. With Uranus, the source and/or object of these troubling
activities lies in technology, as in cybertheft and cyberespionage.

Cybertheft and cyberespionage, where rogue individuals and nations are involved in
hacking, spying upon, or outright stealing of valuable information from individuals,
institutions, and corporations, is already well underway. Uranus has been in a semi-
square aspect to Neptune since August 11, 2017, and will unfold in a five-passage series
lasting through May 2, 2019, and probably well beyond, because these two planets move
so slowly through the signs. They will stay within three degrees of this aspect for the next
couple of years. The message during this period is clear: the need to protect vital
information stored on computers and smart phones from theft or unwelcomed observation
is paramount. The possibility of having that information compromised or taken is much
higher than usual. As such, we can anticipate some very high-profile organizations will
report a major breach of data, or cybertheft, has taken place, and sensitive data has been
hijacked for nefarious purposes. This, of course, can pose a security risk on many levels,
since Uranus is in Taurus, and Taurus rules security. All things under the category of
“security” and “securities” are vulnerable to disturbances now, but especially in the field
of technology, where critical data and information just “disappears.”

Along with this, dangers may also be present in the form of new computer viruses
and/or worms that can disrupt internet operations. Furthermore, this may also apply to
electrical grids of communities. Blackouts, due to a loss of electrical power may occur
more frequently than normal. The question is whether these instances of power outages
are caused by inclement weather or criminal cyber activity. We may not be told the truth
in the latter event, because Neptune is a master at keeping hidden information that could
cause alarm or illuminate the source of misinformation.

Speaking of inclement weather, the hard, minor aspect from Uranus to the
Jupiter/Neptune square underscores again the possibility of major floods, storms, and
hurricanes described in the chapter on Jupiter and Neptune. We already saw this
phenomenon begin when Uranus made its first semi-square to Uranus in August 2017, a
month that highlighted the devastation of Hurricanes Harvey and Irma. The later clocked
winds of up to 185 mph (miles per hour), one of the most powerful hurricanes on record.
The rash of deadly hurricanes continued in 2018, with monsters such as Hurricane
Florence and Michael, which both resulted in the loss of many lives. If this subtext of

39
Uranus in semi-square to Neptune continues, we can expect more deadly storms through
June 2019, as this aspect formation is especially strong December 2018-January 2019,
and May-June 2019, but to some extent, still quite strong into September-October 2019.
After that, the set up should be in place for the Capricorn stellium that follows. The fog
lifts, and the cliff not far ahead, starts coming into view.

On a more positive note, the Uranus/Neptune semi-square represents the first 1/8
phase of this 171-year planetary cycle. It began with the conjunction of 1993, which
launched the era of the technology and communications revolution. It was also part of the
previous geocosmic era described in a previous chapter on long-term planetary
conjunctions, 1980-1993. The 1/8 phase of the cycle highlights issues related to the
advancements of that time, which include the Internet and smart phone phenomena that
took over the world then. Thus, we may not only witness threats to inventions that began
to be applied on a mass level in 1993, but also new innovations that will bring forth new
benefits to humanity. Whenever a phase of a cycle unfolds, it brings out the best and the
worst of the themes that were present during the time of the conjunction, when the greater
cycle began. In 2018-2019, we will likely see great advancements made in the field of
technology, with many new tools introduced to make work and communications even
more efficient than ever before. We are still in the renaissance period of the world’s story
(1940-2040), and Uranus with Neptune plays an important part in the unfolding of that
story.

It is also true that when these two planets (Uranus and Neptune) connect to one
another by aspect, the times seem surreal. No one is sure what is real. To many, the times
seem like a bizarre dream that never ends. In fact, it does end after 2019. But reality may
be even more challenging as we transition from Jupiter, Uranus, and Neptune in 2019,
into Saturn, Pluto and the Capricorn stellium of 2020. It is all about that cliff in the
distance that we are fast approaching.

Below is a quick listing of the dates in late 2018 and into 2019 that Jupiter, Uranus,
and Neptune are involved in this triangle formation:

Dec 15, 2018 Uranus semi-square Neptune (4th passage)

Jan 9, 2019 Jupiter sesquiquadrate Uranus (1st passage)
Jan 13, 2019 Jupiter square Neptune (1st passage)

May 1, 2019 Uranus semi-square Neptune (5th and final passage)

June 6, 2019 Jupiter sesquiquadrate Uranus (2nd passage)
June 16, 2019 Jupiter square Neptune (2nd passage)

Sep 21, 2019 Jupiter square Neptune (3rd and final passage)
Oct 14, 2019 Jupiter sesquiquadrate Uranus (3rd passage)

40
 THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA IN 2019
“The future ain’t what it used to be.” – Yogi Berra

In the absence of governmental checks and balances present in other areas of our
national life, the only effective restraint upon executive policy and power in the area of
national defense and international affairs may lie in an enlightened citizenry – in an
informed and critical public opinion which alone can here protect the value of
democratic government. For this reason, it is perhaps here that a press that is alert,
aware, and free most vitally serves that basic purpose of the First Amendment. For
without an informed and free press, there cannot be an enlightened people. U.S. Supreme
Court ruling, 6-3, on June 30, 1971, in favor of the newspapers, upholding their right to
publish the Pentagon Papers, as depicted in the movie “The Post.”

“The basis of our government being the opinion of the people, the very first object
should be to keep that right; and were it left up to me to decide whether we should have a
government without newspapers or newspapers without government, I should not hesitate
a moment to prefer the latter.” – Thomas Jefferson

Based on the forecast that 2019 is a transition year between the growth potentials
exemplified by Jupiter in Sagittarius and the potential for an economic pullback
suggested by the Capricorn stellium in 2020 (and possibly 2-5 years afterwards), what is
the position of the United States in this outlook? The answer to that question, to a
Financial and Mundane Astrologer, lies in the comparison of the USA’s founding chart to
both the planets in its progressed chart and the transiting outer planets of 2019-2020.

THE FOUNDING CHART OF THE UNITED STATES

There was no exact time recorded for the “birth” of the United States. In fact, even
the date of its origin is a subject of intense debate among astrologers. The date most often
used is July 4, 1776, which is when the country celebrates its Independence Day holiday,
although it wasn’t declared a holiday until 1870, nearly 100 years afterwards. July 4,
1776 was the date that the Continental Congress formally adopted the Declaration of
Independence. However, the vote for Independence actually occurred on July 2, probably
just before noon because it was announced in the papers that day, and the papers went to
press about noon. It wasn’t until August 2, 1776 that the final text of the Declaration of
Independence was signed.

As stated in previous Forecasts Books: Based on historical records of when the vote
for the Declaration of Independence actually took place, as reported in my article on
“America at the Crossroads,” written in 2012 and available on MMA’s website at
www.mmacycles.com, historical records indicate that the vote for independence was

41
taken before noon, on July 2, 1776. The announcement was then delivered to General
George Washington on July 4, and the War of Independence began. The July 2, 1776
chart, cast for 11:50 AM, fits well with my understanding of what the United States is
about, particularly as expressed in the wording within the Declaration of Independence,
stating, “We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal.”
Throughout the document, it highlights the importance of equality and the right of all
people to pursue liberty, justice, and happiness. Therefore, I believe that the USA has a
Libra ascendant, for Libra rules the concepts of “equality” and “justice for all.” A
“birth” slightly before noon would have Libra rising.

United States of America, vote on Declaration of Independence

July 2, 1776, rectified to 11:50 AM, Philadelphia PA.

In this chart, the Sun, Venus, and Jupiter stellium in Cancer sits right at the top,
conjunct the midheaven. This would support the belief that the United States has
ascended to the status of one of the greatest empires in the history of the world. The Sun
and Jupiter culminating in this chart points to the leadership role the USA has taken in the
world, especially in the past century. Venus, ruling the chart in Cancer, and part of this

42
stellium, addresses both the patriotism of its citizens as well as its adherence to the
principles of fairness and democracy in governance.

Some might argue that Saturn rising is not a convincing placement signifying the
character of the USA, but actually it is when you consider that Saturn is exalted in Libra.
Saturn represents laws and traditions, and the USA citizenry puts much value in its laws
and traditions, exemplified by both its Constitution and Declaration of Independence.

Perhaps the most astrologically challenging part of this chart is the Moon conjunct
Pluto in Capricorn, in opposition to Mercury (the press) in Cancer, and disposed of by
Saturn rising in Libra. The Moon represents the “soul,” or the maternal and nurturing part
of a country’s character. But in Capricorn, conjunct Pluto, the Moon may also reflect a
collective (and even repressed) guilt originated from the stain of slavery in its past, and
the painful and unresolved presence of racial relations (racism) that continues within the
emotional psyche of the people even today. Those issues are likely to be in the forefront
again very soon, as both Saturn and Pluto will cross over this Moon/Pluto conjunction in
the next four years. In fact, the transit of Pluto is close enough to be felt even now.

THE PROGRESSED USA CHART

We recommend that as you continue to negotiate new trade deals with our allies,
you pursue the endgame goal of zero tariffs. You have said on several occasions that your
objective is not protectionism but “to create a level playing field on trade.” You have
even suggested to our allies that both sides “drop all Tariffs, Barriers, and Subsidies.”
Your Council of Economic Advisors reports the average American tariff is 3.5% while the
average EU rate is 5% (and) China is nearly 10%... We also believe that securing zero
for zero trade deals would result in an expansion of global commerce that would reduce
poverty and add trillions of dollars to the global economic output. (It) will help make the
U.S. and world economies great again. – Steve Forbes, Fred Smith, Stephen Moore and
Arthur Laffler of the Committee to Unleash Prosperity, “Mr. President, It’s Time for Zero
Tariffs,” Wall Street Journal, October 18, 2018.

The secondary progression method in astrology is based on the principle that “one
day of life is equal to one year in one’s life.” That is, if the United States was “born” in
1776, then it will become 243 years old on its birthday in 2019. If we take the planets
positions 243 days after July 2, 1776, we will have the positions of the progressed planets
of the USA chart for the year 2019, as shown in the progressed chart that follows.

When we ask whether the USA will play a prominent role in the world in 2019-
2020, based on the transits described earlier, the answer must be a definite “yes.” The
dominant planetary aspect in 2019 is Jupiter in Sagittarius, square Neptune in Pisces. In
2019-2020, the progressed Sun in the USA chart will be 12-13° of Pisces, very close to
transiting Neptune. And the progressed Moon will be in Sagittarius, conjunct the transits
of Jupiter in Sagittarius and square to the USA’s progressed Sun in mid-2019 (see the
following progressed chart for July 2, 2019). The USA and its leadership will be very
much in the center of attention in world affairs in 2019 and 2020. All of the
characteristics and themes described in the earlier section of this book, pertaining to the
Jupiter/Neptune square, are also applicable to themes playing out in the United States.

43
 The progressed USA chart, shown in the outer wheel, to the USA natal chart (shown in the
inner wheel) on July 2, 2019

The progressed Moon in Sagittarius (mid-2018 through most of 2020) relates to the
USA’s interaction with other nations in the world. Its foreign affairs assume great
importance, perhaps even outsized importance, for Sagittarius represents the principle of
exaggeration. It also pertains to world trade, and once again, this indicator alone suggests
growth in world trade involving the USA and its trading partners, whoever they are. In
fact, the number of countries and the amount of trade incurred is likely to expand greatly
during this period. However, the progressed Moon is forming a waning square aspect to
the progressed Sun, so there are also likely to be major conflicts and heightened tensions
between the USA leadership and other countries of the world, and one of those conflicts
may pertain to issues regarding trade. The problem is likely to be compounded by
exaggerations, a tendency to inflate matters of truth or accuracy regarding figures.
Sagittarius is not known for its accuracy, and the propensity to exaggerate and inflate
grievances or successes is likely to be a point of contention between the USA and other
nations. The problem is the rhetoric, for the progressed Moon is in the third house of
communications, and the liberal use of facts (that may not be factual at all) will be used

44
to back up one’s claims. Sagittarius just has issues surrounding boundaries of any kind.
Yet, it wants to do business. It wants to trade. It wants to see its economy grow, even at
the expense of inflation, which this setup implies is a real possibility.

Looking further ahead, one can see that the problems just described may escalate
and lead to far greater problems in the not-too-distant future. Progressed Mars is
retrograde in Libra. Mars can represent a nation’s military, and the urge to enter into
conflicts and confrontations with others that might escalate into threats (or actions) of
war, especially as it is moving backwards towards the USA’s natal Saturn. Mars/Saturn
connections are well-known as war-themed geocosmic signatures to Mundane
Astrologers. At the same time, progressed Jupiter is retrograde in mid-Cancer, also
moving backwards to square the progressed Mars/natal Saturn positions in mid-Libra.
Furthermore, once the progressed Moon leaves Sagittarius, it will head towards the
Moon/Pluto conjunction in Capricorn in 3-4 years. But that is a discussion for a future
Forecast Book. In the meantime, we may get a glimpse as to the nature of these Martian
contacts between December 2019 and June 2020 when the progressed Moon will form a
T-square with the USA Mars/Neptune square.

Progressed Venus is also highlighted in 2019 as it completes a powerful square

aspect to natal Pluto and heads towards a square aspect to progressed Pluto in 2021.
These two planets (Venus and Pluto) rule credit and debt. If the USA doesn’t bring its
deficit spending under control, and allows its debt to accelerate as it did in 2008-2011, it
could spell a return to credit problems. The USA’s credit-worthiness may come under
attack again and in response, the USA’s currency (the USA dollar) may suffer, and even
be the target for international currency reform. Its status as the currency standard of the
world may be questioned, modified, or at worst, replaced.

It doesn’t have to end badly, however. On the positive side, the progressed Sun will
form a harmonious trine to natal Jupiter, and progressed Venus will enter Taurus,
forming a favorable sextile aspect to the USA’s natal Venus, in 2022. If there is a
financial crisis in 2020-2023 and meaningful reforms are undertaken, it could end
relatively quickly, and rebuilding a stable economy can commence rapidly as well.

TRANSITS TO THE USA CHART IN 2019

Employment costs rose more than expected in the third quarter (2018) in a sign that
more inflation could be brewing in the U.S. economy… On a yearly basis, wages and
salaries jumped 3.1 percent, the biggest increase in 10 years. Wage increases have been
the missing link in the economy since the recovery began in mid-2008. Average hourly
earnings have been rising steadily but have stayed below the 3 percent level as slack has
remained in the labor market. However. the unemployment rate is now at 3.7 percent, the
lowest since 1969, and wage pressures have begun to build. – Jeff Cox, “Wages and
Salaries Jump by 3.1%, Highest Level in a Decade,” cnbc.com, October 31, 2018

Just as important as secondary progressions are the transits of outer planets to the
USA’s founding chart. In fact, many Mundane Astrologers would consider transits from
outer planets to a founding or natal chart to be even more important, because the current
position of transiting planets affects the whole world, and it also affects the charts of

45
other nations of the world in real time. Progressions are more theoretical timing tools,
whereas transits are actually happening in current time.

There are several transiting aspects of outer planets to the USA’s founding chart that
tie into the important Jupiter/Neptune square in 2019 as well as the Capricorn stellium in
2020. The Jupiter/Neptune connections are important because of their exaggerative
characteristics, ranging from non-factual rhetoric to spending and inflation.

First, we find transiting Jupiter will make a T-square to the USA’s natal
Mars/Neptune square at 19-22° of mutable signs (Jupiter is in Sagittarius, and the USA
natal Mars and Neptune are posited at 19 and 22° Gemini and Virgo respectively). Due to
Jupiter turning retrograde, this T-square will make three passages, beginning February 13
and lasting through October 26, 2019. The exaggerative and inflammatory rhetoric
coming from, and directed at, the USA is not likely subsiding. In fact, it may accelerate,
for any transit from Jupiter increases or exaggerates the principles of the planets its
contacts. In this case, it makes an opposition (three times) to Mars in Gemini, which
already shows the propensity to be argumentative and quick (too quick) to verbally
respond to any perceived provocation. With Jupiter in the third house, this once again
highlights the tendency to exaggerate, to stretch or distort the actual facts to fit the spirit
of one’s narrative. With Mars involved, words may also extend into actions. That is, if
threats are made, and then not responded to in the manner that the person making the
threats wished, then the threats may actually be carried out. If so, these actions may later
be regretted, for Jupiter/Mars can be too hasty to act in response to a grievance before
sufficient effort is made to diffuse the tension. Oftentimes, such actions under these types
of transits are later viewed as too impulsive, as mistakes in judgement, as responses not
clearly thought out, even as immature. The reactions are far beyond what the situation
called for, as in “over the top.” It is advisable under such aspects to think twice and count
to ten, before reacting, otherwise the possibility of a mutual resolution is lost. In its place,
anger escalates.

During this same period, transiting Jupiter squares natal Neptune in Virgo. If Jupiter
exaggerates facts, then the danger with Neptune is that it intentionally distorts and
misleads with its version of the facts. Given that Jupiter squares Neptune in the skies
anyway during 2019, this additional square from transiting Jupiter to the USA’s natal
Neptune simply exaggerates the tendency for leaders in the USA to misinform, mislead,
and make outrageous claims that undermine the credibility of those making such claims
or threats.

Jupiter/Neptune squares are one of astrology’s classical bankruptcy aspects. As that

aspect is present in the heavens as a current transit, many nations of the world will be on
an unsustainable spending blitz, which has the potential to hurt their credit standing.
Given that this aspect also shows up as a direct hit to the USA’s chart indicates that its
own spending activities may be out of control. There may well be a need for fiscal
reform, or fiscal decisions to reign in the over-bloated spending of the U.S. government,
or else a debt alert may be issued against the USA. If so, this would certainly earn the
wrath of the USA administration, bringing into play the hard aspect from Jupiter to the
USA’s natal Mars. Perhaps one area where spending is well beyond the budget is in
regards to its military buildup (Mars).

46
 The bottom line is that the transit of Jupiter to the USA’s chart indicates a strong
tendency to exaggerate and upset others, increase public and international discord, make
hasty decisions that are not well-thought out, overconfidence leading to poor decision-
making, and lack of fiscal (spending) restraint that could lead to credit and debt problems,
and possibly greater inflation. It also coincides with periods of time when it is difficult to
get the truth, as accuracy in facts is often distorted. Cries of “fake news” are likely to
continue and not disappear in 2019. The challenge will be to determine who to believe, if
anyone, for it is happening on all sides of the social and political spectrum. It will be a
good time to pursue meditative practices.

Transits (outer wheel) to the USA chart (inner wheel) on January 1, 2019

Transiting Saturn is another important player in the USA’s drama in 2019-2020. At

the very beginning of the year it will be in opposition to the USA’s natal Sun. During
most of the rest of year, it will be square to the USA’s own natal Saturn. That is, from
December 30, 2018, through October 20, 2019, transiting Saturn will touch off the USA’s
natal Sun/Saturn square, making it a cardinal T-square. This could indicate gridlock, the
inability to get anything passed in Congress due to a lack of compromise, or worse, too

47
much political partisanship where neither party is willing to work with the other, and
hence legislation is paralyzed. This could be good for the stock market (it usually is when
the government can’t change anything), but it is likely to be very frustrating to those in
government who sincerely want to get something done, without having to constantly deal
with obstruction from the opposing party. The Sun in a country’s chart is its leader, so
Mr. Trump is likely to feel blocked, and that might lead him to make exaggerated threats
to those he feels are obstructionists (Jupiter/Mars). Saturn is the Congress, the body of
government that makes the laws, and the square from Saturn to the USA Saturn suggests
that Congress also feels blocked. Everyone feels blocked and frustrated. We are back to
2010-2016. Getting anything accomplished requires more of an effort than anyone is used
to. It can be done, but it defies logic and common sense why it has to be so hard. The
reason may be just that — a lack of common sense and logic. It’s political, not sensible
nor representative of the people who are being affected by this blockage in governance.

The combination of transiting Jupiter and transiting Saturn forming hard aspects to
the USA’s founding chart could also spell trouble if there is another vacancy to fill on the
Supreme Court. Jupiter and the 9th house rule the high court. Additionally, Jupiter rules
education, and there could be a battle regarding changes proposed at the federal level in
the structure of education in the USA.

The third geocosmic concern is the transiting Lunar Nodes. They offer a preview of
what is forthcoming in 2020 when the Capricorn stellium gets fully underway. The
Moon’s North Node moved into Cancer with the mid-term USA election on November 6,
2018, just two days before Jupiter ingressed into Sagittarius. As it moves backwards
through the zodiac, it will set off the Mercury opposition to Moon/Pluto in the USA
chart, December 31, 2018 through February 17, 2019, at the same time that transiting
Saturn is setting off the Sun/Saturn square in the same USA chart (see above chart of
January 1, 2019 transits). The nodal transits over Mercury, and in opposition to
Moon/Pluto, pertains to the attack on the press, a recent phenomenon that began during
the 2016 presidential election when Uranus made a T-square to this same natal
opposition. This whole process of undermining and/or threatening the freedom of the
press will culminate when Saturn comes to the Moon/Pluto conjunction in 2020, followed
by Pluto doing the same 2021-2022.

The Moon’s North Node begins a string of conjunctions to the USA’s Sun, Jupiter,
and Venus from November 5, 2019 through the end of May 2020. This suggests a nice
rebound in both the USA economy and the popularity of its leadership. However,
transiting Saturn will be approaching the USA’s Moon/Pluto conjunction, and opposition
to its natal Mercury, so the forces of support are also heightened at the same time the
forces of obstruction are very strong. It favors the president and his fortune, but it may
not favor the populace or the media.

The idea that the USA economy and the stock market may be surprisingly strong in
2019 is indicated not just with the transit of the Jupiter/Neptune square (a “bubble”
possibility), but also because transiting Uranus is making a favorable sextile to the USA’s
natal Venus/Jupiter conjunction, March 14, 2019 through April 15, 2020. Whereas
Jupiter/Neptune indicates a slide to bankruptcy and debt, Uranus in favorable aspect to
Venus and Jupiter shows the possibility of increasing one’s wealth. Wages may increase

48
more than expected. The stock market could advance more sharply than many expect.
However, a peak in all of these possible trends may be realized in the midst of these
transits, as opposed to at the end of them. This would also fit with the historical
correlation of Jupiter through the sign of Sagittarius to long-term cycle crests in U.S.
stocks, which will be addressed in more detail in the Stock Market chapter of this year’s
book.

The final transit to examine is Pluto making a trine to the USA’s natal Neptune,
February 2019 through November 2020. Neptune pertains to the institutional departments
of a country, such as its hospitals, jails, and prisons. It also relates to its drugs and
medicines used in healing as well as its Navy, water supplies, lakes, streams, and oceans.
Pluto in such a favorable aspect suggests that reforms are initiated here that could have a
very positive result. The fight against opioid addiction may be an example that succeeds
in the next two years. Reforms of drug laws are already underway, and the USA is on the
verge of legalizing recreational marijuana use instead of keeping it classified as an illegal
substance for which individuals can be incarcerated for use and distribution.

There are also major reforms underway regarding the pricing of needed medicines
by USA citizens. The cost of prescription drugs has been far too high for too long, and
they are coming down due to the efforts of the current administration, and that is a
positive for American citizens, related to this aspect. Reforms for the better may also
soon be noticed in hospitals, senior citizen care facilities, prisons, and jails. Reforms may
also be undertaken to transform the USA Navy, the USA presence in oceans around the
world, plus its interior lakes and rivers. Any body of water whose use had been restricted
due to pollutants, toxins, or other poisonous chemicals may be cleaned up and available
for new uses again. The same may be said of distressed areas in inner cities of the country
where the crime rates are high. These distressed areas are likely to become the subject of
major reforms, rebirth, and a new life that offers opportunities to many people who need
the breaks. This may very well turn out to be an excellent long-term investment for those
who take the risk and invest in these major community projects, perhaps supported by the
U.S. government.

Anything pertaining to rebuilding, renewal, and rebirth can achieve great success in
these next few years. This is all a very positive expression of transiting Pluto in a
favorable aspect to Neptune in Virgo, the sign of work, health, and the environment.

49
 THE UNITED STATES AND ITS PRESIDENT IN 2019
It is wonderful to be loved, but if you must choose, it is better to be feared than
loved. The desire for love puts you at the mercy of those who can withhold it. Creating
fear puts you on the offense. You cannot control love, but you can control fear. And this is
the ultimate question of politics, indeed, of all human life: Who’s in control? William A.
Galston, “Trump’s Grim Handbook for Governance,” Wall Street Journal, October 17,
2018.

As a former CEO, I can say from experience that if the leader doesn’t set the tone,
no one else will…. All the ink about how both sides are to blame (for the divisiveness and
negative tone in the USA) is true, but irrelevant without leadership from the top. –
Stephen Brown, retired CEO of John Hancock Financial Services, “Peggy’s Advise is
Equally Good and Unlikely to Work,” Wall Street Journal, November 2, 2018. What
Peggy Noonan had written about President Trump in her column titled “Diffuse
America’s Explosive Politics” was, “He will never lead effectively at moments like this
because he can’t. It’s not within his emotional range or in his intellectual toolbox.”

Whether you love him or hate him — and most people do one or the other — there
is no denying that President Donald Trump is having a huge impact on not only the
United States of America, but the entire world, due to both his personal conduct as well
as his policies and agenda. It would probably not be too far off the mark to claim that
most Americans approve of his policies and executive acts that have resulted in a
growing economy, reduction of onerous regulations on businesses, and a greater sense of
safety and national security. But at the same time, the majority of Americans do not seem
to approve of the way he behaves. They like what he has done, the changes he has
brought forth in the American economy and the fact that he has “shook things up” in
government, but they don’t necessarily like who he is or how he acts. They like the
accomplishments, but not the means used to attain those results. This creates an inner
conflict in the American psyche: how can we be prosperous and safe with such a brazen,
bold, and even offensive leader? Perhaps this is the only way to act, bring about the
changes in government that the American population longed for, via the election process.

Donald Trump is a very fortunate man. His birth chart has an abundance of
geocosmic indicators suggesting good fortune — some might call it luck — and success.
Jupiter, the planet of opportunity and good fortune sits in his second house of finances. It
is stationary at birth, which means it is very strong. It also trines his Sun, the ruler of the
chart (Leo rising), which is one of the most favorable aspects in astrology denoting good
fortune and success. Jupiter also trines Uranus, one of the signatures of potential financial
success. He is born under “lucky stars.” This is a chart of someone who has a “Midas
touch,” which means anything he becomes involved with has a very good chance of
succeeding. With such a strong Jupiter and Leo rising (with Mars), it also means he sees
things (including himself) in terms of “great,” “large,” and “bigger than life.”

50
 Everything is exaggerated, which is crucial to both his successes in life as well as his
personal shortcomings, which include his general unpopularity with so many people in
the USA and much of the rest of the world. As William Galston writes in the same article
quoted above, “Mr. Trump has a consistent way of judging people. Strong is good, weak
is bad. Big is impressive, small is defective. Winners are admirable, losers are
contemptible. A corollary is that there is neither dishonorable victory not honorable
defeat. The core of human existence is competition, not cooperation. The world is zero-
sum: If I win, someone else must lose.” It is this approach that has brought him much
success. It is also the reason why so many people disdain him, because most people strive
for negotiations that result in win-win outcomes. Apparently, Mr. Trump does not accept
that type of outcome as success. There is no such thing as a win-win. There is only the
situation where if someone wins, it means someone else has to lose, and often lose badly.

THE NATAL CHART

Donald Trump, June 14, 1946, 10:54 AM, Queens, New York

51
 According to his birth certificate, which he posted online during the period when he
was a “birther,” convinced that President Barack Obama was not an American by birth,
Donald Trump was born June 14, 1946, 10:54 AM, in Queens, New York. His parents
were Fred Trump and Mary Anne MacLeod. His father, Fred, died in 1999 of pneumonia
after suffering from Alzheimer’s disease for the last six years of his life (Wikipedia.org).

The competitive spirit fueling the drive to succeed and win at whatever he
undertakes is clearly shown by the presence of Mars rising in Leo. This denotes someone
who is likely to be brash, aggressive, and a fighter. It also denotes a very confident
persona. Combined with his strong Jupiter placement referred to earlier, this can expand
to overconfidence, leading to impulsive decisions and behaviors that upset others.
However, if this leads him to success and victory, then the means justifies the end. In the
end, Mars rising in Leo is most often about “me first,” or “I want to be the first, the best,
or the greatest, at whatever I do.” When this dynamic is integrated with the good fortune
and luck of a strong Jupiter placement, you get…. Donald Trump. He is who is he is. And
he is not going to back down, nor is he going to change this core nature (Mars rising in
Leo, Sun conjunct Uranus – “I am right” “I am confident,” “I am a winner”), although he
may often change his mind as to what he believes is the best course of action to take
(Sun/Uranus conjunct in Gemini).

He was also born under a lunar eclipse (Sun/Node opposite Moon), which means he
is forceful and likely to have a life of conflicts with others. It also suggests a life of
dramatic ups and downs, peaks and valleys, but he usually ends up on top. His Venus
conjunct Saturn in Cancer indicates patriotism to his family (children), his home country,
his belief in a strong national security (the strongest in the world), but it also indicates a
very great need for approval and love from…. everybody, especially women. This is an
area where he is not always successful. With Saturn conjunct Venus, there is a sense of
not enough love, especially from women. Perhaps it has to do with the reason why
women are attracted to him, for Venus rules both love and money. Sometimes it is
confusing to tell the difference.

THE PROGRESSED CHART FOR DONALD TRUMP IN 2019

Donald Trump’s progressed chart indicates that he is probably in one of the greatest
periods for receiving love, or acceptance, in his life in 2018. Progressed Venus (love) is
exactly conjunct his natal Jupiter (luck, success and abundance) in June 2018, with an
orb of influence of up to nine months either side of June 2018. It is hard to find a more
promising aspect by progression than this. It often corresponds to a time of marriage,
partnership, a great love, and/or a very successful financial period in one’s life. It is a
time of a financial windfall. Given that it also makes a favorable trine to his natal
Uranus, and the fact that Venus rules Libra, this is considered an extraordinarily
favorable time in life. His luck ‘runneth over.’ - Forecast 2018.

President Trump’s approval began to climb (from a low of 35% at the end of 2017).
It now sits at a 44.1% average. It just hit 47% in the Wall Street Journal/NBC poll. –
Daniel Henninger, “The October Surprise Arrives,” Wall Street Journal, October 25,
2018.

52
 Indeed, President Trump experienced a large surge in his approval and popularity
from the start of the year until late October 2018 as this is being written. From an
approval rating of 35% at the end of 2017, his numbers have increased to 47% by late
October 2018 according to the Wall Street Journal/NBC poll. This is what happens when
progressed Venus conjuncts ones natal Jupiter. One’s popularity and prosperity soars. But
what will happen after that progressed aspect starts to separate in 2019?

The progressions still look fairly positive, though not as popular and prosperous as it
was under progressed Venus in Libra, conjunct natal Jupiter in the second house, in 2018.
The progressed Sun, ruler of the chart, is still in his first house, and in orb of a
conjunction to his ascendant, which means he will have plenty of attention directed
towards himself for the next couple of years. He is still very much in the public arena,
commanding much attention to whatever he does.

Donald Trump’s progressed chart (outer circle) as of June 14, 2019

Adding to this dynamic is the progressed Moon in Leo, which will cross his natal
Mars, Ascendant and progressed Sun, from March through September 2019. This
combination is likely to coincide with an even greater spotlight on what he does, and

53
probably highlighting new and exciting accomplishments. His confidence and pride in his
efforts may be at one of the highest points in his life. This could also coincide with major
changes in residence and/or family matters. Perhaps he has a grandchild, or there is
another marriage of a family member (child). Perhaps he expands his main residence (the
White House) to another area of the country, such as Florida. It implies his daily routine
is changing — it is changing according to how he conducts his normal schedule, but also
perhaps due to a major change in location and/or people he works with. The progressed
Moon crossing the Ascendant is a time of many important changes in one’s life, usually
positive in the opinion of the native. Things are changing for the better in his view, and
his confidence is high, according to the progressions to his natal chart for most of 2019.
That may begin to change in 2020, when his progressed ascendant leaves Libra and
begins its long journey through Scorpio. But for now, there is nothing to impede his
progress, as shown in the progressions, in 2019.

TRANSITS TO DONALD TRUMP’S CHART IN 2019

Great leaders are capable of arguing for the things they believe in. They can make
the case. They can make you think along with them, logically, from point A to point B and
beyond. Their words aren’t emotional... Good leaders live in the real world. They don’t
insist on ideologies they can squish down on your heads. A leader is aware he is the
object of many eyes. This puts a responsibility on him to act in a certain way — with
respect for his own dignity and yours. Children are watching and taking cues. That
means the future is watching A serious leader bothers to have command of the facts...
When people have real leaders, there’s a feeling of security. Somebody reliable is in
charge. – Peggy Noonan, “How to Find a Good Leader,” Wall Street Journal, November
3-4, 2018.

In a rare self-critique, President Trump says he regrets the harsh tone he struck during
his first two years in office. “I would like to have a much softer tone. I feel to a certain
extent I have no choice, but maybe I do,” the president said in an interview with Sinclair
Broadcast Group.” – S.A. Miller, “‘I Would Love to Get Along.’ Trump Express Regret
for his Harsh Tone,” The Washington Times, November 5, 2018.

In 2016, Donald Trump was elected president of the USA when transiting Saturn
crossed his natal Moon, in opposition to his natal Sun. At the time, the annual Forecast
Book had indicated that transiting Saturn in opposition to one’s natal Sun was a time of
reaching a peak in one’s life work. It was a time when Mr. Trump would attain something
that he had worked very hard for, only to find it was much more demanding and
exhausting than he ever expected. At the same time, Saturn on one’s natal Moon is not a
time of popularity. As it turned out, he won the election to the highest office in the land
(maybe the world), but he did not win the popular vote. In his first year in office he
accomplished many of the issues he campaigned for, but his approval ratings were
amongst the lowest of any president in his first year of office. In 2019, Jupiter will make
the same transit over his natal Moon, in opposition to his natal Sun, that Saturn had made
in late 2016 through much of 2017. It implies a reversal of these dynamics between
popularity and accomplishments.

54
 Transiting Jupiter will be conjunct Mr. Trump’s natal Moon, and in opposition to his
natal Sun from February 23-October 29, 2019. Unlike in 2016-2017, when Saturn
conjoined his Moon and opposed his Sun and represented a time of unpopularity but with
accomplishments, this switch to Jupiter probably indicates a time of greater popularity
but missed opportunities to secure accomplishments. Jupiter’s dynamic of optimistic
thinking and confidence-projection is behind his increase in popularity. However,
Jupiter’s tendency towards exaggeration, bluff, inattention to important details, and poor
timing and/or judgement may prevent him from gaining ample support for realizing many
(if any) of his goals for the year. In addition, his demands for loyalty (Moon in
Sagittarius) from members of his administration may result in the loss of support from
some of those he most needs. In 2017-2018, there were many defections from his camp
that ended up authoring several “tell-tale” accounts of dysfunction in his White House.
Expect more of this — maybe much more of this “disloyalty” and tell-all books and
articles — that cause the president to over-react and create huge drama, where the result
is to undermine his credibility and believability. Ultimately, the greatest challenge for
Jupiter lies with the concept of “truth.” This is not a favorable aspect for one who avoids
or misleads where “truth” is concerned, for it often results in embarrassment or
humiliation, reactions that Mr. Trump has had difficulty with all through life, for Jupiter
holds such an extremely powerful position in his chart.

On a purely physical level, transiting Jupiter in such a critical part of one’s chart,
may also indicate a tendency towards weight gain. With Jupiter, there is little discipline,
and little effort to follow “rules,” even when the rules are good for one to apply. Jupiter
doesn’t like rules, boundaries, or limitations of any kind. It tends to see itself as “above”
such details, involved in much more important matters than others who would attempt to
apply such limitations on its actions. To not pay attention to advice from members of his
inner circle could easily create the sense that he is not validating their importance, but
only his own, and that could result in lost support, not to mention poor decision-making
that creates unnecessary blow ups and drama.

The prominence of transiting Jupiter also suggests much travel to foreign countries,
and many meetings with leaders from abroad. As a result, we may see many new
initiatives involving foreign countries. By itself, this suggests several new deals that will
increase world trade with the USA. Yet one wonders if the master of “The Art of the
Deal” is paying close attention to what he is agreeing to. No doubt he will tout these deals
as something extraordinary for the USA. But the devil may be in the details, and that is
where his weakness is most likely to be revealed in 2019-2020. For the most part, people
respond very well when he announces new agreements and deals. This is one reason why
his popularity may increase. But later on (by 2020), when the effects begin to be known,
people may realize that these deals were not as great as they were advertised.

Transiting Saturn will continue playing an important role in President Trump’s chart
in 2019. As 2018 ends, transiting Saturn in early Capricorn completes its T-square to his
natal Mercury/Neptune square. In last year’s book, this was referred to as a witch hunt,
where he is victimized, or victimizes others, unfairly and unwisely (perhaps this pertains
to his stinging criticism of the Federal Reserve Board’s interest rate policy, as well as his
own challenges with the Robert Mueller investigation into the 2016 election that has
resulted in the arrests of Mr. Trump’s personal lawyer and many of his closest associates

55
at the time). This aspect also coincides with ethical challenges brought forth against him,
as well as a tendency to misstate facts that could lead to problems regarding his
credibility. His words and deeds from the past might be brought up and used against him.
These themes will come up again in 2019 through 2023 as transiting Neptune will assume
great importance to his natal chart, which will be discussed shortly.

Transits on May 20, 2019 (outer wheel), to Donald Trump’s natal chart (inner wheel).
Highlighted are the transits of Jupiter, Pluto, and Neptune making aspects to Trump’s natal
Sun/Uranus-Moon opposition.

As 2019 gets underway, Saturn moves forward into a difficult square to his natal
Jupiter. Due to Saturn’s retrograde motion in 2019, it will form a waxing square to Mr.
Trump’s natal Jupiter three times, from February 25 through November 25. This is a
classical signature of a broken promise or agreement. Either Mr. Trump violates an
agreement, or he believes someone else has failed to live up to their end of an agreement.
Typically, this results in a complaint, and the parties involved either agree to modify the

56
agreement, or they pursue a legal route to resolve the dispute. As Trump is the one under
the square, this does not bode as well for him, and he would be advised to try to
renegotiate and modify the terms or the deadlines involved, otherwise he stands to
experience a legal setback. This could pertain to the several legal matters he is already
involved in, or trade pacts he has agreed to with other nations that he still wants to
rewrite, or that other nations aren’t living up to. Someone is not adhering to the terms
agreed to, and this becomes a source of frustration for the president. It may also result in
a large financial loss unless he is able to account for all the issues brought up in the
complaint(s). One other area that this might pertain to is with his selection(s) for supreme
court jurists. If such an opening occurs, Mr. Trump is not likely to get his candidate
approved during this period. In fact, there are a number of legal agreements and decisions
he would like to enact, and most are delayed and frustrated. It is another reason why his
popularity may be higher in 2019, but his actual accomplishments might be meager. He
wants to grow and expand (Jupiter) in directions of his own choosing, but he is meeting
great obstacles in his path. He may not be accustomed to this level of obstruction, and the
frustration may cause him to say or do things that are not advisable, and only make
matters worse. But then again, what else is new?

The next transiting planet in the solar system is Uranus, which starts the year off
continuing in favorable trine aspect to President Trump’s natal Mars and Ascendant
through early March 2019. This has been in force through much of 2018, and is another
geocosmic factor behind his rising popularity. It is almost as if his popularity increased as
he became more aggressive and bolder (Mars and Ascendant). People liked that in 2018.
However, that quality may not be so popular in later 2019, and certainly not in 2020
when Uranus begins to form a square aspect to his natal Pluto. That foretells of a very
intense power play, even greater than was witnessed in 2016.

This brings us to Pluto and Neptune. We will save Neptune for last, because that
may be the most important planetary correlation of all in understanding Mr. Trump’s
potential challenges (and opportunities) over the next several years.

The transit of Pluto will be making a quincunx to Mr. Trump’s natal Sun in 2019-
2020. In fact, the Saturn/Pluto conjunction of January 2020 will be in an exact quincunx
(150°) to Mr. Trump’s Sun. This too speaks of defections from his inner circle and a need
to replace key people and make major adjustments in 2019-2020. At first, this may be a
great disturbance. However, once he makes the adjustments, it may actually be an
improvement, working much better than expected in the beginning. More serious will be
the opposition from transiting Pluto to Mr. Trump’s natal Venus/Saturn conjunction that
will start up in 2020, especially given that transiting Uranus will be in a square aspect to
his natal Pluto at the same time, a signature already described as a major power play. The
election of 2020 will make the election of 2016 appear very tame in comparison.
Although I am suggesting this figuratively, it could also literally be a “fight to the death,”
for Pluto rules death (and rebirth), the end of an era and the start of a major rebuilding
process.

In the prior chapters I presented the image of a population happily moving upwards
in 2019, but approaching a cliff that drops off steeply in 2020-2023. In 2019, there is
likely to be a sense of optimism, but also complacency regarding any danger signals that

57
may start to emerge. This scenario of not paying attention to signs that are arising right
before one’s eyes may be related to the principle of Neptune, which will be squared by
Jupiter throughout most of 2019. These planets will also be playing a very prominent role
in the chart of President Trump, beginning in 2019. It illustrates how and why President
Trump may be the central character in this drama outlined for 2019 through 2023 — a
drama that starts out every well, but may end very badly if not understood and addressed
as the signals begin to arise (if they begin to arise at all, for in the study of astrology,
there is always the matter of free will and choice to consider in attempting to describe a
possible outcome).

Like Jupiter, hard aspects from transiting Neptune often indicate challenges where
attention to details is concerned. One’s mind often wonders, or has difficulty
concentrating or remembering things of importance. One is often easily distracted by
small matters that take on much more attention and importance than logic would
otherwise suggest. Inflating or misrepresenting facts may elicit more concern from others
than before, although such concerns may be more whispers than outwardly spoken, for
Neptune also rules silence and the act of concealment. These are signs to watch for.

In 2019, Neptune will begin its transit in a hard T-square configuration to President
Trump’s natal Sun/Uranus, which is in opposition to his natal Moon. This is a long
Neptune transit, lasting from April 2019 through January 2023. This transiting period,
like all periods involving an outer planet transit to a series of natal points over a few
years, can manifest several different ways and to varying degrees, depending on the
individual’s health, mental capacity, psychological integrity, and a host of many other
issues. Thus, we will present a “worst case” scenario, and follow it with a “best case”
scenario, with an understanding that the actual outcome will probably be somewhere in
between.

Let’s begin by considering the state of Neptune in President Trump’s natal chart. It
is in Libra, 2nd house. It makes only one major aspect to another planet, and that is a
square from Mercury. Mercury rules communications, thought processes, the mind, the
mental condition of the native. In aspect to Neptune, the mind is imaginative, creative,
good at marketing, sales, deals, and advertising. Mercury, on the other hand, represents
knowledge and news, as well as the processing of data and information. But Neptune is
the only planet aspecting Mercury, so this processing of data and information involves a
lot of imagination, perhaps even fantasy, wishful thinking, idealism, but not necessarily
accuracy or logic. When Mercury speaks, it is filtered through Neptune, which is more
inspirational than informational. Neptune charms, but doesn’t necessarily abide by the
dissemination of truth or fact, at least not as much as impression, or characterization of
someone according to a narrative the native has created in his own mind, real or imagined
(and usually imagined).

In Mr. Trump’s case, his supporters see him as brilliant, intelligent, and innovative.
This is also shown by the placement of the Sun and Uranus together in Gemini. Uranus is
the planet of brilliance, geniuses, and Gemini is the ruling sign of Mercury. So, he does
have that capacity for innovative, original, thought. But, it is Mercury that actually
processes information and data, and thus represents the logical ordering and
communication of ideas. With its only aspect being a square to Neptune, this cannot be

58
considered, by itself, a signature of common sense, logic, or even depth of thought. The
attention span, or interest in a subject, may not be very grounded or sustained. The mind
and attention can drift, and restlessness or boredom can set in very quickly. It easy to be
distracted (as well as easy to distract others), due to this setup. Thus, whenever Neptune
is strong by transit, we always have to go back and see the state of Neptune in the natal
chart. As mentioned, it only makes one major aspect in the natal chart, and that is the
square to Mercury, the mind. The mind and all mental functions and processes of
organizing information are filtered through the dynamic of Neptune, ruler of imagination,
and not usually grounded in logical thought or sustained attention to detail.

In 2019, Neptune begins this series of squares to the Sun/North Node/Uranus in

Gemini, and Moon in Sagittarius. First, it squares Uranus, which is often a feeling of
disassociation, perhaps even confusion. It is like one’s world becomes surreal. Things
happen that seem unreal, strange. It might be something as simple as forgetting where
one is or what one is supposed to be doing. Yes, it can mean other things, like psychic
and even prophetic experiences where intuitive thoughts or hunches turn out to be
correct. But as with all things Neptunian, this may be more of a delusion, or it may elicit
a type of importance that is somewhat delusional (“I have this gift, this miracle-making
ability”). In short, transiting Neptune in a hard aspect to Uranus can be surreal, other-
worldly. Since Neptune and Uranus move so slowly, this aspect will affect millions of
people born in the same year. In other words, it is not just President Trump that is
undergoing this transit in 2019. It is everyone born June 1945-April 1947.

However, this transit of Neptune is more important to President Trump than most
others born in this period, because his natal Uranus is close enough to pull in his natal
Sun/Moon opposition (lunar eclipse at birth) in Gemini and Sagittarius. It goes from the
generational (1945-1947 births) square to Uranus, to the personal square of his lunar
eclipse Sun and Moon. In other words, it is the start of a sequence of events, or internal
changes, that will be underway for the next four years that may pertain to his grasp of
reality and logic. The question will be: how strong will this dynamic actually be in the
President’s normal daily behavior? It could be mild, or it could be very strong. We don’t
really know the strength of a transiting aspect based on astrology alone. In this case, it
could be as mild as just a prolonged period of harmless forgetfulness. Or….

In the worst-case scenario, this transit could mean he starts to disconnect,

disintegrate, mentally. He could become more than just mildly forgetful and spacey,
which in turn can influence both his decision-making and actions. This could have very
harsh consequences for the United States if his mind is not stable and if he is not locked
into and able to process data and information regarding the important challenges of the
times. What happens to the United States if he starts to lose this ability, this
functionality? Who will tend the campfire?

The best-case scenario might be that this series of Neptune transits, first to his natal
Uranus, and then to his natal Sun/Moon opposition, is that he exhibits a level of
compassion and self-sacrifice for the good of the greater whole (the world) than anyone
ever imagined possible. Neptune is saintliness, virtue, self-sacrifice, the wish for peace
and harmony. It is difficult imagining someone with such a strong natal Mars placement
on the ascendant in Leo, to suddenly exhibit dominant Neptune-in-Libra characteristics,

59
but it is possible, especially since at the same time transiting Pluto (self-revelation and
transformation) will be making an opposition to his natal Venus/Saturn. It seems more
likely that this aspect will be more about power plays, as discussed before. Perhaps the
best-case scenario is that President Trump finally succeeds in getting North Korea, Iran,
and all the rogue nations that he (and others) view as threats to world peace, to agree to
stop fighting and work with him to achieve world peace. In fact, that would probably be
the very best-case scenario and a more realistic possibility (even if a long-shot) under
such a strong Neptune transit, for at its best, Neptune is the desire for peace: inner peace
as well as outer peace.

How will we know which scenario (if either of these) is unfolding? Probably by
observing the sequence of changes described herein. Are they unfolding in one of the
manners described? The first step would be a change in his appearance in which he
begins to put on weight. Next would be an increasing number of cases where he changes
his mind, forgets appointments, or makes inappropriate (inexplicable) comments or
statements regarding matters of great importance to American interests. Or, instead, will
we witness actions dedicated to bringing rogue nations to the peace table taking
precedence and with success, wherein he is exhibiting an increasingly greater degree of
compassion and willingness to compromise and help others nations in need of American
assistance? If it is the former behavior (forgetfulness, loss of train of thought) that
becomes more and more noticeable, then it will be important for his closest advisors to
remove him from stressful situations as much as possible, for stress is the opposite of
what a Neptune transit needs to thrive. Stress will only speed up the mental disintegration
process.

The year 2020 is critical in the unfolding of the global drama and Mr. Trump’s role
in it. In the past, when USA presidential elections took place close to Jupiter/Saturn
conjunct, and especially if Saturn/Pluto were also nearby in conjunction, great leaders
ascended onto the world stage. Both are happening in 2020. Whoever is elected as the
USA president in the 2020 election is a candidate to become that great figure in world
history. Donald Trump has a strong chance of being elected again in 2020 (we will cover
that next year). And of course, this figure could be someone who is not from the United
States. But if Donald Trump is the victor in the 2020 election, what could cause him to go
down in history as one of the greatest presidents in history? Martyrdom, where he
voluntarily has to leave office due to his physical/mental situation? Or the achievement of
major peace treaties and a new sense of world peace and safety?

There is a lot at stake for the United States of America and its president in 2019, and
more in 2020. Both the country and its president are intertwined in their mutual destiny
these next two-four years. The symbol suggested throughout Forecast 2019 is that the
nation and the world are moving upwards economically, but a very steep cliff is looming
on the horizon. Will we see the danger signs of this cliff before we come to the edge?
Will our leaders recognize this ledge as it gets closer, and make decisions that will protect
us from plunging over? Or will they blindly trip over, thinking it is something it is not?
As always, we probably will not know until we get there. But for now, astrology — the
oldest study known to humanity — points to the possibility, and to be forewarned is to be
made aware of both the dangers and the opportunities that lie ahead.

60
 T-NOTES AND INTEREST RATES IN THE U.S.A. IN 2019
Rising federal budget deficits are forcing the U.S. Treasury to ramp up its
borrowing, pressuring a fast-growing economy as the cost of credit rises too. The higher-
than-expected increase in borrowing needs — the Treasury’s total; for the remainder of
2018 would be 63% higher than what it borrowed during the same six-month period last
year — helped drive the yield on 1-year Treasury notes above 3% for the first time since
June. – John Zumbrun and Daniel Kruger, “Deficits Prompt Treasury to Boost
Borrowing,” Wall Street Journal, August 2, 2018.

REVIEW

2018 has been a bearish year for the Ten-Year Notes. As of this writing in early
November 2018, T-Notes have fallen to their lowest level since April 2010. The high of
the year was 124 on January 2 and it has been downhill since then. As of this writing, the
low of the year has been 117/13 on October 8, one trading day after Venus turned
retrograde. Both the high and low of 2018 were lower than the high and low of the prior
year, which means the longer-term trend is still bearish, as discussed in last year’s book.
Also, as of November 1, six of the 11 critical reversal dates (CRDs) listed in the Forecast
2018 Book were accurate within 1 trading day, and two others within a two- and three-
day orb, including the low of the year. There was no high of the year as the market was
falling as the year began. However, the biggest rally of the year ended on May 30, 2018,
just two days after a CRD that was also listed in last year’s book.

THE 18-YEAR CYCLE

The current 18-year cycle in Ten-Year Notes is bearish. However, T-Notes are now
in the time band when their 18-year cycle is due to bottom.

The current cycle began with the low of 93/21.5 in January 2000. It topped out on
June 1, 2012 at 135/29. With a normal range of 15-21 years, it is next due to bottom in
2018, +/- 3 years, or 2015-2021. The year 2018 was right in the middle of that range, and
the market has declined to its lowest level since May 2010. Typically, the low of the 18-
year cycle will be 2-5 years following its crest, or a double top to its crest. The crest was
in June 2012, but a double top to that crest occurred on July 6, 2016, at 134/07.5. Thus,
we look for the bottom to be completed 2-5 years after July 2016, or 2018-2021.

The price target for the 18-year cycle trough is 116/28 +/- 2/01, or 114/25 +/- 4/31.
The low as of this writing has been 117/13, which is in the upper range of both price
targets. In the meantime, resistance continues along the 36-month moving average, which
is around 125/07 as of early November 2018, and falling. A close above here is a
technical sign that the 18-year cycle low has been completed. There may also be
resistance along the 18-month moving average, currently at 122/01 and falling.

61
THE 6-YEAR CYCLE

Within the 18-year cycle are three 6-year cycle phases, with a range of 5-7 years. T-
Notes begin the 5th year of this cycle in 2019, following the low of 122/22 in April 2014.
This suggests that the final low of the 18-year cycle will occur 2019-2021.

This is also the third 6-year cycle phase, and because there are usually only three 6-
year phases in an 18-year cycle, this will likely be the last phase of the greater 18-year
cycle. Since the 18-year cycle has been bullish, this means that the steepest decline of the
entire 18-year cycle is now underway, as T-Notes are in their last 6-year cycle phase. The
decline in the first phase (June 2003-June 2007) was over 17 points. A move below
117/07 will also make this phase down 17 points. It is on schedule to fall even more, for a
final low 2019-2021.

We note the current decline has taken out the upward trendline connecting the start
of the 18-year cycle with its first 6-year cycle low in 2007. The break of line 1-2 on the
monthly chart confirms the 18-year cycle has topped out, and prices are now falling into
the 18-year cycle trough. There is apt to be resistance on rallies back to the extension of
that former trend line 1-2, which will be 121/07-122/09 in 2019. This will also be near
the 18-month moving average. Any rallies may encounter resistance there in 2019.
Monthly closes above these resistance zones will be the first sign that the low may
already be complete.

62
THE 3-YEAR CYCLE

The sub-division of 6-year cycles is not always consistent. It could be made up of

three 2-year phases, or two 3-year phases, or some variation of either.

It appears the current 6-year cycle is sub-dividing into a two-phase pattern

consisting of two 3-year cycle lows. Starting from the 6-year cycle trough of January
2014, and with a range of 30-42 months, the first 3-year cycle low would have been due
July 2016-July 2017. The low of December 21, 2016, at 123/01, falls into this time band.
Thus, another 3-year cycle low is ideally due December 2019 +/- 6 months, and will
likely end the greater 6- and 18-year cycles. However, there is always a possibility that
this last 3-year cycle phase may be distorted. It is common that the last phase of a longer
cycle either contracts or expands slightly beyond its “normal” ranges.

In last year’s book we discussed the double bottom chart formation between the 6-
year cycle low of April 2014 at 122/22 and the 3-year cycle low of 123/01 in December
2016. We stated that a break below this line “… projects a downside price target of
111/27 +/- 2/21. The top end of this price target overlaps with the prior price targets
given for the 18-year cycle.” Thus, we have another possible downside price target to add
to the two former ones calculated for the 18-year cycle trough given earlier. As T-Notes
make lower lows in 2019-2021, we need to be watchful for technical signs suggesting the
long-term 18-year cycle low could be forming. It is due, even in 2019.

GEOCOSMICS

The most important long-term geocosmic cycle on the horizon is the Saturn/Pluto
conjunction of January 12, 2020. This 31-37 year planetary cycle has an orb of up to 18
months in its correlation to long-term market cycles. It has only occurred once since T-
Notes and T-Bonds have traded, and that was November 8, 1982. Readers may recall that
this was during the time that Paul Volcker, the Fed Chair, embarked upon a very strict
monetary tightening policy to combat run-away inflation that started in the late 1970’s.
Interest rates soared into 1982, led by Mr. Volcker, to combat the dreaded double-digit
inflation numbers. It worked. During that time, T-Bonds made their 18-year cycle bottom
in September 1981, and T-Notes did the same in June 1982. If we allow the same 18-
month orb that we allow for the Saturn/Pluto cycle to manifest another long-term cycle
low in T-Bonds and T-Notes, it will correspond to July 2017-July 2021, which falls
within our projected time band for the 6- and 18-year cycles given above. In fact, this just
reiterates the importance of 2019-2021. The overlap is 2019 through July 2021, but
probably well before July 2021.

The last three Forecasts books also identified the importance of the Saturn/Neptune
square in 2016 as the end of the long-term cycle for lows in interest rates (and highs in
Treasury values). We do not expect to see interest rates that low again in our lifetime. As
was stated then and still important to understand, “…. the most important geocosmic
signature in effect in late 2015 through 2016 is Saturn forming its 36-year waning square
to Neptune. It will occur in a three-passage sequence between November 26, 2015 and
September 10, 2016. The last time these two planets were in a waning square was a

63
three-passage series September 14, 1979-June 22, 1980. You may remember that was the
time that inflation approached 20% in the USA. Fed Chair Paul Volcker took over and
raised interest rates sharply as Treasury prices fell to their modern-day low in September
1981. However, that was not the only time that interest rates made a historic reversal
under this aspect. The time before 1979-1980 was in 1944-45. In 1979-1980, interest
rates were rising to a very long-term top (and Treasury Notes were falling into a long-
term cycle low). In 1944-1945, it was the opposite. Interest rates were falling to a historic
low – just like now…. The bottom line is that we anticipate short-term interest rates will
soon begin to rise off this 72-year cyclical low. ZIRP (Zero Interest Rate Policy) will end.
It is possible that the Ten-Year Notes already topped out (i.e. their yield already
bottomed) in June 2012.” Thus, once again, the reader can see how important that period
of 1980-1982 was, both in terms of long-term geocosmic cycles (Saturn/Neptune square,
and Saturn/Pluto conjunction), and their correlation to long-term interest rate and
Treasury market cycles. Last year’s Forecast Book concluded: “We anticipate that the
highs in Treasuries recorded under the Saturn/Neptune square will hold for many years,
and the trend will continue down for many years, with the first leg to be completed
sometime in the next three years.”

Last year’s book also addressed the importance of the Uranus/Neptune semi-square
that is in effect in 2018-2019. As stated then, “There is not enough history to correlate
this aspect with long-term cycles in Treasury markets. However, there are often
correlations seen to the start of the greater cycle of these two planets when their
planetary phases unfold. If we go back to the conjunction in 1993 (when the
Uranus/Neptune cycle began), we note that it coincided with a 6-year cycle crest. That is
an important long-term market cycle. Thus, there is a possibility it could coincide with
the 18-year cycle trough in 2018-2019, as the waning semi-square makes two of its five
passages on June 16 and December 15, 2018. The fifth passage occurs May 2, 2019.”
This is another reason why we need to pay close attention to 2019 as a possible year in
which T-Notes may make their long-term cycle trough. Investors will want to prepare to
invest in long-term treasuries now, if our downside price targets are being realized, and
even more so if we spot intermarket bullish divergence between the U.S. Treasury Bonds
and the 10-Year Notes in which one makes a new multi-year low and the other does not.

Another geocosmic signature to watch for is a possible correlation between the 18-
year cycle low in T-Notes and the 13-year Jupiter/Pluto conjunction. This aspect will take
place in a three-passage series between April 2020 and November 2020. Each of the last
three instances of this aspect occurred in only a single passage, but in each case, it was
near a long-term cycle low in T-Notes. That is, Jupiter and Pluto conjoined one another
on November 2, 1981, which was less than two months after the all-time low in T-Bonds
in September 1981. The next instance of this conjunction occurred December 2, 1994,
very close to the 6-year cycle low in T-Notes that happened in November 1994. The last
time these two planets came together was on December 11, 2007, which is when the
Great Recession officially began. That was also just 6 months after another 6-year cycle
low in T-Notes. This planetary cycle argues more for the final low to occur after October
2019, but before May 2021.

The last geocosmic signature we will consider as a correlate to a 3-year or greater

cycle in U.S. Treasuries is a hard aspect between Jupiter and Neptune. In 2019, Jupiter

64
will make a three-passage series of waning squares to Neptune from January through
September 2019. This instance is probably more important than most Jupiter/Neptune
hard aspects because each planet will be in its own ruling sign for the first time since
1852. Over the past 35 years, a hard aspect between Jupiter/Neptune has occurred 11
times. In 10 of these instances, including the all-time high of June 2012, a 3-year cycle
trough or crest has happened near the last square aspect between these two planets, either
within the central time band of a 3-passage series, or within 4 months of a single passage.

In the final analysis, we see several intermediate- and longer-term planetary cycles
that will be in force between now and 2021 when the 18-year cycle in U.S. treasuries is
due. They don’t all overlap with one other. We see two sets (Jupiter/Neptune,
Uranus/Neptune) indicating a low before September 2019, and another (Jupiter/Pluto)
suggesting a low between October 2019 through May 2021. This leads me to believe the
final low may exhibit a double bottom chart formation in 2019-2021, and thus we may
indeed see a case of bullish intermarket divergence arise where T-Notes and T-Bonds
once again complete their 18-year cycle lows a few months apart from one another.

As stated last year, and still applicable, “I think the strongest geocosmic aspect soon
to arise that will correlate with the long-term 18-year cycle trough in Treasuries will be
the Saturn/Pluto conjunction of January 2020. The last conjunction between these two
planets occurred in November 1982. The all-time low in T-Bonds was in September 1981.
Our theory is that long-term economic cycles end within 18 months of the conjunction or
opposition of Saturn and Pluto, and often they will also correspond to long-term lows in
Treasuries (or highs in interest rates). In fact, interest rates remained very high from
1980 through 1984, before the long-term bull market started – the bull market that
appears to have ended in 2012-2016 with the Saturn/Neptune waning square. My view is
that the first high in interest rates (and low in Treasuries) will happen again within 18
months of January 2020, when the next Saturn/Pluto conjunction unfolds.”

It is time for investors to start averaging down purchases of longer-term U.S.

Treasuries over the next two-three years.

THE FEDERAL RESERVE BOARD

President Trump escalated his attacks on Federal Reserve Chairman Jerome

Powell, saying the head of the nation’s central bank threatened U.S. economic growth…
“Every time we do something great, he raises the interest rates,” Mr. Trump said. Asked
about what he viewed as the biggest risks to the economy., Mr. Trump gave a single
answer: “The Fed.” – Michael Bender, Rebecca Ballhaus, Peter Nicholas, and Alex
Leary, “Trump Steps Up Attack on Fed,” Wall Street Journal, October 24, 2018.

Former Federal Reserve Chairwoman Janet Yellen said President Trump’s attacks
on the central bank could be counter-productive if they cause investors to doubt the Fed’s
commitment to keeping inflation in check. Ms. Yellen didn’t think the central bank or her
successor Jerome Powell would be influenced by Mr. Trump’s criticism last week in
which he said the Fed had “gone crazy” in its campaign to slowly raise short-term
borrowing costs. – Nick Timiraos, “Yellen Sees Risk in Trump Remarks,” Wall Street
Journal, October 16, 2018.

65
 Paul Volcker, the former Federal Reserve Chairman credited with taming U.S.
inflation nearly four decades ago, expressed his pessimism and concerns about the U.S.
government and economy under the Trump administration. “Were in a hell of a mess in
every direction,” Volcker told the New York Times. Respect for government, respect for
the Supreme Court, respect for the president, it’s all gone. Even respect for the Federal
Reserve… And it’s really bad. At least the military still has all the respect. But I don’t
know, how can you run a democracy when nobody believes in the leadership of the
country?” – Kevin Kelleher, “Former Fed Chair Paul Volcker: ‘We’re in a Hell of a
Mess,” fortune.com, October 23, 2018.

The attack on the Federal Reserve Board by the President, and the counter criticism
of the president by former governors and chairs of the Federal Reserve Board should be
no surprise to readers of the Forecast 2017 and 2018 books. After all, the Federal Reserve
Board is a Capricorn, with several planets in Capricorn and its opposite sign of Cancer,
and we are headed straight into the Capricorn Stellium by late 2019.

Two of the planets transiting through Capricorn in late 2017 through 2020 are Saturn
and Pluto, arguably the most demanding and critical planetary archetypes in Mundane
Astrology. The South Node of the Moon also entered Capricorn on November 15, 2018,
and will remain there until June 4, 2020, when it crosses 0° Capricorn, and then backs
into Sagittarius for the following 18 months. Jupiter will join this powerful threesome on
December 2, 2019 for one year, which may bring some relief from the heavy pressure
and criticism the Fed is under today. Or, perhaps, it will only escalate the attacks, since
Jupiter tends to exaggerate, while the other two planets and the Moon’s South Node have
orbits around the Sun that last longer than Jupiter and therefore are more consequential in
the long-term view of world matters. But the bottom line remains the same: The Fed is
under attack from this White House and its status may soon be in jeopardy.

For insight into the future of the Federal Reserve Board and its policies, we look to
the chart of its founding. The Federal Reserve Board was created December 23, 1913,
6:02 PM, in Washington, D.C. according to the December 24, 1913 edition of the New
York Times, as reported in prior Forecast Books. By examining the chart that began the
Federal Reserve system, we can get an idea of when it is likely to “ease” (lower rates,
increase stimulus measures), or “tighten” (raise rates, or drain the economy of liquidity)
rates. We can also glean further insights into possible threats to its status by
understanding the transits to its founding chart.

Let’s start with the idea of potential threats to the independence of the Federal
Reserve Board. The possibility of “threats” in Mundane Astrology is denoted most of all
by transits of Pluto to sensitive points in the founding chart. In 2018, the transit of Pluto
crossed over the Descendant, or 7th house cusp, of the Federal Reserve Board chart. The
7th house is known as the house of marriage and partnerships, but it is also the house of
open enemies. Pluto will now be traveling through the 7th house of the Fed’s chart for the
next 10 years (into 2029). Not only did it enter the 7th house as of December 10, 2017,
but it also transited in opposition to the Fed’s natal Mars through November 27, 2018,
which has the potential to be one of the most “threatening” aspects known. If the nature
of Pluto is to transform, reform, and even terminate sectors and processes related to the

66
planet or angle it aspects, and the 7th house is one’s open enemies, and Mars rising relates
to the concept of “I am,” or “me first,” then it becomes clear that the very identity and
“self-concept” of the Federal Reserve could be under attack. “Attack” itself is one way
one might interpret the movement of others in its direction during this period. To say that
one might feel coerced during this period to behave or act in a certain way or else suffer a
further attack — and further threat to yourself — is completely plausible under this type
of transit. It would not be out of the question to wonder if this is the beginning of a
concerted effort to reshape, transform, and remake the Federal Reserve Board into
something very different from what it is today. How? By making it appear to be the
enemy of the people, or by setting up a huge conflict between the Federal Reserve Board
and the entity attacking it. Pluto to Mars is not an easy dynamic to convert into a win-win
result. This is an aspect where someone wins and someone else loses, which fits right into
the psychological pattern of the president. If this conflict gets out of hand, it can escalate
into a “To be or not to be” matter between the White House and the Federal Reserve
Board. One side must win, and the other side must lose. With Pluto aspecting Mars, there
are seldom survivors. This is an aspect of a duel, a war, and it has the potential to create
much disruption to the United States.

Federal Reserve Board, December 23, 1913, 6:02 PM, Washington, D.C.

67
 With transits involving Pluto, the results or events associated with it often don’t
appear at the time the aspect actually takes place. Pluto transits are like incubation
periods. That is, the causes of a difficult situation are created during the transit, but the
result isn’t always apparent until 1-3 years later. Think of it like an illness. One might
have started an illness during a Pluto transit, and one might feel like something is not
right. But it isn’t discovered until 1-3 years afterwards that the native is diagnosed with
an illness, like cancer, and then the life changes that were indicated under the Pluto
aspect actually start to occur.

The same principle may be happening now with regard to the Federal Reserve
Board. There was an attack on the functioning of the Fed in 2018. Nothing really changed
outwardly, but something has indeed started to change inwardly. The relationship
between the Federal Reserve Board and the Executive branch of the USA government
has started down a dark road, and if matters are not brought to light and fixed (healed,
which is the positive part of Pluto), then the journey down this road will becomes
increasingly darker over the next 1-3 years. This may be the beginning of an effort to
undermine or manipulate the Fed to do things differently, and the Fed can either fight for
its survival in its present form, or succumb to the pressure and acquiesce. To choose the
latter course would basically end its independence.

Following 2019, Pluto will then start its conjunction with the Fed’s natal Jupiter
(January 28-December 2, 2020) and opposition to its natal Neptune (through 2022). Pluto
transits to Jupiter can be another huge transformation setting up with the Fed, for Pluto to
Jupiter is one of the major aspects that coincides with the receipt of great wealth, or the
loss of great wealth. Pluto to Neptune potentially represents a period of great confusion
and uncertainty. Things can start to unravel and no one quite knows what to do. To put it
bluntly, there is danger to the Fed’s existence, via open enemies who attack it and who
may make an effort to strip away its wealth, or at the least reform it in such a way that
others have more control over its monies and functions, through 2022. The Fed may
either cease to exist, go bankrupt, or be forced to change the manner in which it operates
in order to allow others outside of its institution to have much greater influence in its
activities than ever before. The bankers are about to go bonkers.

In 2019, transiting Saturn will also cross back and forth over the Fed’s Descendant,
and in opposition to its natal Mars. This is like a 1-2 punch. First comes the attack of
Pluto in 2018, followed by actions related to Saturn to re-define the role and purpose of
the relationship of the Fed to the USA government. Transiting Saturn in opposition to
one’s Mars is another classical war-like experience. Typically, under this type of aspect,
there is a lot of stress caused by demands for accountability that someone makes upon the
entity (i.e., the Fed). That entity is now plunged into a very difficult conflict. On the one
hand, it knows its rights and it knows the law. But this is political. And so, it becomes a
question of who has the most support, and not a question of who is right. One is best
advised under this aspect to hold off from engagement in a dispute. You may think you
will win because you are right, but without enough support on your side, you will more
than likely lose the battle, and even the war. It is better to delay that battle until you are
certain you have sufficient support for your cause. You need to present your arguments
and gain greater support. Failure to do so may result in loss.

68
 Transits (outer wheel) on June 15, 2019 to the Federal Reserve Board chart (inner wheel)

In this case, transiting Saturn probably pertains to the Fed’s belief that it has to raise
rates to hold inflation in check. After all, Saturn transits to the Fed’s chart are usually a
time when it tightens monetary policy. In fact, since Saturn started over the Fed’s natal
planets, beginning with Mercury at 13 ° Sagittarius in 2016, it has been raising its short-
term Fed funds rate. In this transit, Saturn will conjoin Jupiter and be in opposition to
Neptune through November 2020. The Fed will probably feel the need to maintain a
stricter than usual monetary policy. It has already started winding down its bloated
balance sheet, caused by the unprecedented creation of new monies during the Great
Recession, by ending both its quantitative easing efforts and Zero Interest Rate Policy
(ZIRP). Of course, this was the correct time to do that as the economy started booming
for the first time in 10 years. But eventually, this process of draining liquidity (money
supply) is going to stall the economic resurgence. And when that happens, will the Fed
start to ease again? Or will it wait too long? Mr. Trump clearly thinks the Fed will wait
too long, and these monetary tightening polices will begin to retard his economic miracle
of 2017-2018. He may be right.

69
 This cosmic drama can be seen in the transits to the Federal Reserve Board chart on
June 15, 2019, shown in the enclosed figure. It’s not that an actual event will happen
then, but it is the center of a period in 2019 when several outer planets converge in
multiple hard aspects to the Fed’s chart. Transiting Saturn will cross back and forth over
the Fed’s Descendant, in opposition to its Mars, from March 4 through December 15,
2019. That represents a time of great demands for accountability, the putting of great
pressure on the Fed to do something in a short time, or else there will be trouble. On June
15, transiting Mars and the Moon’s North Node (and Mercury) will also be conjunct the
Fed’s natal Mars, opposing transiting Saturn on the Descendant.

It doesn’t end there. Transiting Neptune will also be conjunct the Moon’s North
Node, and beginning its square to the Fed’s natal Venus, which will continue through
2020. This signature portends great confusion regarding monetary matters (Venus). It is
possible the Fed will be losing control over monetary policy, or its policies just won’t
seem to be working well. Additionally, transiting Uranus in Taurus (financial matters
again) is square its natal position, June 22, 2019 through April 8, 2020. All of these
transits point to an entity possibly in crisis and chaos, where things are unfolding in a
manner that no one predicted or could have foreseen and no one knows how to handle.
Once again, the Fed may attempt something unorthodox, experimental, and never tried
before, as it did with quantitative easing (QE) in 2010-2015.

There are some potential bright spots. Transiting Uranus makes a sextile and trine to
the Fed’s natal Sun/Pluto opposition when Uranus moves back into Taurus, March 6-
April 15, 2019. The Fed seems to be doing well then. The battle with the White House
may have started, but the Fed has political support during this period. It’s after that when
the problems begin surfacing. But even then, transiting Jupiter will conjunct the Fed’s
natal Venus three times between February 12 and October 10, 2019. This could indicate
there will be times when the Fed decides to ease monetary policy, perhaps due to pressure
from the White House since transiting Saturn is also strong as a transit then in opposition
to the Fed’s Mars. This easing may continue into December 2-9, 2019, when transiting
Jupiter enters Capricorn, conjunct the Fed’s Sun and in opposition to its natal Pluto.

However. despite Jupiter’s benevolence and optimism, the pressure from Saturn and
Pluto represents a stronger force, and combined with the disarray suggested by transiting
Uranus and Neptune at the same time, the Federal Reserve Bank is likely to be the center
of great controversy and even battle as the USA into enters its 2020 election season. Mr.
Trump is very likely to make the Fed a target of his campaign for re-election, should he
decide to run again. And if he is victorious, he will feel compelled to carry out his
campaign promises in regards to the Federal Reserve Board. After all, one of his
campaign slogans is: “Promises made, promises kept.”

THE FED CHAIRMAN, JEROME POWELL

The U.S. is lucky that a cautious, thoughtful and intelligent man named Jerome
Powell is running the Fed. Mr. Powell is not doctrinaire and he is not stubborn. So if the
Fed makes a mistake, it should be a small one that can be rectified quickly. It won’t do
anything wild or crazy. – Alan S. Binder, former vice-chairman of the Fed, “The Fed is
Anything but Crazy,” Wall Street Journal, October 18, 2018.

70
 Jerome Powell, February 4, 1953, Washington D.C., time unknown, Aries chart for noon

Jerome Powell, the Fed Chair, was born February 4, 1953, time unknown. As stated
last year, “…it is easy to see why Donald Trump likes him. Trump has a natal
Sun/Uranus conjunction in Gemini, trine Jupiter stationary in 17° Libra. Powell has his
natal Moon around 17° Libra (if born at noon), trine his Sun/Mercury conjunction at 15-
16° Aquarius. Between the two charts, they form a grand air trine, which suggests
exceptional communication and personal likeability, almost like family or siblings who
care for one another. It is a comfortable (Moon), easy (Jupiter), relationship.”

However, there is a geocosmic dynamic activated in 2019 through 2022 that may
pose a major challenge between the natal charts of Donald Trump, Jerome Powell, and
the Federal Reserve Board. Notice that Mr. Powell is born with a Saturn/Neptune
conjunction at 23-27° Libra. Donald Trump is born with a Venus/Saturn conjunction at
23-25° Cancer, which forms a square aspect to Powell’s Saturn/Neptune. The Federal
Reserve Board’s founding chart has a Jupiter/Neptune opposition at 23-27° Capricorn-
Cancer. Together, these three charts form a T-square at 23-27° of cardinal signs (Cancer,
Libra, Capricorn), which will be activated first by transiting Saturn in those degrees of

71
Capricorn, January 17-November 20, 2020, and then by Pluto transiting over those same
degrees of Capricorn January 28, 2020-December 27, 2022. This is when Jerome
Powell’s tenure as Fed Chair could be challenged. This is when the Fed’s fight for
survival is likely to be fiercest. It is when the greatest potential battle between these three
charts will probably be fought to determine who wins and who loses. Or, if all parties
truly care about the well-being of the American people as they claim, then it may be a
time they agree to a constructive reformation of the Fed, update its relationship to the
United States government, and refuse to embark on a war that leaves a loser and only one
winner. This cannot be a zero-sum game if the USA is to make it through, for the USA
will be going through its Pluto return at the same time. In fact, the USA’s natal Moon-
Pluto is also in this same sector of Capricorn that Pluto will be transiting in 2021-2022.

The entire theme of this book has built upon the idea that that 2019 is the setup. The
economy and the stock market of the USA may remain strong through much of 2019, but
problems related to the Jupiter/Neptune square of 2019, with each planet in its own ruling
sign, may lead to an overheated economy and inflation. An overconfident leadership,
empowered by a population that is overly complacent about what is really happening
(because with Neptune, you don’t really want to see the truth or pay attention to the
details that are coming to light), describes the setup. The collective is moving towards a
cliff symbolized by the Capricorn Stellium that arises in late 2019, goes all through 2020,
and doesn’t end its threat of a global economic crisis possible through 2023. To be more
specific, whenever Saturn/Pluto and Saturn/Uranus form hard aspects within one year of
one another, the economy and the stock market either peak and then fall severely
afterwards, or they are already in the process of falling during those years. Saturn and
Pluto are conjunct in 2020. Saturn squares Uranus three times in 2021. In other words, a
major economic and stock market crest are due by 2020, and a severe decline is then
indicated sometime between 2020 and 2022. This is also the time in which the charts of
the USA, Federal Reserve Board, Donald Trump, and Jerome Powell are all hit hard by
the transits of Saturn and Pluto. In fact, the Saturn/Pluto conjunction of January 12, 2020
is at 22° Capricorn, within only one degree of this 23-27° sector of cardinal signs.

As stated in Forecast 2018, “This means Powell must be very careful about what he
says, and how he presents himself and the Fed to the public, for Saturn/Neptune aspects
can be challenging in regards to ethics and transparency. This is not a combination that
easily commands the respect and trust that the position demands. If anything goes wrong,
others may look to him as the source or cause. With such a strong Neptune, he may fall
into the trap of becoming a scapegoat.” That has started in 2018.

But last year’s book continued, “And those matters are only likely to grow as Pluto
starts its transit in a hard, square aspect to Powell’s Moon-Neptune-Saturn conjunction
in Libra, while at the same time passing over the Fed’s Descendant-Jupiter, and in
opposition to its Mars-Neptune-Ascendant conjunction in Cancer. The implication is a
reform and/or transformation effort, at best. It is as if the FRB is going through its own
gigantic reset, perhaps due to the resignation (volunteer or forced) of many governors. At
worst, it could also indicate a huge power play for control, which jeopardizes the
credibility, or even the survival, of the Fed. If not extremely careful, the Fed’s movements
under Powell’s chairmanship could lead to a test of the financial stability of the nation,
and maybe more, starting in 2018 and culminating in 2020-2022.”

72
CONCLUSIONS

Treasuries (T-Bonds and T-Notes) are still in a bear market as 2018 comes to an
end, but its 18-year cycle trough is due in 2019-2021. It is even possible it could be
completed in late 2018, although 2019-2020 fits the overlap of several cycles a little
better. The price targets for the 18-year cycle trough in T-Notes are 111/27 +/- 2/21,
114/25 +/- 4/31, or 116/28 +/- 2/01. Major resistance is now between 122 and 125. A
monthly close above 125 is a signal that the bottom is in. A trigger that the low is
forming will likely show up in a case of bullish intermarket divergence between the U.S.
Treasury Bonds and T-Notes, where one makes a new multi-year low, but the other does
not, and there are at least two months difference between these two lows. In fact, it would
not be surprising to see this type of divergence happen in different years. One may make
its long-term cycle low in 2019 and the other in 2020.

Geocosmic studies indicate great challenges to the integrity, and even survival of the
Federal Reserve Board, have already started. As stated last year, and already unfolding,
“If anything goes wrong with the economy between 2018-2022, chances are that Fed
Chair Powell will be blamed. He must be very cautious in whatever decisions he makes,
or allows, to transform the Federal Reserve Board… the Fed is likely to undergo major
structural reforms in the next three years, starting in late 2017. The reason for its very
existence may be questioned. The possibility of a recession and even a financial crisis
increases after August 2018 and may last through 2022, although it may not be as intense
as the financial crisis of 2007-2009.”

CRITICAL REVERSAL DATES

Look for T-Bonds and/or Notes to make cycle highs or lows within three days of the
following dates in 2019, after which the market reverses for a minimum of three days. If
two dates are given, that may mean it is Friday-Monday (a weekend), or a holiday.

January 17-18
February 17-18
March 7 (watch all of March 1-13)
April 12
May 1 (watch all of April 22-May 9)
June 14-17 (watch June 7-10 weekend too)
July 12-15
Aug 1
Sep 6-9 (large range lasts until Sep 21)
Oct 4-7
Nov 5
Nov 25
Dec 13

73
 THE UNITED STATES STOCK MARKET IN 2019
The Hulbert Financial Digest found that since 1900, the two quarters before the
midterms only gained 1.4%. But the six months following the election, the markets grew
at an annualized rate of 21.8%... If the Republicans keep control of the House and Senate
plus the Presidency, historic returns are 9.8%. But if the Democrats get the House and
the Republicans keep the Senate, a divided congress only returns 0.2%. – Nicholas
Bertell, “What Midterms Mean to the Market,” https:/www.times-standard.com, October
14, 2018.

I was 5 years old when the stock market crashed; I lost everything. – Dick Van Dyke

REVIEW

It was an interesting year for the U.S. stock market. The Dow Jones Industrial
Average (DJIA) formed two new all-time highs in 2018 as of this writing in early
November 2018. One was at 26,616 on January 26, and the other was 26,951 on October
3, which was an exact MMA three-star critical reversal date given in last year’s Forecast
Book. In between those two all-time highs, the two largest one-day declines occurred. On
February 5 and February 8, 2018, the DJIA lost 1175 and 1032 points respectively. The
third largest one-day loss occurred one week after the second (and current) all-time high.
On October 10, 2018, the DJIA declined 831 points. Thus, in 2018, the U.S. stock market
soared to a new all-time high, and also set the record for the three largest one-day
declines in its history. That is what you call volatility.

As mentioned, the high of the year as of this writing (the all-time high), was 26,951
on October 3, which was just two days before Venus turned retrograde, and exactly on
October 3, one of the geocosmic critical reversal dates (CRDs) listed in the Forecast 2018
Book. The low of the year, as of early November 2018, was 23,344 on April 2, just two
trading days after another CRD listed in last year’s book.

Last year’s price targets were also quite accurate in 2018. As stated therein, “The
upside price target for this (2018) cycle crest is 22,713 +/- 1917, or 27,252 +/- 2453.”
The actual high was in the center of the second price target.

The chart pattern provided for the lows and highs of 2018 was also fairly accurate in
Forecast 2018 Book, which stated, “However, a 23-month cycle low is due before the end
of June 2018. It will overlap with a 50-week cycle trough … Each of these cycles overlap
December 11, 2017- February 23, 2018, so that is our preferred time for the low of 2018
(or the first important low), with the caveat that if it happens prior to the end of June
2018, that is good enough. That decline would likely see prices fall to or below the 25-
week moving average.” In the S&P and NASDAQ, these cycle lows occurred on
February 9, 2018. In the DJIA, it bottomed on April 2, Last year’s book went on to
forecast that, “After the 23-month cycle low is completed, the U.S. stock indices are likely

74
to make another run for a new all-time high in the following ten months. The price target
for the high of the next rally (and perhaps the high for 2018) is 24,485 +/- 876 or 27,252
+/- 2453.” That indeed happened with the slightly higher all-time high unfolding on
October 3, which was 6-8 months after the lows of February-April 2018.

During 2018 there were two sizable declines. The first was from January 26 through
April 2, 2018, in which the DJIA lost 12.2%. This was similar, percentage-wise, to the
declines in the S&P and NASDAQ, but their declines ended earlier, on February 6 and
February 9 respectively. The second strong decline happened from the all-time high on
October 3 in the DJIA and S&P to their lows, as of this writing, on October 29, in which
they lost 10.5 and 11.6% in value respectively. In the NASDAQ Composite Index, the
high occurred on August 30, but the decline has continued into November 20 as of this
writing, with a greater loss in value, over 16.0%.

THE 75-, 37.5-, AND 18.75-YEAR CYCLES IN U.S. STOCKS

The longest-term cycles that we have uncovered through our research on the U.S.
stock market are the 75-year, the 37.5-year (half-cycle to the 75-year), and the 18.75-year
cycles (half-cycle to the 37.5-year cycle).

All three of these long-term cycles began with the Great Recession low of March 6-
9, 2009, when the DJIA fell to 6469. This was down 54.4% from the former all-time high
in the DJIA of 14,198 on October 11, 2007, the steepest decline since the former 75-year

75
cycle low in July 1932, the middle of the Great Depression. It was also 35 years after the
last 37.5-year cycle low of December 1974 when prices lost 46% of their value following
the Watergate scandal that led to the resignation of President Richard Nixon. It was 21
years and 5 months after the previous 18.75-year cycle low of October 1987.

The DJIA is now starting the 10th year of each of these long-term cycles. It is
therefore in the middle part of the 18.75-year cycle, if this cycle is to be a normal cycle.
In a normal 18.75-year cycle, with a range of 15-21 years, the next cycle low would be
due 2024-2030. However, there are two reasons why this might not be a normal cycle
periodicity, and instead might bottom earlier than normal. First, there has been a
secondary bottom to the long-term 75-year cycle that has occurred 6-22 years afterwards
in all three prior cases, which has represented a substantial decline. In each case, the
decline was greater than 50% from the high that preceded the decline. For example, after
the 75-year cycle low in July 1932 at 40.6, the DJIA rallied for 5 years to a high of 195.6
in March 1937. It then plunged one year later to a low of 97.5 in March 1938, a loss of
50.15%. After a corrective rally, it fell even lower, to 92.7 in April 1942, almost 10 years
after the Great Depression low of July 1932. If we apply 6-22 years after 2009 for a
secondary low, it could happen anytime between 2015-2031. It would most likely occur
2019-2024 since the prior two occasions (1784 and 1857) had their lows 15 and 22 years
after their 75-year cycle troughs, and the 1932 secondary low would more likely pertain
to 1942 than 1938.

The second concern is that the low of March 2009 was the longest 18.75-year cycle
on record. It lasted 21 years, 5 months. Oftentimes, when a cycle lasts longer than usual,
the next cycle will be shorter than usual, so that their combined lengths average out close
to the historical mean of the cycle. The shortest of these cycles historically has been 13
years (that happened twice). Thus, there is a possibility that this current 18.75-year cycle
could contract to about 13 years, +/- 1 year, which would make it due in 2022 +/- 1 year.
This also overlaps with the time band of a possible secondary low (2019-2024).

THE 6.5- AND 9.375-YEAR CYCLE

Within the 18.75-year cycle are either two half-cycles of 9.375 years (range 7-11
years) or three sub-cycles of 6.5-years (range of 5-8 years), or both. In all cases since
1857, there has been an important low in the 7-11 year time band of the greater 18.75-
year cycle.

2019 will start the 10th year since the long-term cycle lows of March 2009.
Therefore, it is in the 7-11 year time band when a 9.375-year cycle low could occur
(2016-2020). It is possible, but not likely, that this cycle low occurred January-February
2016, which was the start of the 7th year. That was the second leg of a double bottom
chart formation in which the first leg in August 2015 (the 6th year) was actually lower.
Our view is that the low of August 2015 was the 6.5-year cycle trough, which will be
discussed shortly, and not part of a 7-11 year half-cycle to the greater 18.75-year cycle. If
there is to be a 7-11-year half cycle, we think it could still happen in 2019 or 2020 and
coincide with the next 6.5-year cycle. This could also coincide with the secondary low to
the greater 75-year cycle discussed earlier. If that were to happen, then this decline would
be very steep, with a downside price target of 9542-17,735 if the high of 26,951 holds

76
(and greater if prices go higher first). This is not our preferred outlook (see geocosmics),
but it is a possibility, for reasons just discussed, and only if this 18.75-year cycle is to be
a “combination” pattern with half a 7-11 year half-cycle within it.

The more likely scenario is that this 18.75-year cycle will be a classical three-phase
pattern with three 6.5-year cycle phases. The 6.5-year cycle has a range of 5-8 years, but
the vast majority occur in the 5-7 year interval. The first 6.5-year cycle, following the 75-
year cycle low of March 2009, occurred in August 2015 in the DJIA (shown as #7 in the
monthly chart). The second (and next) phase is due 2020-2023, and most likely, 2020-
2022. If it occurs in 2020, then it will be a “combination” pattern (low in both the 5-8
year and 7-11 year interval). The decline will be very steep, as discussed in the prior
paragraph. If the decline occurs in 2021-2022 it will be either the second phase of a
classical three-phase pattern, or a contracted 18-year cycle. If it is the second of three
phases in a classical three-phase pattern, the decline will likely test or even fall below the
36-month moving average shown in the monthly chart, which is about 21,500 as of
November 2018, but rising every month. If it occurs in 2021-2023 and is a contracted
18.75-year cycle, then the decline will be much more serious, probably of the 50%
variety. Unfortunately, there is no way ahead of time to predict which of these patterns
will unfold (if either). However, historical correlations of certain longer-term geocosmic
cycles can offer a further clue.

Correlation of heliocentric Jupiter through the signs to DJIA prices since 1885, Sergey
Tarassov and Alphee Lavoie. www.timingsolution.com and https://www.alphee.com

THE JUPITER EFFECT

Let’s pause from our cycles analysis now to look at a historical planetary cycle and
its correlations to the DJIA since 1885. We will refer to this as the “Jupiter Stock Market
Effect.” The chart above shows the correlation of DJIA prices related to the transit of

77
heliocentric (sun-centered, not earth centered) Jupiter though the signs of the zodiac since
1885, as provided by Sergey Tarassov and Alphee Lavoie. Note that pronounced lows
tend to occur close to late Leo and early Virgo, as well as early Aquarius. The 75-year
cycle low in March 2009 occurred when helio Jupiter was 8° Aquarius, right on time. The
6.5-year cycle low of August 24, 2015 unfolded when helio Jupiter was located at 3°
Virgo, also very close to where the chart indicates a long-term cycle low tends to occur.
You can also see from this graph that long-term cycle highs tend to occur when helio
Jupiter is in Sagittarius, which is in effect October 6, 2018 through October 19, 2019.

The geocentric graph (not shown) does not differ greatly from the heliocentric chart,
except it shows the high tends to occur more often when Jupiter is in the middle degrees
of Sagittarius, whereas the helio graph shows a greater possibility in the beginning and
end of the transit through Sagittarius. Due to its retrograde motion, geocentric Jupiter will
cross back and forth over the middle degrees of Sagittarius (10-20°) from about
December 24, 2018 through October 21, 2019. Heliocentric movements of planets never
go retrograde, as they are seen from the Sun. In either case (helio or geo), Jupiter
transiting through Sagittarius is a reason to think that the U.S. stock market could make
yet another high, above the all-time high of October 3, 2018.

With this study in mind, we will look for the high of October 3, 2018, to be tested,
and even taken out in 2019. We cannot rule out the possibility that it even spills over into
Jupiter entering early Capricorn in late 2019, early 2020. After all, 2020 is an election
year. However, we also cannot rule out the possibility that 2020 will be a lot like 2008,
another election year that followed Jupiter in Sagittarius, during which the U.S. stock
market plunged steeply on its way to the 75-year cycle bottom when Jupiter transited
through Capricorn and into Aquarius. According to the graph, long-term cycle lows tend
to happen with Jupiter in early Aquarius, although there are historical cases when it
expanded even into Pisces. Heliocentric Jupiter will be in Aquarius October 12, 2020
through September 20, 2021. That nicely overlaps our cycles’ time bands for the 6.5-year
cycle low, too.

THE SATURN/URANUS/PLUTO LONG-TERM GEOCOSMIC CYCLE

In last year’s Forecast Book, we presented research studies indicating hard aspects
between Saturn/Uranus and Saturn/Pluto, within a year of one another, are correlated
with periods of severe disruptions in the political, economic, and financial sectors of
human activity. An orb of 18 months before the start and/or after the end of that
combined geocosmic time band can be used to identify the period of a potential financial
crisis. Historical examples to support this idea include the Great Depression of 1930-
1931, the dot-com bubble burst of 2000-2001, and the Great Recession of 2008-2010.

We have another one of these periods involving this disruptive geocosmic

convergence occurring when Saturn conjuncts Pluto on January 12, 2020, followed by the
square between Saturn and Uranus (with Uranus in Taurus, Saturn in Aquarius), February
17, 2021-December 24, 2021. As stated in the Forecast 2018 Book, “The peak in the
economy and stock market, as well as the popularity of world leadership, will likely occur
before then, or at the latest, during that time. After that peak, a severe economic and
financial market decline is anticipated. It could bottom during that period, or continue

78
for a few months afterwards. The possibility of another unpopular and costly war, or
some other expression of social upheaval, is heightened then as well…. Given an 18-
month orb, this would cover the period July 2018 through June 2023 for a possible
financial crisis, based on the history of these particular planetary cycles.”

Note how this Saturn/Uranus/Pluto set up overlaps with the study of both stock
market cycles and the Jupiter cycle, discussed earlier in this chapter. Ideally, this points
to an important cycle low in 2021 +/- 1 year, although a case can made that it could spill
over into 2023. In any case, these studies also support our forecast that a setup is
unfolding now. A peak in the economy and stock market are due any time prior to the end
of 2020, and probably even by mid-2019, followed by a sharp selloff that could end
anytime between late 2020 through 2023, and ideally in 2021-2022. If that happens, it
may take a few years to fully recover, for the Moon’s North Node cycle, as discussed in
an earlier chapter, shows another economic trough due in 2026-2028. However, that is
also during the period when the world is coming up with new innovations or applications
of new inventions that start leading the world to a new era of prosperity and growth. I
think the bottom in 2020-2023 could be more severe than the Nodal one showing up a
couple of years later, although a low 5-8 years later would fit the pattern of a classical
three-phase 18.75-year cycle trough.

THE 4-YEAR CYCLE

What we have presented so far is the long-term overview of the stock market. There
are several other shorter cycles unfolding within these greater cycles that will help us
forecast the year 2019 in a little more detail.

One of the more important and consistent long-term stock market cycles is the well-
known 4-year cycle. As stated in last year’s Forecast 2018 Book, “According to the
studies published in the recently released third edition of The Ultimate Book on Stock
Market Timing Volume 1: Cycles and Patterns in the Indexes, the historical range of this
cycle has been 31-68 months. However, the “norm” is 36-56 months (81% frequency
rate). Thus, this is actually a 46-month cycle with an orb of 10 months.”1

The current 4-year cycle in the DJIA started on August 24, 2015, or on February 11,
2016 in the S&P (same as the 6.5-year cycle). As measured from the a low of August
2015, the next 4-year cycle in the DJIA is due in June 2019, +/- 10 months. As measured
from the double bottom of February 2016 in the S&P and NASDAQ, it is next due in
December 2019, +/- 10 months. The overlap of the time bands for the next 4-year cycle
trough is thus February 2019-April 2020. However, they do not usually bottom in the
same month, and thus create what is known as a case of bullish intermarket divergence.

As reported in Volume 1 of the Stock Market Timing series, the rally from the start
to the crest of the 4-year cycle lasted 12-49 months in over 80% of historical cases. The
overlap for the crest of the 4-year cycle, as measured from the lows of August 2015 and
February 2016, would thus be February 2017-September 2019. We are in that range
now, and if it overlaps heliocentric Jupiter in Sagittarius, we can anticipate the crest will
likely be completed by September 2019, if didn’t already happen on October 3, 2018.

79
 These studies also demonstrated that in approximately 2/3 of historical cases, the
price appreciation from the low that started the 4-year cycle to its crest was 70-189%.
Calculated from the 15,370 low in the DJIA in August 2015, this projects a crest for the
DJIA of 26,129-44,419. The average appreciation is 103.9%, or 31,339. The high of
26,951 on October 3, 2018 was a gain of 75%. There is room to go higher. We have
another price target calculation above the market at 30,501 +/- 1785 if the DJIA closes
above 27,000.

Once the crest is completed, these historical studies indicate a high probability that a
decline of 16.2-57.1% from the high of the cycle will commence. As stated last year, “In
over 70% of historical cases, the decline has been 19-50% off the high. If, for instance,
the stock market tops out around 27,250 in 2018-2019, this means it could then decline
back to 13,625-22,072, between February 2019 and April 2020. But that might only be
the first leg down, for a greater cycle low is due 2021-2023, when the Saturn-Uranus-
Pluto combinations come into play, and the longer-term secondary low to the 75-year
cycle, as well as the 6.5- and 18.75-year cycles, overlap. That cycle low is expected to be
more like 35-50% off the all-time high.”

The takeaway here is that a long-term stock market cycle crest is due from late 2018
through 2019, and a sharp 1-3 year decline is likely to follow.

THE 23- and 15.33-MONTH CYCLES

The 4-year (46-month) cycle is comprised of either two 23-month half cycles, with a
range of 18-28 months, or three 15.33-month cycles with a normal range of 13-18
months, except in the last phase where it has a very wide range of 8-23 months
historically. There are times when both cycle patterns occur. Instances of the 15.33-
month cycle since the 4-year cycle low in October 2011 are shown in the weekly chart of
the DJIA below as of November 9, 2018.

The 23-month cycle in U.S. stocks showed up in the S&P and NASDAQ with the low of
February 9, 2018. That was 24 months after their 4-year cycle lows that occurred in
February 2016. It is next due to bottom in January 2020, +/- 5 months and coincide with
the 4-year cycle low that is due December 2019 +/- 10 months in these two indices.

The DJIA, on the other hand, is exhibiting a classical three-phase pattern of 15.33-
month cycle phases within the 46-month cycle that started with the low in August 2015.
The third and final 15.33-month cycle began with the low on April 2, 2018. With a wide
range of 8-23 months, it is next due to occur December 2018-March 2020. It will
coincide with the 46-month cycle as measured from August 2015, which is due August
2018-April 2020. The overlap is December 2018-March 2020. It overlaps with the S&P
and NASDAQ 4-year cycles February 2019-March 2020. 9 xác là đáy vào December 2018 wow!

What do we know about the 23-month half-cycle to the 4-year cycle, which started
on February 9 in the S&P? Last year’s book correctly identified the time for this low, and
then stated, “Once the 23-month cycle low is completed (before the end of June 2018),
another sizable rally is due to start to the crest of the second 23-month half cycle. There
is a 73% historical rate of frequency that the crest of the second phase will exceed the

80
crest of the first phase.” That has happened as all three indices made new all-time highs
as of October 2018. The book continued, “However, in 93% of cases studied, the decline
in the second 23-month cycle phase of the 4-year cycle was a greater percentage loss
than the decline of the first half. Furthermore, the second 23-month cycle exhibited a
bearish left translation pattern (fewer months up than down) in 2/3 of the cases. Thus,
once the current 23-month cycle bottoms, we look for the next rally to last less than 10
months, followed by a more severe decline (percentage-wise) than exhibited in the first
23-month sub-cycle.”2 Thus, this study suggests a 2/3 probability that the crest will be
completed by the end of December 2018, followed by a decline greater than that
exhibited in 2018. Yet, Jupiter in Sagittarius argues that the stock market can make a new
high, or a double top, sometime in 2019. But in either case, whether the high was in
October 2018 or will be completed sometime by October 2019, the decline that follows to
the 4-year cycle low is expected to be steep.

What do we know about the third 15.33-month phase, other than there is a wide
range of 8-23 months after April 2, 2018 for it to unfold? According to Volume 1 of the
Stock Market Timing series, the probability is greatest that the crest of the entire 4-year
cycle will occur in the third 15.33-month phase. The rally to the crest of the third phase
usually lasts 2-15 months (92% correlation), which would equate to June 2018-July 2019.
The decline from the crest to the ending trough lasts 3-14 months. In 80% of historical
cases, the low of the third phase would be below the low of the second phase, which was
23,344. So far, the crest of this third phase has been a new all-time high, which fits these
studies. The high is due any time prior to July 2019, which fits with Jupiter in Sagittarius,
unless it already occurred in October 2018. The length of the decline and the price are not
yet known, but it will likely last 3-14 months and the DJIA will fall to or below the
23,344 area of April 2, 2018.

81
 The price target for the crest of the DJIA’s last 15.33-month cycle phase is either a
re-test (double top) of the crest of the second phase, which was 26,616 on January 26,
2018, or 28,741 +/- 1281, or 30,294 +/- 1760. The high as of this writing is 26,951 on
October 3, which is in the range of a double top formation. However, it is too early to
confirm that is the completion of the top, especially given that Jupiter is entering
Sagittarius for most of 2019, a geocosmic cycle that has a strong correlation to long-term
cycle crests in stocks.

A glance at the weekly chart will show an upward trendline connecting the last two
15.33-month cycle lows. A monthly close below that trendline or the 23-month moving
average, would suggest the 4-year cycle has topped out, and the decline is underway.

THE 50-WEEK CYCLE

There is also a rather consistent 50-week cycle in the DJIA. Typically, there are four
50-week cycles within a 4-year cycle, although there are several cases of only three or as
many as five.4 The range of a 50-week cycle is 34-67 weeks (91.1% historical rate of
frequency), with the majority of cycles (74.4% frequency) unfolding in a 38-62 week
interval. The start of the fourth 50-week cycle within this 4-year cycle coincided with the
15.5-month cycle low of April 2, 2018. It is thus due to bottom again within 12 weeks of
March 22, 2019 (December 24, 2018-June 14, 2019), although this could distort and
occur as early as November 26, 2018 or as late as July 20, 2019. We already determined
that the 4-year, 23-month, and 15.5-month cycles were most likely to bottom February
2019-March 2020, so either they will overlap with the 50-week cycle between February
and July 2019, or there will be a fifth 50-week cycle that will be completed by March
2020. Once again, any break below the 23,344 low of April 2 will confirm the crests of
all of these cycles are probably in, and the 4-year cycle low is in process of unfolding.
However, seeing a low in the first set of dates given (February-July 2019) does not seem
to fit the history of Jupiter in Sagittarius coinciding with an important long-term cycle
crest. If it does happen then, the Jupiter/Neptune square suggests it could be a panic.

GEOCOSMICS PART TWO

The U.S. stock market may have topped out October 3, 2018 and will not make a
new high (or substantially higher high) with Jupiter in Sagittarius. By the time you
receive this year’s book, that issue may still be unresolved if prices are not making new
highs. If not, we refer to the waning trine between Saturn and Uranus discussed in last
year’s book as follows: “Another very strong and important long-term planetary-pair
cycle coming into an orb of influence is Saturn in a waning trine to Uranus. This will also
be a three-passage series, with the first aspect occurring December 25, 2016 and the
third on November 11, 2017… There are only four cases of this long-term signature so
far in the history of the USA stock market, and in every case, it has coincided with a 4-
year or greater cycle crest. As stated in The Ultimate Book on Stock Market Timing,
Volume 2: Geocosmic Correlations to Investment Cycles, ‘In each case, prices rallied for
at least 14 months and the gain was over 60%. In each case, prices then declined sharply
afterwards. In three cases, the decline lasted 2-7 years and fell 25-80%.3’”

82
 This was followed up with this second observation: “However, from August 26-30,
2018, these two planets will be less than 14’ of one degree from an exact trine… They
will be less than 1° from an exact trine from August 1 through September 23, 2018. Thus,
we should consider the entire period from December 25, 2016 through September 23,
2018 as the central time band of this aspect, and a time during which the 4-year or
greater cycle crest is due to unfold.” The all-time high of October 3 was just outside of
the 1° orb given last year, but historically, these crests have had an orb of up to two
months afterwards, so in that sense, it does fit the historical pattern.

We should also consider the history of the Jupiter/Neptune waning square, which
will occur three times in 2019: January 13, June 16, and September 24. According to the
studies published in Volume 2 of The Ultimate Book on Stock Market Timing:
Geocosmic Correlations to Investment Cycles, “The waning square oftentimes produced
both types of longer-term cycles — crests and troughs. In each of those five instances of
three passes, the first cycle was a crest, the second was a trough… Usually the crest
unfolded within 1 month (after) the first pass… followed by the trough 1-6 months
afterwards, but still within the central time band.”4 If that happens this time, it means a
crest unfolds in January-February, and then an important low happens 1-6 months after
that. The questions are whether the crest will be a new all-time high, and will the trough
be a 4-year cycle low or just a less powerful 50-week cycle trough?

THE NYSE CHART: The New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) was founded on May 17,
1792, in New York City. The time is unknown, but we use 10:30 AM as shown on the
enclosed chart. There are many occasions when outer planets have transited to this chart
and correlated with long-term cycle highs or low. One is ending now as we pass from
2018 and enter 2019, and another is starting now and will last through October 2023.

There are two prominent patterns in the “Buttonwood Chart,” the name given this
chart because the agreement took place under a Buttonwood tree. The first pattern
involves the square of Pluto at 23° Aquarius to the conjunction of Mercury and the Sun at
23° and 27° of Taurus. The second is the opposition of Saturn at 26° of Aries to the
conjunction of Jupiter and Neptune at 22° and 27° of Libra. The Moon may also be
involved here around 20º Aries, but this is not certain without a specific time.

Once again, we see that 23-27° of cardinal signs turn up, just as we observed in the
charts of the United States, Donald Trump, the Federal Reserve Board, and Jerome
Powell, the Fed Chair. And now here it is again, in the NYSE chart. Transiting Uranus
was in this sector when the DJIA collapsed from its 26,616 high of January 26 through its
first low of February 9 at 23,360. During that two-week stretch, the two greatest one-day
declines happened, which is typical of Uranus — it breaks much further (up or down)
than anyone expected, without regard to support or resistance along the way.

Our concern now shifts to when Saturn and Pluto will transit 23-27° Capricorn, thus
setting off all of these charts. Saturn will make a T-square to the NYSE Jupiter/Neptune
in Libra and Saturn in Aries first, January 13-November 22, 2020 (you can allow an orb
of one month on either side of this range). Pluto will follow, making the same T-square
by transit March 26, 2019-January 2, 2023. We anticipate major problems in the USA
then, for its president, its central bank, and its stock market. As stated in the last two

83
Forecast Books, “This (set up) was true during the Great Depression too, for Pluto was
in Cancer at the time, forming a T-square, August 1930-June 1938. The 75-year cycle
bottom occurred in July 1932.” Due to Pluto’s elliptical orbit, it moves much faster
through the skies in Capricorn than it did in Cancer during the Great Depression.
Nevertheless, once this transit ends, or even during that period, the reconstruction begins.

New York Stock Exchange, or “Buttonwood” chart, founded May 17, 1792, New York City, time
unknown, but 10:30 AM is used here.

STOCK SECTORS: Jupiter entered Sagittarius on November 8, 2018, where it will

remain until its ingress into Capricorn on December 2, 2019. The sign that Jupiter
occupies identifies stock sectors that tend to outperform the overall market. In Sagittarius,
these will include travel, airlines, export-import, publishing, sports, religious and
educational materials, school supplies’ companies, and holding companies heavily
invested in international markets.

The sign Saturn occupies indicates stock sectors vulnerable to a decline in price,
with worse than comparable performance to the overall market. Saturn is in Capricorn
December 20, 2017 through December 17, 2020. Stock sectors that tend to underperform
the market during Saturn’s reign in Capricorn include paper and wood products, heavy
equipment, farm machinery, cement, concrete, rubber, tires, railroads, and manufacturing.

The idea is to look for a low in the stock sectors ruled by the sign that Saturn is in,
while looking for a crest in those sectors that relate to the sign that Jupiter is in.

84
CONCLUSIONS: Last year’s book stated, “… a 23-month cycle low is due before the
end of June 2018… After the 23-month cycle low is completed, the U.S. stock indices are
likely to make another run for a new all-time high in the following ten months. The price
target for the high of the next rally (and perhaps the high for 2018) is 24,485 +/- 876 or
27,252 +/- 2453.” The 23-month low happened February 6-9, 2018 in the S&P and a
15.5-month cycle low in the DJIA occurred April 2, 2018. As of this writing, the DJIA
high has been 26,951 in October 2018. It could go higher now that Jupiter is in
Sagittarius through December 2, 2019. If so, we have price targets up to 28,741 +/- 1281,
or 30,501 +/- 1785.

Jupiter will square Neptune three times between January 13-September 21, 2019. In
the past, this aspect has coincided with a crest within one month of its first passage
(January-February 2019) and then a sharp decline 1-6 months later, followed by another
rally. Cycle studies suggest the crest of a 4-year cycle will be completed by October 2019
and probably before the end of July 2019, if it didn’t already happen October 3, 2018.
Once the high is in, a decline of 3-14 months to the 4-year cycle low, due February
2019-March 2020, is then likely to begin. There will be another rally afterwards that may
or may not make a new all-time high, but the period of January 13, 2020-January 2, 2023
is apt to contain a very serious decline (and low), related to the transits of Saturn and
Pluto over 23-27° Capricorn. Investors are advised to look for a high by July 2019, and
possibly extending into 2020, but be cautious, because a severe decline is scheduled to
begin with that high and last into 2021-2023. My view remains that it will not be quite as
severe as the Great Recession decline of 2007-2009, but it may be close.

CRITICAL REVERSAL DATES IN 2019: Look for the Dow Jones Industrial
Average to make isolated highs or lows within 3 trading days of the following dates, after
which the market will usually reverse.

January 11-14
January 22-23
March 15-18 (watch March 7, too, for volatility)
May 6 (may connect with April 25-26, too)
June 14-17 (could spill over to June 21-24 weekend)
July 12-15
July 25
Aug 26
Sep 10 (also watch period of September 18)
Oct 9-10
Nov 1
Nov 22-25
Dec 12
References:

1. Merriman, Raymond, The Ultimate Book on Stock Market Timing, Volume 1: Cycles and Patterns in
the Indexes, 3rd edition, Seek-It Publications, Scottsdale, AZ, USA, September 2017.
2. Ibid
3. Merriman, Raymond, The Ultimate Book on Stock Market Timing, Volume 2: Geocosmic Correlations
to Investment Cycles, 2nd edition, Seek-It Publications, Scottsdale, AZ, USA, 2012.
4. Ibid

85
 GOLD AND SILVER IN 2019
“You have to choose (as a voter) between trusting to the natural stability of gold and
the natural stability of the honesty and intelligence of the members of the Government.
And, with due respect for these gentlemen, I advise you, as long as the Capitalist system
lasts, to vote for gold.” — George Bernard Shaw

“Gold is money. Everything else is credit.” – J. P. Morgan

GOLD REVIEW

Gold started out well entering 2018. However, it could not crack the resistance
barrier of $1375 described last year, and then declined to its lowest level since January
2017.

The high of the year was $1369.40 on April 11, 2018, just one day after the April 10
geocosmic critical reversal date (CRD) listed in the Forecast 2018 Book. The low of the
year, as of this writing in mid-November 2018, occurred on August 16 at 1167, its lowest
mark since January 4, 2017. That low was one week prior to the August 23 CRD given in
last year’s book. The high was essentially a re-test of the high of the prior year (1362.40),
and the low was not far from the low in early January of the prior year. Thus, it was a
$200 range-bound year for Gold (1167-1369), similar to 2017.

THE 23.5-YEAR CYCLE IN GOLD

Our long-term cycle studies on Gold are limited by the lack of historical data on
Gold prices prior to 1971, since it was not freely traded for several years prior to that. We
only have two long-term lows to consider: the low of August 1976 and the double bottom
episode in August 1999 and April 2001. Those cycles were 23 and 24.7 years apart,
depending on which of the two double bottom lows one chooses as the start. This means
we have to examine the smaller cycles within the larger cycle, and apply the
multiplication process in order to deduce the probable longer-term cycle periodicity.

THE 7.83-YEAR CYCLE IN GOLD PRICES

An examination of the next longest cycles in Gold reveal the possibility of a 7.83-
year periodicity, or 94 months, with a historical orb of 8 months. Starting from the low of
August 1976, there have been 6 instances of pronounced bottoms in Gold that occurred at
intervals of 86-102 months. The midpoint is thus 94 months, or 7.833 years, +/- 8 months
so far. If we multiply that cycle by 3, we get the longer-term 23.5-year cycle, with an
estimated orb of 4 years.

86
 If the 23.5-year cycle began with the low of August 1999, it is due to unfold
February 2023 +/- 4 years. If it began with the double bottom in April 2001, it is next due
to bottom in October 2024, +/- 4 years. The overlap would be October 2020-February
2027.

This range can be narrowed by applying the 7.83-year cycle. That is, the 23.5-year
cycle unfolds in a classical three-phase pattern of three 7.83-year cycles, or 86-102
months. The monthly chart below shows the last three instances of this cycle using April
2001 as the starting point (3-A), followed by October 2008 and December 2015. Thus,
Gold is in its last 7.83-year cycle phase of the greater 23.5-year cycle. If it occurs in the
same time band as all of the other cases, then it is next due to bottom, with the 23.5-year
cycle, February 2023-June 2024.

Third phases of cycles are the most difficult to predict. If the first two phases have
been bullish, as is the case here with 2001-2008 and then 2008-2015, the third phase can
be either extremely bullish, moderately bullish, or bearish. Extremely bullish would mean
a new all-time high, with an upside potential of 2077.50 +/- 215.50, or 2285.40 +/-
189.40, or much higher. Moderately higher means Gold would test the high of its
previous cycle phase, which was the all-time high of 1920.80 in September 2011, +/- 2%.
Bearish means only a corrective rally off the low of December 2015 at 1045.70, which
would be 1483 +/- 103.50. On several occasions, Gold has tested the lower end of this
range, but failed to rally above it. That is, its highest price since the 7.83-year low in
December 2015 has been 1377.50. If it can get above that ceiling, it could get very

87
interesting for Gold. As written in the two previous Forecast Books, “Once Gold broke
above its 2008 high of 1033.90, it went straight up to its all-time high of 1920.80 in
September 2011. It then traded down to the 1520 area several times before breaking that
support, on its way back to 1045.40. As it fell to that low in December 2015, it spent
several months trading between 1050 and 1300. This means that on the way up, it did not
trade much between 1300-1520, and on the way to its lows, it didn’t spend much time
trading between 1300 and 1520. This price zone represents a “vacuum.” The idea is that
Gold will eventually spend several months trading between 1300 and 1520. I think Gold
will spend time in that range before the crest of the 7.83-year cycle is completed.”

Gold did get above 1300, but it has tried several times to break the 1350-1377.50
barrier with no success. If it can close above that, the idea is that it will be a straight shot
to test 1520, the upper end of the “vacuum” that has not had much activity when Gold
rallied to its all-time high, or after it broke down afterwards to its 7.83-year cycle low in
December 2015. Our bias is that it will test the 1520 area before breaking down below
1045, but it is not a given.

If, on the other hand, Gold falls below 1100, and especially if below 1045, it
strongly suggests the 7.83-year cycle crest is in, and Gold is falling to the even longer-
term cycle low in 2023-2024, with a downside price target of 836.50 +/- 128 or even 500
+/- 170.

The monthly chart also shows a downward channel in Gold since its high in
September 2011, indicated as E-F-G. It needs to close above the upper line of this chart to
start looking bullish, for that would be a break out of the downward channel. That upper
line will be around 1300 as the new year 2019 begins. Until then, the possibility of a
break to the lower line exists, or 830-880 during 2019. But also keep in mind that if it
trades below 1045, it means the 7.83- and 23.5-year cycles are pointed down and are not
due to bottom until 2023-2024.

THE 31-MONTH CYCLE IN GOLD

The 94-month cycle can sub-divide into a two-phase pattern of two 47-month (4-
year) phases or three 31.33-month phases. It has exhibited the three-phase pattern more
often, and may have done so with the low of August 16, 2018 at 1167. That low was 32
months following after the start of the 7.83-year cycle on December 2015, right on time.
However, it won’t be confirmed as the low until Gold closes above the 16-month moving
average (MA) at 1272.70 as of mid-November or. better yet, above the downward
trendline around 1300.

If it does break above the upper channel line before dropping below 1167, then the
upside price target for the next 32-month cycle becomes 1499 +/- 53.50, putting Gold’s
upside potential right back into the upper end of the “vacuum” range of 1300-1520.

THE 50-WEEK CYCLE IN GOLD

Normally, a 32-month cycle will sub-divide further into two 16-month, or three
10.5-month, cycle lows. However, a review of the past several years shows that Gold

88
exhibits something closer to a 50-week, or 11-month cycle. The range for this cycle has
been 8-16 months, with most troughs occurring in the 11-13 month interval. There are a
few exceptions. In the last 15 years, there are have been five instances when this cycle
did not unfold between 11-13 months, and two of those occurred in the 14th month. The
low of August 16, 2018, may have been one of those instances, as it was only 8 months
from the prior low of December 12, 2017. Either this was a contracted cycle, which is not
uncommon when a longer-term cycle comes due (and the 31.33-month cycle was due
then), or else this cycle may yet be completed by the end of January 2019, which is on the
edge of the time band for the 31.33-month cycle (July 2018 +/- 5 months).

The weekly chart shows an upward trendline connecting the 7.83-year cycle low of
December 3, 2015 to the possible low of the first 31.33-month phase on August 16, 2018.
As long as prices remain above that line, it supports the view that August 16 was both the
31.33-month cycle trough and a contracted 8-month cycle phase (the 35th week of the last
50-week cycle within the greater 31.33-month cycle).

Price-wise, a break below line 3-6 gives a further downside price target of
1123.50+/- 28.60. A close above line A-B-C, on the other hand, gives an upside target of
1623.30 +/- 58.80. There are other downside and upside targets as discussed earlier. In
any event, these studies suggest that the 31.33-month cycle low occurred August 16,
2018, or is still unfolding and is due with the 50-week cycle close by January 2019. Once
this low is completed, we anticipate that a significant multi-month rally will be

89
underway, with the first major resistance again being in the 1350-1375 range. A close
above that will strongly indicate a test of 1500 +/- 50.

SILVER REVIEW

Silver was bearish in 2018. The high of the year occurred early, on January 25, at
$17.70. It was lower than the high of the prior year, which was 18.65 on April 17, 2017,
the day after Venus turned direct. The low of 2018 is unfolding as this is being written. It
was 13.86 on November 14, again as Venus was turning direct. That, too, is below the
low of the prior year. Lower highs and lower lows are a standard characteristic of a bear
market.

THE 18.5-YEAR CYCLE IN SILVER

The longest Silver cycle we analyze is the 18.5-year cycle, with a range of 15-22
years. The double bottom low of 1991-1993, shown as 1-1A, is an example of this cycle,
when Silver fell to $3.50/ounce, after peaking close to $50.00/ounce in 1980. It was due
again in 2006-2013 if measured from the first bottom, or 2008-2015 if measured from the
second bottom, in 1993. The low of October 2008 fits the overlap of both starting points.
The low of December 2015 fits at the end of the time band if the cycle started in 1993. A
decline below the 13.62 bottom in December 2015 would be bearish, and would support
the idea that October 2008 – and not December 2015 – was the start of the current 18.5-
year cycle.

90
 If October 2008 started the 18.5-year cycle in Silver, then 2019 will begin its 11th
year. In this case, Silver is bearish, and not due to bottom until 2023-2030. The price of
Silver, in this outlook, could again test the 8.40 low of October 2008.

If December 2015 started the current 18.5-year cycle at 13.62, then Silver would
likely hold that mark, or decline only slightly below it, while Gold remained above 1045.
It would be a bullish double bottom chart formation, although a move down to the line
connecting the lows of December 2014 and December 2015 is a possible support zone
too, slightly under 12.00. Holding around 13.62 +/- .50, followed by a move above last
year’s high of 17.70 would support the bullish case for Silver. Otherwise, it appears the
18.5-year Silver cycle is bearish, and pointed down for the next 4-11 years.

THE 9-YEAR CYCLE IN SILVER

Cycles unfold in 2- or 3-phase patterns, or a combination of both. That means the

18.5-year cycles in Silver can exhibit either two 9-year half cycles with a range of 7-11
years, or three 6-year sub-cycles with a range of 5-7 years. Since the lows of 1991-1993,
however, Silver has been exhibiting 7-8 year cycles, which could be labeled as either a 2-
phase pattern if the 18.5-year cycle started in October 2008, or a 3-phase pattern if it
started in December 2015. Last year, our bias was that the 13.62 low of December 2015
ended a three-phase, 18.5-year cycle in Silver. However, that low of December 2015 is
being tested again, and if it breaks, the case can be made that October 2015 was the start
of the current 18.5-year cycle, which could exhibit either a 2-phase or 3-phase pattern.
The low of December 2015 was 7 years into the cycle that started October 2008. 2019
would start the 11th year, and a half-cycle with a range of 7-11 years could be forming in
late 2018 through 2019. In that case, a price target for a 7-11 year low could be anywhere
below 13.62 by the end of 2019.

THE 6-YEAR CYCLE IN SILVER

It is also possible that the 18.5-year cycle in Silver is unfolding in a classical three-
phase pattern, but with lows at 7-8-year intervals since 1993. A classical three-phase
pattern would actually exhibit lows at 6-year intervals, +/- 1 year. However, since 1993,
cycles have followed in 2001 (8 years), 2008 (7 years) and 2015 (7 years), which are
slightly longer than the normal 6-year cycle range. If Silver holds above the 13.62 low of
December 14, 2015, that could still be the start of the greater 18.5-year cycle, and a
bullish trend outlook would remain a possibility. If not, then Silver is either falling into
its 7-11 year half-cycle since 2008, or into its second 6-year cycle phase of the 18.5-year
cycle that started in October 2008. It is too early to confirm which it is at this point.

In the event that December 2015 was the first of three 5-8 year cycle phases in the
greater 18.5-year cycle, then the second 5-8 year phase would be due 2020-2023. In that
event, Silver would very likely fall to (or below) the downward line shown connecting
the two lows on the monthly chart, or below 12.00. A close above the 21- and 42-month
moving averages, prior to falling below 13.62, would be a sign that Silver might be
turning bullish. Those MAs are converging at 16.30-16.40 as of mid-November 2018.

91
THE 40-MONTH CYCLE IN SILVER

Last year’s book noted the recent emergence of a 40-month cycle. It stated “The 7-
year cycle breaks down into a two-phase pattern, consisting of two 40-month cycles. The
low of December 14, 2015, at 13.62, was the start of the current 40-month cycle, as it
also began the 18.5- and 7-year cycles. With an orb of 7 months, it is due to bottom next
in April 2019, +/- 7 months. The high of this cycle so far has been 21.22 on May 31,
2016. That now represents important resistance. After all, it was a double top to the prior
7-year cycle crest of 21.44 in March 2008. Double tops indicate a formidable resistance
area.” Silver did not take out that resistance, and, has continued to decline and as of this
writing, it is now testing the 13.62 low that started the cycle in December 2015. If it
holds, this becomes a double bottom chart formation, which is certainly possible at any
half-cycle point. And, Silver is now in the time band for that 40-month half-cycle as
proposed last year.

Last year’s book also pointed out that the 40-month cycle was sub-dividing into two
20-month phases. The first phase bottomed in July 2017. The second phase is thus due
March 2019 +/- 4 months. The price target for this low, which will coincide with the 40-
month cycle low, is 12.21 +/- 1.06. That, of course, would support the bearish longer-
term outlook because Silver’s price would be under the 13.62 low that started the longer-
term cycle in December 2015. To avoid this, and keep a bullish outlook possible, Silver
needs to hold above 13.62 and close above 18.00.

GEOCOSMICS

In 2019, Jupiter will transit through its ruling sign of Sagittarius, November 8, 2018
– December 2, 2019. In the three previous cases going back to 1983, both Gold and
Silver took out their highs of the previous year. In the case of Silver, there were declines
during that one-year transit, too, but not below the low of the longer-term cycle, which, in
this case would be the 13.62 low of December 2015. That low is being challenged as this
is being written, and for the moment this holds out hope for the Silver bulls.

It is also interesting to note that Uranus and Neptune are currently in the first 1/8
phase (harmonic) of their 171-year cycle that started in 1993. That means conditions
and/or themes present in 1993 might return under this 45° semi-square between the two
planets, which involves a five-passage series lasting from August 11, 2017 through May
2, 2019. In both Gold and Silver, long-term cycles lows occurred in February-March
1993. For Silver, it was the long-term 18.5-year cycle. For Gold, it was a 7.83-year cycle.
Both are making lows again in this 1/8 phase of the Uranus/Neptune cycle, although not
of cycles as long as that in 1993. This makes sense, because this is a phase of a longer-
term planetary cycle, and thus the lows forming August 2017 – May 2019 may also be
phases of longer-term market cycles, and not the greater market cycle itself.

Jupiter and Neptune will make three waning squares in 2019, on January 13, June
16, and September 21. As published in the first Gold Book, written in 1982,
Jupiter/Neptune signatures represent one of the most powerful correlations to significant
reversals of trends in Gold prices. Usually there is a large rally that takes place during
this type of three-passage series. However, given that Silver’s 40- and 20-month cycle

92
lows are due during that period, the rally is likely to follow lows that precede it. Another
point to keep in mind is that Jupiter in Sagittarius, square Neptune in Pisces can
symbolize of inflation, in which price increases could get out of control. If that happens
in dollar-denominated economies, then the price of Gold and Silver can soar.

There are some shorter-term planet-sign combinations that are useful for identifying
excellent trading opportunities in Gold, and often in Silver as well. The most important of
these is Mars transiting through Scorpio, which will occur November 19, 2019, through
January 3, 2020. This signature has a 70% probability of an average gain of 8.5% from a
low that would form just prior to Mars entering Scorpio to a high that would occur when
Mars is in the last half of that sign.

Another shorter-term astrological correlation to note is Venus in Libra, which will

take place September 14-October 8, 2019. This planet-sign combination has a strong
correlation to primary or half-primary cycle troughs in Silver.

CONCLUSIONS: Gold looks more bullish than Silver as we leave 2018. That’s positive,
because Gold is the leader of the two metals. However, Gold needs to break above 1375
to actually be bullish. If it can do that, then 1500 +/- 50 and even higher is possible in
2019.

Gold is due for a 31.33-month cycle low July 2018, +/- 5 months, and that low may
have occurred on August 16, 2018 at 1167. A close above 1300 would confirm this, and
support the bullish case. Until then, the precious metals markets are just not that exciting
for bulls.
Astrologically, Jupiter in Sagittarius, square Neptune in Pisces, supports the bullish
outlook, for that combination has the potential for increasing inflation. Additionally, the
Jupiter-in-Sagittarius planet-sign combination has corresponded to new yearly highs in
both metals in the three previous cases going back to 1983. Last year’s high was 1369.40,
which is very close to 1375, and thus a move above that level points to 1500 +/- 50, so
the bullish case is still open.

Gold remains well above its 7.83-year cycle low of 1045.70 in December 2015,
while Silver is testing its 7-year cycle low made at the same time at 13.62. If Silver falls
below there, while Gold remains above 1167, it becomes a strong case of bullish
intermarket divergence. If it holds above 13.62, then Silver is forming a bullish double
bottom chart formation. Both have favorable (bullish) implications. With Jupiter square
Neptune, this can also lead to a very bullish dynamic for both metals sometime in 2019.
Our bias is that Gold will be bullish, and head towards 1500 in 2019 but, as stated above,
it first needs to close over 1375. In the event that it breaks below 1100 instead, we cannot
rule out a possible bear market in which Gold could fall to 500-850 by 2022-2026. Our
recommendation, nevertheless, is to look for buying opportunities whenever Gold
declines into any primary cycle low in 2019 that remains above 1167. These will be
covered in the monthly, weekly, and daily MMA Cycles Reports.

As we come to the end of 2018, Silver is either making a double bottom to the 13.62
low of December 2015, or breaking down to a possible 9-year cycle trough that is due in
2019 at 12.21 +/- 1.06. In the first case, if Silver can hold above 13.62 it will create a

93
bullish double bottom chart formation as described above. If Silver can then close above
18.00, it has a chance to explode to 26.16 +/- 1.48. The high in 2018 was 17.70. In 2019,
Jupiter will be in Sagittarius, and in the past three cases when Jupiter transited through
Sagittarius, Silver exceeded the high of the prior year. It will take only a move above
17.70 to repeat that pattern.

Traders are advised to watch precious metals closely around the times that Jupiter
forms a square to Neptune, which include January 13, June 16, and September 21. In fact,
traders are advised to watch that entire period for a sudden spike up in both metals. But,
if either market is dropping into a possible primary cycle low within two weeks of any of
these three dates, it may present a favorable buying opportunity. We think the same will
be the case just prior to Mars entering Scorpio on November 19, after which a very nice
rally could commence, lasting into the latter half of December. We also see a buying
opportunity in Silver unfolding from a low that forms when Venus is in Libra, September
14-October 8, 2019.

CRITICAL REVERSAL DATES, GOLD AND SILVER IN 2019: Look for trend
reversals in Gold and/or Silver within three trading days of the following dates (also
check dates in the stock market section for other possible reversal periods in Gold and
Silver):

Jan 13-14
Feb 15-18
Mar 1-4
Mar 17*
May 3-6
May 18
June 16-17
Aug 2-5 (allow one week)
Sep 20 (allow one week)
Oct 4-7 (allow one week)
Nov 22-24
Dec 9 or 15

94
 CURRENCY MARKETS IN 2019
Britons born around 1900 lived to see, in the winter of 1974-75 a Britain that cut
electricity use back to three and four days per week. As children they were taught that
much of the world was red on the map: that color connoted the Empire. But when they
made it to their 70s, the Empire was gone, and currency exchange controls made it hard
for them to travel outside of the UK. The popular saying circa 1975 was "We once ruled
the waves but now we just waive the rules." – David Weber, “When the U.S. Dollar Loses
Its Reserve Currency Status,” The Weber Global Opportunities Report,
customerservice@weberglobal.net, November 15, 2018.

REVIEW – THE U.S. DOLLAR

As interest rates rose most of last year, so did the U.S. Dollar. The low of the year
occurred on February 16, 2018, at 88.25. This was in the 50% corrective price target of
the entire move up from the 16.5-year cycle low of 73.56 in February 2008 to the
possible 16.5-year cycle crest of 103.82 in January 2017. The high of the year, as of this
writing in mid-November, has been 97.69 on November 12, which was also in the 50%
corrective retracement zone of the move down from the high in January 2017 to the low
in February 2018. Thus, 2018 has been a bullish year for the U.S. Dollar, but the entire
rally may have been a corrective retracement in a longer-term bearish cycle that started in
January 2017.

CYCLES IN THE U.S. DOLLAR – THE 16.5-YEAR “PRESIDENTIAL” CYCLE

The longest cycle we use for the U.S. Dollar is a 16.5-year cycle, which has also
corresponded with the U.S.A. Presidential Election and the party that is voted into office
at that time. Starting with the high of 1984, when Republican Ronald Reagan was elected
to his second-term as president, the U.S. Dollar fell hard to a 16.5-year cycle low in
September 1992, the year that Democrat Bill Clinton was elected president. The Dollar
rallied for the next 8-plus years to its 16.5-year cycle crest in July 2001, shortly after
Republican George W. Bush was elected U.S. President. From there, the U.S. Dollar was
devalued again, dropping to its 16.5-year cycle low in March 2008, the year Democrat
Barack Obama was elected president. Once again, the Dollar appreciated, all the way
until January 3, 2017, as Republican Donald Trump was elected president. If this cycle
continues, it means the U.S. Dollar could decline into January 2025, +/- 6 months, when
a Democrat will be elected to the office of President in November 2024. Since 1900, this
cyclic correlation to the USA presidency has missed only one time for both a cycle crest
and trough, and that was during the Great Depression years (1928-1936). This cycle does
not have a correlation to the president-elect in the middle four years, such as 2020.

95
 In order for this 16.5-year cycle to remain in effect, the U.S. Dollar will have to fall
below the low of 2018 (88.25, on February 16, 2018), before it rallies above the high of
January 3, 2017 at 103.82. Failure to do so would break the trend correlation of this
cycle, so it seems that the yearly trend for the Dollar in 2019 (and beyond) will be bearish
or neutral. This doesn’t mean it can’t go higher than the 97.69 high of November 12,
2018, early in 2019, but it is unlikely to trade much higher, and not above 103.82.

THE 5.5-YEAR CYCLE IN THE U.S. DOLLAR

Within the 16.5-year cycle, there are usually three 5.5-year cycle phases. The range
is usually 5-6 years, although there are cases as short as 4 years. The last two instances
would be the March 2008 low that also started the 16.5-year cycle, and then the low of
May 2014. Unless it contracted and formed again in February 2018 (less than 4 years), it
is due to bottom in 2019-2020, and at prices below the 88.25 low of February 2018. Last
year’s book stated, “It is next due to return in November 2019 +/- 11 months.”

THE 3.25-YEAR CYCLE IN THE U.S. DOLLAR

An analysis of the U.S. Dollar since 1992 will reveal nine intermediate-term cycle
lows at intervals of 27-47 months. Eight of these occurred at the 31-47 month interval,
which we will consider the range of a 39-month cycle, with an orb of 8 months. The low
of February 2018 occurred 45 months after the 5.5-year cycle trough of May 2014. Thus,
it is next due to bottom with the 5.5-year cycle, May 2021 +/- 8 months. Since the last

96
occurrence was on the long side, this one may be on the short side. We note that it will
overlap the 5.5-year cycle time band August-October 2020. This would be an excellent
time for a low in the U.S. Dollar since it would be right into the heat of the USA 2020
presidential election cycle. It would favor the party in office if interest rates were to
decline into the election, which in turn acts as a deflator to the U.S. Dollar. The price
target for that low is 82.12 +/- 2.56. A move above 98.00 would alter this price target.

Last year’s book had advised, “For now, traders are advised to look for shorting
opportunities in the Dollar at 97.42 +/- 1.51 if offered, with a stop-loss on a close above
103.82, or on a close above line B-C on the monthly chart.” So far, that is working out
well as the high was 97.69 on November 12, 2018. A move above there gives another
upside price range of 99.20 +/- 1.29 or 102.54 +/- 1.68. A close below 94.75 is a strong
indication the top is in, and the decline to the 5.5-year cycle low may be underway.

REVIEW: U.S. DOLLAR/YEN

The Dollar/Yen was also bullish for most of 2018, which would be expected since
the Dollar itself was bullish. However, the dates of the yearly high and low were a little
different. The Dollar/Yen, for example, made its yearly low at 104.55 on March 28, 2018,
which was within a geocosmic critical reversal date range (CRD) listed in last year’s
book. The low of the year in the U.S. Dollar index occurred on February 16, 2018, at
88.25. The high for the year in the Dollar/Yen was 114.54 on October 3, an exact CRD
given last year. The high of the year in the U.S. Dollar index, as of this writing in mid-
November, has been 97.69 on November 12.

97
THE 16.5-YEAR CYCLE IN THE DOLLAR/YEN

The Dollar/Yen, like the U.S. Dollar, has a long-term 16.5-year cycle. However, the
dates of its occurrence usually fall in different years from the dates registered for the U.S.
Dollar against a basket of several other current currencies. This is important to know
because the difference in completing their long-term cycles will usually show up as a
case of intermarket bullish or bearish divergence between the two markets, offering
investors a valuable market timing tool based on long-term cycles. For example, the
current 16.5-year cycle trough in the U.S. Dollar index was in March 2008, but in the
Dollar/Yen index, the bottom was delayed until October 2011, three years and seven
months later. Similarly, the highest price in the Dollar index was not until January 2017,
whereas in the Dollar/Yen index, the last long-term cycle crest occurred in June 2015,
more than a year before.

The current 16.5-year cycle in the Dollar/Yen started with the low on October 31,
2011, at 75.55. It is not due to bottom again until April 2028 +/- 3.5 years. Its crest will
occur before then. As stated in last year’s book, “If the 16.5-year cycle is to be bearish,
then it will top out before the 8th year of the cycle, or before the end of 2019. So far, the
high has been 125.85 on June 5, 2015, the 4th year of the cycle. That could end up being
the high of the 16.5-year cycle, especially as it was two years before the high in the U.S.
Dollar Index on January 3, 2017, for a striking case of intermarket bearish divergence….
If it follows the same path as the U.S. Dollar index, then my bias is that it is bearish –
that the crest already occurred in June 2015.” So far, the 125.85 high of June 2015 and
the low of 75.55 in October 2011 remain intact. 2019 will thus start the 8th year of this
long-term cycle, and so far, there is no confirmation that this cycle has topped out.

THE 8.25-YEAR CYCLE IN THE DOLLAR/YEN

All cycles can break down into either a 2- or 3-phase patterns, or a combination of
both in which the phases are at 1/2 and/or 1/3 intervals of the length of the greater cycle.
There is some evidence of an 8.25-year half-cycle to the 16.5-year greater cycle in the
Dollar/Yen index if one allows an orb of 18 months. The range would actually be 81-117
months, with a median of 99 months (8.25 years). The last instance of this cycle would be
the 16.5-year cycle low of October 2011. If the 8.25-year cycle is valid, then its crest is in
at 125.85 in June 2015, and it is falling to its 8.25-year half-cycle low, due January 2020
+/- 18 months. In that case, the Dollar/Yen would be bearish until then, with a downside
price target of 83.09-103.21.

THE 5.5-YEAR CYCLE IN THE DOLLAR/YEN

Since 1973, the 16.5-year cycle has also exhibited a classical three-phase pattern of
5.5-year cycle sub-cycles. Measured from the 16.5-year low of October 2011, the first
5.5-year phase was due April 2017 +/- 11 months and can now be confirmed as 99.08 on
June 24, 2016. Thus, the next 5.5-year cycle trough is due December 2021 +/- 11 months.
This could coincide with the 8.25-year cycle if this is going to be a “combination” pattern
in the 16.5-year cycle. The two cycles overlap December 2020-July 2021.

98
 2019 will begin the third year of the 55-77 month (5.5-year) cycle in the Dollar/Yen.
If the market is bearish, then it has already topped out at 118.66 and 118.60 on December
15, 2016 and January 3, 2017 respectively. Note that this was a case of intermarket
bearish divergence from the U.S. Dollar index, which topped out on January 3, 2017,
with the lower of two prices for the Dollar/Yen index. In this bearish scenario, the
Dollar/Yen is on target for a decline to 91.89 +/- 4.00 when its 5.5-year cycle comes due
December 2021 +/- 11 months. However, there is no confirmation yet that the 1.1866
high of December 2016 is the crest, or that the market has turned bearish. It is possible
the 5.5- and 16.5-year cycles are still bullish as long as prices remain above the 104.45
low of 2018 and a move above 118.66 would confirm this bullish outlook. In spite of the
open-ended trend condition, my bias remains bearish on this market.

THE 22.5-MONTH CYCLE IN THE DOLLAR/YEN

Within the 5.5-year cycle, are either two 33-month half-cycles, or three 22.5-month
cycle phases. My bias is that a 5.5-year cycle trough was completed in June 2016 at
99.08. As stated in last year’s book, “The next 22.5-month cycle trough is due 18-27
months later, or December 2017-September 2018. Major support to the 22.5-month cycle
lies between 107 and 108.” The actual cycle low was 104.55 on March 28, 2018. It was
right on time (21 months), but the drop was a little steeper than anticipated, which is
another reason for my bearish bias on the greater 5.5-year cycle.

The next 22.5-month cycle low is due September 2019-June 2020. Unless the
Dollar/Yen can exceed 118.66, it could fall to 100.43 +/- 2.15 for the next 22.5-month
cycle low due at that time. On the other hand, a move above 118.66 will suggest a re-test
of the last 5.5-year cycle crest, which was 125.85. The price target would be 124.13 +/-
2.96. I don’t expect this, but until this market falls below 104.55, it is a bullish
possibility. For 2019, our bias is bearish and traders are advised to look for opportunities
to sell short on rallies into our CRD zones.

REVIEW - SWISS FRANC

The Swiss Franc soared to 1.0908 on February 16, its highest level since June 2015.
However, it then turned bearish, falling to a yearly low of .9902 on November 13, 2018,
as of this writing. That was its lowest price since March 2017.

THE 16.5-YEAR CYCLE IN THE SWISS FRANC

Like all currencies, the Swiss Franc also has a longer-term 16.5-year cycle. This
cycle occurred in February 1985 (not shown on the monthly chart) and July 2001. The
next instance of this cycle is due by January 2018 +/- 33 months, and may have occurred
with the .9669 low of December 15, 2016. However, there is still plenty of time for it to
fall further and prices are declining as we come to the end of 2018.

The crest of the 16.5-year cycle is confirmed with the 1.3996 high of August 2015.
A normal corrective decline to the 16.5-year cycle trough would be to .8706 +/- .1248.
The top end of that range has been achieved, but until prices exceed 1.0908, it could fall
further into a 16.5-year cycle trough whose time band is still in force into late 2020.

99
THE 8.25-YEAR CYCLE IN THE SWISS FRANC

The 16.5-year cycle is comprised of two 8.25-year half-cycles. The last confirmed
instance of this cycle occurred in either November 2008 at .8134 or at its re-test in June
2010 at .8527. Measured from the first low, it was due to unfold again in July 2016 +/- 16
months. The low of December 15, 2016 at .9669 fits this time band nicely but it is falling
again and could go lower. Measured from the second leg of the double bottom in June
2010, the 8.25-year cycle low would be due September 2018 +/- 16 months. Either the
low of December 2016 (if it holds) or the low forming now (and due by January 2020)
will also be the greater 16.5-year cycle trough. It is entirely possible that the decline
occurring now will be another double bottom chart formation. If so, it may or may not
take out the low of December 2016 at .9669. It could be close.

The monthly chart shows a descending triangle formation, with support at the lower
line of 4-5 (around .9290-.9340 for 2019), and resistance along the downward trendline
A-B (around 1.0475 in January, and falling). A close above line A-B, before falling
below .9669 would be the first signal that the 8.25-year cycle bottomed in December
2016. Even if it falls slightly below .9669 first, a following move above A-C would still
be a signal that the 8.25-year cycle is bottoming prior to January 2020. As stated last
year, “… a break below .9950 means the greater cycles are still in force, with a downside
target of .9305 +/-.0156.” That is still a possibility in 2019.

100
THE 4.125-YEAR CYCLE IN THE SWISS FRANC

Within the 8.25-year cycle are usually two 4.125-year half-cycle phases, with a
range of 44-55 months. The current 4.125-year cycle occurred with the low of December
2016 at .9669, shown as 5A on the monthly chart. It is not due to bottom again until
August 2020-July 2021. This is outside the time band for the 8.25-year cycle trough,
which either means the 4.125-year cycle already happened in December 2016 and this
current decline will not take out that low, or this current decline will make a lower low
but probably end early. That would be a contracted 4.125-year cycle low, probably
ending before January 2020. I like the idea of a double bottom happening in late 2018 or
2019, and best if it happens above .9669. That could be extremely bullish and support the
idea that the Dollar is about to fall hard. A move above A-B-C (1.0475 in January, but
falling) would be an early signal that this is happening.

THE 26-MONTH CYCLE IN THE SWISS FRANC

Finally, the 4.125-year cycle unfolds further in a 2-phase pattern of two 26-month
phases. As stated last year, “… the low of December 2016 fits perfectly with this cycle….
if December 2016 was the 26-month cycle, the next instance is due February 2019, +/- 4
months.” We are in that time band now, as 2018 comes to a close. The price target for
this low is either .9623 +/- .0152, or down to (or a little below) line 4-5 of the triangle.

If the Swiss Franc drops below the .9669 low of December 2016, then don’t be
surprised if the Euro does not fall below its 16.5-year cycle low of January 3, 2017 at
1.0339, for a case of bullish intermarket divergence. If that happens, investors and traders
are both advised to be prepared to buy. But it would probably be even more bullish if it
held above .9669 for a double bottom chart formation with the low of December 2016 in
the time band for the 26-month cycle trough.

REVIEW – EURO CURRENCY

Like the Swiss Franc, the Euro currency was bearish last year after posting its yearly
high of 1.2555 on February 16, 2018. That was its highest level since December 2014.
But then it began a decline through most of the rest of the year. As of this writing in mid-
November, the yearly low has been 1.1213 on November 12-13, 2018. However, again
like the Swiss Franc, cycle studies point to a possible 26-month cycle low happening in
late 2018, early 2019. We will want to watch for a case of intermarket bullish divergence
between these two markets, with one making a new yearly low but not the other.

THE 16.5-YEAR CYCLE IN THE EURO CURRENCY

The Euro has a 16.5-year long-term cycle similar to the Swiss Franc, U.S. Dollar,
and Dollar/Yen. However, these markets do not bottom or top out together, although that
was the case on January 3, 2017 with the Euro and U.S. Dollar. The former made its
16.5-year low then, and the latter its 16.5-year cycle crest. In the case of the Euro, the last
two 16.5-year cycle lows occurred in October 2000 at .8225 and January 3, 2017 at
1.0339. Therefore, this is a young cycle, starting only its second year and thus more

101
bullish than bearish. It will very likely exceed last year’s high of 1.2555 before falling
below the 1.0339 low that started the cycle on January 3, 2017.

As stated last year, “Since the previous 16.5-year cycle lows and crests were
consecutively higher, there is reason to believe the crest of this new 16.5-year cycle will
do the same, or at least test the all-time high of 1.6038 made in July 2008, just before the
first passage of the powerful Saturn/Uranus opposition began that kicked off the 8-year
bear market in the Euro, and started the debt explosion in Euro, leading to the world
financial crisis of 2008-2009. If the Euro does rally to a new high in this new 16.5-year
cycle, the upside price target is 1.8152 +/- .1171. We would anticipate this to coincide
with the next 16-year cycle trough in the USA Dollar, ideally due within six months of
January 2024.” If that happens, as cycle studies imply, by then the U.S. Dollar may very
well lose much (if not all) of its status as the standard for world currencies by then.

THE 8.25-YEAR CYCLE IN THE EURO CURRENCY

Within the 16.5-year cycle are two half-cycles of approximately 8.25 years each
(1976, 1985, 1993, 2000, 2008), with a range of 7-9 years. The low on January 3, 2017,
was both the 16.5- and 8.25-year cycle overlap. The next instance of the 8.25-year half-
cycle is due April 2025 +/- 16 months. Its crest will occur before then, and a minimum
upside target for that crest would be 1.3188 +/- .0672. The lower part of that range was
attained with last year’s high of 1.2555, but that is far too early for the crest of this cycle
to unfold, unless the Euro is in a bear market into April 2025 +/- 16 months.

102
 The monthly chart shows a contracting triangle formation is in effect, with support
along line 1-3, and resistance along line A-B. A close above A-B projects an upside
target of 1.5769 +/- .0641. A monthly close below line 1-3 (currently at 1.0600 and
rising), on the other hand, projects a further move down to the lower channel line shown
on the monthly chart above. I don’t expect that to happen unless January 3, 2017 was not
the 16.5-year cycle. Our strategies will be based upon the premise that it was the long-
term low. But then again, if Europe implodes due to financial mismanagement and
corruption of some of its member states, this possibility cannot be ruled out. Anything is
possible going into the Capricorn Stellium of 2020, and the Saturn/Uranus square of
2021, and the key to preventing the self-destruction of any country, bank, institution,
corporation, or individual will be debt management. Those who lose control of their debt
will likely lose their freedom and the European Union is far from stable on this point. A
break below 1.0339 would be a very bearish cycle development. It would be cause for us
to readjust our bullish outlook on the Euro currency.

THE 4.125-YEAR CYCLE IN THE EURO CURRENCY

Within the 8.25-year cycle are two 4.125-year sub-cycles. With a range of 38-52
months, and measured from the 16.5- and 8.25-year cycle lows of January 3, 2017, the
first 4.25-year cycle trough will be due March 2020-May 2021.

Last year’s book identified the first leg up of this new cycle had a price target,
stating that “Initial resistance may be encountered both along line A-B and 1.2165 +/-
.0215.” Prices tested the trendline down with last year’s high of 1.2555, which was well
above the 1.2165 price target zone, which in turn is reason to be bullish as long as prices
remain above the upward trendline 1-3.

THE 17- AND 26-MONTH CYCLE PHASES

The 4.125-year cycle sub-divides into either two 26-month half cycles, or a classical
three-phase pattern consisting of three 17-month cycle phases. Measured from the start of
the long-term cycles on January 3, 2017, a 17-month cycle phase would have been due
June 2018 +/- 3 months, and a 26-month half-cycle phase would be due March 2019 +/-
4.5 months, or October 2018-May 2019. As of this writing in mid-November, the yearly
low has been 1.1213-1.1214 on November 13-14. It appears this will be a two-phase
pattern because November 2018 is already well past the time band for a 17-month cycle.

The price target for the 26-month cycle trough is 1.0670-1.1558. The Euro has
entered the early part of the time band and the upper part of the price range as of its low
on November 12-13. It is possible the low formed then, but there is still more room and
time left for this cycle low to be completed in late 2018 through May 2019. A break
above the downward trendline (top of the contracting triangle) would strongly suggest the
low is in. That line comes in at 1.2240-1.2370 in the first five months of 2019. If 1.1213
holds during any decline, and the upper trendline of the triangle is broken, that would
then give a new upside price target of 1.3429 +/- .0364 or 1.5767 +/- .0640. Our advice to
traders is to look to buy this developing 26-month cycle low, with a stop-loss below the
1.0339 bottom of January 3, 2017.

103
GEOCOSMICS FOR DOLLAR/YEN, SWISS FRANC, AND EURO
CURRENCIES

As stated last year, and is still the case, “There are no hard aspects between the
outer planets of Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, and Pluto in 2018. The closest would be the
semi-square between Uranus and Neptune. Theoretically, that would have
correspondence to the conjunction that started this long-term planetary cycle in 1993.
That year witnessed an 8-year cycle trough in the Swiss Franc and Euro, five months
apart. This aspect occurs five times between August 2017 and May 2019. It could
correspond to a multi-year low in the Swiss Franc, unaccompanied by the same in the
Euro, for a case of intermarket bullish divergence.” Both the Swiss Franc and the Euro
have been declining under this aspect, and both could complete their 26-month cycle
troughs before May 2019. We thus anticipate that all currencies will rally against the U.S.
Dollar into the Capricorn Stellium of 2020, where the major aspect will be the
Saturn/Pluto conjunction of January 12, 2020.

CONCLUSIONS: Nothing has changed last year’s conclusion that the 16.5-year cycle
high in the U.S. Dollar and low in the Euro currency likely occurred January 3, 2017.
However, we have no confirmation yet that the same long-term cycle was completed in
the Swiss Franc and Japanese Yen.

A 26-month cycle trough is due in both the Swiss Franc and Euro currencies in late
2018 through early 2019. On this decline, we expect the Euro to remain well above the
1.0339 low of January 2017. It is possible that the Swiss Franc or the Euro, but not both,
will make a new yearly low in different months prior to the end of May 2019. That will
be a signal for traders to start executing bullish strategies. Once those lows are in, we
expect the Euro to rally above 1.3000.

The Dollar/Yen is looking to complete the crest of a 22.5-month cycle in late 2018,
early 2019. The next 22.5-month cycle low is due September 2019-June 2020. Unless the
Dollar/Yen exceeds 118.66, it could fall to 100.43 +/- 2.15 for the cycle low due then.

The crest of the 3.25-year cycle in the U.S. Dollar is also due late 2018-early 2019,
and may have occurred as this is being written in mid-November 2018. If so, the Dollar is
likely to fall into its 3.25-year cycle low, which overlaps the 5.5-year cycle low August-
October 2020, right in time for the USA 2020 presidential election cycle. The price
target for that low is 82.12 +/- 2.56. A move above 98.00 would alter this price target.

REVIEW – THE BRITISH POUND (by MMA Analyst Ulric Aspegrén)

Although we have not yet seen the technical confirmation, the British Pound appears
to have made its great 16-year cycle trough on October 7, 2016, at 1.1450 USD. If this is
correct, then the Sterling did rise, in the 18th month after this assumed long-term cycle
low, to a 24-month intermediate-term cycle crest on April 17, 2018, at 1.4376. Prices
have since been falling, and we got a low on August 15, 2018, at 1.2660, which is a
potential candidate for a 24-month cycle low, as it took place 22 months after the October
2016 trough.

104
 However, as the 24-month cycle has a 5-month orb, this intermediate-term cycle
could still bottom out as late as March 2019. This is a possible scenario, as time is
starting to run out for crafting a Brexit agreement that then would need to be approved by
both the UK and the EU Parliaments. Since Great Britain should formally leave the EU
by March 29, 2019 (at 11 PM local time), we could get a hard Brexit or even a no deal
exit, driving the prices lower. The bigger question is this: if there is a no deal exit, could
this drive prices below the October 2016 trough?

CYCLES

The first argument that the 16-year cycle low is behind us is that it took place in the
time frame July 2016-June 2018, which was the greater cycle low time band estimate. If
the greatest British Pound event is still in front of us, then this 16-year cycle has been
active for 17.5 years, as of this writing in the beginning of November 2018. In only one
instance out of four has the 16-year cycle been active longer than 17 years, and it was
then operational for 19 years. Hence, the probability is that the long-term cycle low is in.
However, the actual confirmation that the 16-year cycle low has occurred will only be
achieved much later, when the faster 32-month moving average (right now at 1.319) rises
above the slower 96-month MA (1.492) with the price (1.304) above both.

If we assume that the 16-year cycle low was made, then the next 16-year cycle crest
is projected to take place December 2019-September 2024. We can narrow down this
time frame, as in 60% of the cases studied, the Cable has reached its apogee between 6.4
and 8.0 years, giving a time frame of March 2023-September 2024. As the Sterling tends

105
to peak out in the middle of its greater cycle, we can further reduce the time frame by
overlapping the 16-year cycle crest with the 8-year cycle crest. The bullish 8-year cycle
crest is anticipated to take place sometime April 2022-April 2024. The overlap yields
March 2023-April 2024 as being the most probable time band for the British Pound to
make its 16-year cycle crest.

While still using October 2016 as the long-term trough, let’s now review some
shorter-term scenarios. But before diving into the forecasting, it is important to
understand the Cable's cyclical road map. At first, the 16-year cycle divides into two 8-
year cycles. The 8-year cycle then splits into two 4-year cycles and/or three 32-month
cycles. These four cycles are the long-term cycles. The 4-year cycle divides into two 24-
month cycles and/or three 16-month cycles. Finally, if the 32-month cycle is active, it can
then split into two 16-month cycles, and/or three 54-week cycles. These three cycles
during the long-term cycles are called the intermediate-term cycles.

The maximum recorded length for the 54-week and the 16-month cycles are 70
weeks (16 months) and 21 months, respectively. As the August 15, 2018 low was made
22 months after the assumed long-term cycle low, it appears that the only viable
intermediate-term cycle is the 24-month cycle. We will therefore only consider this
alternative going forward. The first implication is that the April 17, 2018 crest, made
about 18 months into the cycle, must then have been the 24-month cycle crest. The
second implication is that the next long-term event should be a 4-year cycle crest, as the
ongoing 24-month intermediate-term cycle can only be a sub-cycle of a 4-year cycle.

A bullish 4-year cycle crest has a mean length of three years and seven months into
the cycle, with an orb of five months. Hence, the mean periodic 4-year cycle crest is due
to unfold April 2020 +/- 5 months, or November 2019-September 2020. If August 15,
2018 was indeed the 24-month cycle low, then the next 24-month cycle crest is projected
to occur 19 months +/-7 months into the cycle, or August 2019-October 2020. By
overlapping both the 4-year and the future 24-month cycle crest time bands, we obtain a
time target span of November 2019-September 2020 for the next 4-year cycle crest.

The possibility that the 24-month cycle low is still in front of us is a very plausible
scenario, considering the stalling Brexit negotiations so far. Although the low can unfold
as late as March 2019, the best estimate is that the 24-month cycle will bottom out
sometime in the second half of January 2019. If this proves correct, then the future 24-
month cycle crest is projected to take place sometime between February 2020 and March
2021. Overlapping the latter 24-month cycle crest timing with the 4-year cycle crest time
band results in February 2020-September 2020 as the most probable time span for the
Sterling's next long-term cycle crest.

GEOCOSMICS

Forecast 2017 & Forecast 2018 stated: "We have a powerful planetary combination,
the Saturn-Uranus aspect, from December 2016 through November 2017. This planetary
pair is active nine months on either side, giving an extended time band from March 2016
to August 2018. With a 95.50% correlation to the British Pound long-term cycle events,
this planetary combination is the most supreme signature.” The lowest point obtained

106
during this planetary pair period was on October 7, 2016, which was made within the
Saturn-Uranus active time band. Hence, this is the second argument that the long-term
cycle low is behind us.

As the Saturn-Uranus aspect was a constructive 120° degrees, it was highlighted in

last year's report that "the status quo will be more in tune to listen and to agree to adopt
certain changes that are pushed on by the applecart upsetters. Great Britain should thus
be able to find a somewhat more constructive Brexit approach within the country and the
EU, at least as long as the aspect is active. Consequently, if the UK will not be able to put
together an exit agreement with the EU before August 2018, then things might start to get
ugly, resulting in a hard exit.” We have not seen much progress during the Saturn-
Uranus aspect, which could be due to the usual inertia with the 120° aspects. As there is
no real tension in a 120° aspect, nothing really moves forward. Thus, a hard Brexit or
even a no deal exit is now a possible alternative, which could drive the Sterling below the
October 2016 trough.

As, the 4-year cycle crest is a long-term cycle event, we need to check whether there
are any Saturn aspects around that time, involving the outer planets. There is a Saturn-
Pluto conjunction on January 12, 2020, but the Saturn-Pluto combination does not have
the strongest correlation to the Sterling's long-term cycle events, as it scores 88.7%.
Anything below 90% usually is not strong enough by itself to frame a long-term cycle
event. But there is a Saturn-Uranus square from February 17, 2021 to December 24,
2021. As previously mentioned, the Saturn-Uranus pair is “The King” of all planetary
combinations, as it has a 95.5% correlation to the British Pound’s long-term cycle events.
With a 9-month orb, this planetary pair is active June 2020-September 2022. Hence, the
overlap of the 4-year market cycle crest range with the Saturn-Uranus activity span
produces the highest probability time band for the 4-year cycle crest to take place. The
overlap narrows down the time band to June 2020-September 2020.

PRICE

Forecast 2017 & Forecast 2018 stated: “Historically, the 16-year cycle has
decreased 16.78% to 60.17% from its cycle peak to its cycle trough, producing an overall
16-year cycle low price target of 1.299 +/- 0.458 or 0.841-1.757. By omitting 20% of the
cycles to account for distortions, the range becomes 31.74%-60.17%, corresponding to a
price target of 1.148 +/- 302 or 0.846-1.450. Here, the October 7 2016 low at 1.1450 is
pretty much in the bull's eye." So, the pricing also looks likely that the long-term cycle
low is in. If correct, then the Sterling should keep climbing until the 16-year cycle crest is
in, estimated using historical data to be 1.787-2.179, or an increase of 56.10%-90.31%.

Last year's report stated: “When examining the 24-month cycle data, the crest would
come in at a rise of 10.32%-32.56% from its low. If we assume a long-term cycle low was
made at 1.1450, then the 24-month cycle crest is estimated at 1.263-1.518." The price
rose to 1.4376, which was a 25.55% increase from the October 2016 low to the April
2018 crest. Thus, , the April 2018 crest fits into a 24-month cycle crest, from which we
forecast the 24-month cycle low to 1.150-1.334. So far, we got a low on August 15 of
1.2660, making it a good contender for the intermediate-term cycle low.

107
 For the coming 4-year cycle crest, the bullish historical crest data forecasts that
prices should rise 24.74% to 55.91%, producing a price range of 1.428-1.785. In the case
that the 24-month cycle low was made at 1.2660 on August 15, we can also project with
the MCP (Mid-Cycle Pause) method that the next 24-month cycle crest will be 1.510-
1.607. The overlap generates a price target of 1.510-1.607 for the 4-year cycle crest.

CONCLUSION

Time is running out for the UK and the EU to make a deal. Such a situation would
normally argue that the great 16-year cycle trough is still ahead. It is a possible scenario
that cannot yet be taken off the table. However, my bias is that the greater cycle low is in,
as there is a 75% probability that the Cable's 16-year cycle low bottomed out time-wise
and price-wise on October 7, 2016 at 1.1450.

Although there might not be an all-inclusive Brexit deal, the UK could nevertheless
still make condensed agreements on specific issues. Such an arrangement would avoid a
breakdown between the UK and the EU, which could be bullish for the Sterling. In any
case, if we have seen the greater cycle low for the British Pound, then March 2023-April
2024 is the most probable time frame for the British Pound to make its 16-year cycle
crest with a price range of 1.787-2.179.

In the shorter-term, a 24-month intermediate-term cycle crest was made on April 17,
2018, at 1.4376. We have a candidate for the 24-month cycle low on August 15 at
1.2660, since this low was made within an acceptable 22 months into the cycle and
within the price target span estimate. However, it looks increasingly challenging time-
wise to seal a Brexit deal, arguing that the 24-month cycle low is still in front of us. The
trough should unfold at latest by March 2019, with a probable reversal period during the
second half of January 2019. In either situation, the British Pound's next long-term cycle
event is the 4-year cycle crest, expected to take place sometime June 2020-September
2020. The price target span is 1.428-1.785, which could be narrowed down to 1.510-
1.607, if the August 2018 low holds.

CRITICAL REVERSAL DATES in 2019: Look for the Swiss Franc, the Euro, the
British Pound, the U.S. Dollar, and/or the Dollar/Yen to reverse within three trading days
of the following.

January 11-14
February 18
April 26
May 10-13
June 14-17
July 15
August 5
September 2
September 20-23
October 8
November 26
December 13-16

108
 WEATHER PATTERNS IN 2019
There appears to be a low probability of a drought that would affect the price of
grains in 2019. Jupiter will be in Sagittarius, a fire sign, for most of 2019, which would
suggest higher than normal temperatures. However, this is balanced again Saturn and
Pluto in Capricorn, which inclines towards cooler than normal temperatures.

Rainfall may be greater than normal in 2019, due to Jupiter in Sagittarius

(exaggeration) in a square aspect to Neptune in Pisces (water and rains). The greatest
threat to crops, then, may be due to floods and/or parasites. The Jupiter/Neptune square
may be highlighted even more because Uranus will form a semi-square to Neptune and a
sesquiquadrate (135°) with Jupiter. With Uranus involved, the storms can be destructive
and there may be strong winds, tornadoes, and hurricane activity beyond the norm. As
stated in the Forecast 2018 Book, “The sudden storms and possible flash floods are
indicated by the continuing semi-square aspect between Uranus (sudden storms), and
Neptune (flash floods). That 5-passage aspect was in effect with its first two passages in
2017 on August 11 and October 7. It will happen twice in 2018 as well, on June 16 and
December 15. Its final passage takes place May 1, 2019… This is the first 1/8 phase of
this long-term cycle that began with its conjunction in 1993, which was the year of the
great Mississippi River floods that caused serious damage to grains that year, and thus
prices skyrocketed. We cannot rule out a similar event in 2018-2019. When Uranus
makes a hard aspect to Neptune, there can be disruptions in the distribution of goods
related to abnormal water or flooding conditions.” The disruption in the distribution
channels for grains was not caused so much by adverse weather conditions in 2018, as by
the U.S.A. trade war via tariffs on China, which retaliated by placing their own tariffs on
imports of grains from the USA, especially Soybeans. That threat to the distribution
process of Soybeans remains in effect as we come to the end of 2018.

ACCIDENTS AND NATURAL DISASTER PERIODS

Accident-prone periods for the masses and possible natural disasters such as
earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes, volcanic eruptions, floods, and tsunamis often occur
under combinations of hard aspects between Mars, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, and Pluto.
Periods in which these combinations are highlighted in 2019 include:

January 2-21
February 1-13
April 22-May 1
June 6-24
July 9-17
September 8-21
October 7-14
October 27-November 5
November 24-27

109
 GRAIN MARKETS IN 2019

REVIEW – CORN, by Raymond Merriman

Corn had another “inside year” in 2018, as it did also in 2017. That means the high
of 2018 was lower than the high 2017, which was lower than the high of 2016. And the
low of 2018 was higher than the low of 2017, which was higher than the low of 2016.
The high of 2018 was 412-1/4 on May 24, which was just two trading days after the May
24 CRD given in last year’s book. The lowest price for Corn in 2018 occurred June 19 at
338-3/4 which was also two trading days before the June 21 date listed in the Forecast
2018 Book.

The high of 2017 found Corn prices testing their 54-month moving average (see
monthly chart), but they could not close above the key resistance zone. As stated in last
year’s book. “Of course, there is also resistance at the highs of the past two years, 439-
455 and the 54-month moving average… A monthly close above this moving average is a
strong sign the 18-year low is in.” It couldn’t do that, so we cannot yet confirm that the
18-year cycle trough bottomed with the 314-315 low of August-September 2016.

THE 18-YEAR CYCLE

The long-term 18-year cycle in Corn started in either 2000 (13 years) or 2005 (18
years, but at a slightly higher price than the low of 2000). A start with the low of 2000
would be a contracted 13-year cycle off the prior low of 1987. A start with the low of
2005 would indicate a double bottom chart formation. With a “normal” range of 15-21
years, the current 18-year cycle is due to bottom in 2018, +/- 3 years as measured from
2000, or in 2020-2026 if measured from 2005. In the first case, the 18-year cycle low
could have been the low of August-September 2016, for that was in this time band when
the 18-year cycle trough was due. However, both cycle time bands overlap 2020-2021,
which would be a more typical time for the 18-year cycle to be completed.

The monthly chart reveals an inverted and bullish head and shoulders pattern still in
effect, with the head (H) corresponding to the low of 2016. As stated in last year’s book,
“The neckline (resistance) is shown by the downward trendline A-B-C connecting the
highs of the prior three years. If Corn prices can exhibit a monthly close above this
neckline A-B-C before falling below the 314-315 low of 2016, then it creates a bullish
breakout. It would support the idea that the 18-year cycle trough was completed in
August-September 2016. It would furthermore give an initial upside price target of 557
+/- 29. Until Corn prices close above line A-B-C, the possibility of lower prices ahead
cannot be ruled out, as the 18-year cycle remains in effect, and is due to bottom sometime
before 2021. Any break below 315 means the 18-year is still unfolding.”

Last year’s price behavior has not altered that analysis. That is, a close above line A-
D now, shown on this year’s monthly chart, would be bullish.

110
THE 9-YEAR CYCLE

If the starting point of the current 18-year cycle was August 2000, then a 9-year
half-cycle trough occurred in September 2009, and the next one would be due September
2018, +/- 18 months, overlapping with the time band for the next 18-year cycle trough
(2018 +/- 3 years). This overlap allows us to narrow the expected time band for the 18-
year cycle to September 2018, +/- 18 months. The low of August-September 2016 is thus
early for this cycle, but possible since the longer-term 18-year cycle was (is) due. A
monthly close above the A-B-C-D neckline shown on the monthly chart above would
suggest the 18-year cycle is unfolding in a three-phase pattern of 6-year sub-cycles
instead of a pattern of two 9-year cycles.

THE 6-YEAR CYCLE

It is also possible that this 18-year cycle is unfolding in a classical three-phase

pattern with three 6-year sub-cycles, each with a range of 5-7 years. You can see
instances of this cycle on the monthly chart at 1, 2, and 4. The current 6-year-cycle began
with the low of June 2012 (shown as “4” on the monthly chart above). As stated last year,
“It (the 6-year cycle) is next due in 2018, +/- 1 year. If Corn takes out 315, then it will
likely coincide with the 9-year cycle as well, forming what is known as a “combination
pattern” in the 18-year cycle, most likely due in 2018 or 2019.” It didn’t happen in 2018,
which leaves 2019 open as a possibility for this cycle low, if it didn’t happen in 2016.

111
 The price target for a new 18-, 9-, and 6-year cycle low, if it is to occur in 2019,
would be 278 +/- 21. There may also be support at 300 +/- 10 (line LS-H) on the monthly
chart. However, a close above A-B-C-D would negate that. The neckline (A-D) of this
chart pattern offers resistance this year at 385-400.

THE 30-MONTH CYCLE

Within the 6-year or the 9-year cycle phases, Corn also exhibits either two or three
30-month cycle phases with an orb of 7 months. The current 30-month cycle began with
the low of August-September 2016. If so, it is next due February-March 2019, +/- 7
months.

Last year’s book also pointed out, “Seasonally, it is interesting to note that most of
the important lows in Corn occur between August and February of any given year. Thus,
if Corn prices do not break above line A-B-C, then we would look for the final low to
happen between August 2018 and February 2019.”

GEOCOSMICS

There is an unusual similarity between the geocosmic signatures of 1993 and 2019.
In 1993, Uranus began its 171-year synodic cycle to Neptune (conjunction). As that
conjunction recurred three times that year, Jupiter was also in a square aspect to both
Uranus and Neptune. That was the year of “The Great Flood.” As stated in the past two
Forecast books, ““This (2017-2019) is the first 1/8 harmonic of the 171-year
Uranus/Neptune cycle that began with its conjunction in 1993. One of the rules of
geocosmic studies is that you can look back to the time that the planetary cycle began
(conjunction) and see if there were any themes present then that could apply to any
phases that follow. In terms of weather conditions and crop prices, we know that 1993
corresponded to a great flood in which the Mississippi River overflowed and destroyed
much of the grain crop that year, especially near St. Louis, Missouri. Corn prices shot up
from a low of 214 in October 1992 to a high of 376 by August 1993. Thus, we need to be
alert for another great flood during the forthcoming time band. However, that could be
anywhere between August 2017 and May 2019.” In fact, it may be in 2019, because not
only will Uranus still be in the first 1/8 of its cycle to Neptune, but Jupiter will
simultaneously square Neptune. That is, January-May 2019 will find these two aspects
overlapping, although the square of Jupiter/Neptune remains in force into September
2019.

Given that Uranus signatures represent times when market prices can break above
long-term resistance or below long-term support, and given that Uranus will receive a
sesquiquadrate aspect from Jupiter, and make a semi-square aspect with Neptune, it is
very likely that either the support around 300 or the resistance around 400, shown on the
monthly chart, will break. In fact, both might be broken in 2019 under the influences of
this combination. If these signatures correspond to a long-term low first in 2019, then
Corn could reverse and advance sharply higher in the Saturn/Pluto conjunction of January
2020. The other scenario is that Corn would just keep falling until closer to the

112
Saturn/Pluto conjunction and bottom in late 2019. This is what happened in 1982 when
Saturn made its last conjunction with Pluto. Corn prices bottomed one month before.

CONCLUSIONS

The long-term 18-year cycle low in Corn prices is due any time before the end of
2021. The various sub-cycles within this cycle, such as the 6- and 9-year cycles, suggest
it will happen in late 2018 through 2019, if it didn’t already occur in August-September
2016. The ideal set up would be to see prices test or break slightly below 300 for the 18-
year cycle trough, and then reverse and break out above 400 as the new longer-term cycle
gets underway. A less ideal, but still possible pattern, would be seeing Corn continuing
its decline into the end of 2019, early 2020, and bottoming near the Saturn/Pluto
conjunction of January 12, 2020.

Our strategy will be to buy Corn anywhere below 320, and even 310, if offered. A
slight break below 300 would not be surprising, unless Corn trades above 400 first. On a
monthly close above 400, the bottom will be in. At that point, our strategy will be to buy
any pullbacks to 385-405. We do not expect a drought in 2019, but there may be a
number of floods and high wind storms that affect the growing season.

SOYBEANS by Kat Powell, MMTA Graduate and MMA Analyst

REVIEW

Soybean prices declined to a new long-term low in September 2019, after China
announced and then enacted a 25% tariff on soybeans imported from the United States.
The monthly continuous futures contract chart shows a market that formed a double top
to the January 2017 high in February of 2018. With the tariff announcement on April 4,
the market began an immediate 5% decline with high trading volume. Subsequent rally
attempts failed to break out to new highs, and the market rolled over in May. At the
September low, prices had declined over 25% from the high of the year, putting soybeans
clearly in bear market territory.

As stated last year, “However, nothing rules out a break down in prices during
2018, indicating that the greater 16-year cycle is not yet complete, or the new 8-yr half-
cycle is setting up to be bearish.”

At the time of this analysis in November 2018, soybean prices are currently trading
below the 16-month moving average (MA), with the faster 16-month MA positioned just
below the slower 48-month MA. This is a bearish trend indicator. Note that the 16-month
MA crossed below the 48-month MA in 2014. If prices can rally and sustain trade above
the 48-month MA, the market status would progress to neutral turning bullish with a
bullish trend confirmation once the 16-month MA moves above the 48-month MA and
prices remain above both moving averages. A price breakout above the new upper
descending trendline (connecting the highs of 2016 and 2018) on the monthly chart
would also indicate a potential bullish market trend.

113
CYCLES

Raymond Merriman’s research indicates that, “Soybeans have a 16-year long-term

cycle that unfolded with the double bottom of July 1999 and January 2002 at 401-1/2 and
415-1/2 respectively, in the nearby contract. We are going to assume 1999 is the correct
starting point (it was the lower price).” The most recent 16-year cycle high and all-time
high (ATH) of 1789 occurred on September 4, 2012 with Venus in square to Saturn.

According to MMA cycle theory, the low of November 2015 met the criteria for a
longer-term 16-year cycle with respect to both cycles and geocosmics. Since prices have
dropped below that low, the important question involves the status of the longer-term
cycle count. Is the market in the early stages of a new 8-year and potentially bearish half-
cycle? Or, are we in the last phase of an extended/distorted 16-year cycle?

Let’s first examine the potential of a bearish 8-year half-cycle. As discussed in last
year’s book, “If the 8-year cycle breaks into a classical three-phase pattern, then we
would be looking for a cycle low in a timeframe of 32 months (range 27-37 months) from
the 2015 low. Therefore, if this will be a three-phase cycle pattern, we should be
prepared for a significant sub-cycle low in 2018.” The September 2018 low occurred in
the 34th month from the 2015 low, but prices could make a lower low in December or
early 2019 and still comply with the three-phase pattern.

114
 The 8-year cycle may also divide into two phases, which would provide a cycle low
within a normal range of 40-56 months from November 2015. That 4-year half-phase
sub-cycle can potentially occur from March of 2019 to July 2020. Note that in a
combination cycle pattern, markets can manifest either a three-phase or a two-phase sub-
cycle structure. Thus, we should not be surprised by another cycle low in 2019. If the
cycle lows of 2019 are higher lows within the current cycle pattern, we may have at least
a short-term bullish cycle interval.

Now, let’s examine the idea of an extended 16-year cycle that may have bottomed in
September 2018 or will complete in 2019-2020. We are now in the tenth year from the
market low of 777 in December 2008 that coincided with the financial crash going into
the period of Saturn opposing Uranus. That low was followed by higher sub-cycle lows
when Saturn was in a waning square to Pluto November 2009 to August 2010.

In January of 2020, Saturn will be conjunct Pluto in Capricorn, and that planetary
aspect has a correlation to market lows in soybean prices. The last conjunction was in
November 1982, and soybeans made a 4-year cycle low within one month, even though
the orb for these powerful conjunctions can extend months on either side exactness. It is
possible that the 16-year cycle in soybeans is extending/distorting longer as it is pulled
towards the hard aspect energy of 2020. Therefore, we should anticipate at least a sub-
cycle low during the Capricorn Stellium in 2020.

GEOCOSMICS

Uranus moved into Taurus, which is ruled by Venus, in May of 2018 and prices
responded with an accelerated decline to their lows of the year. Uranus is currently
retrograde in the sign of Aries and will re-enter Taurus in March 2019, to remain until
2025. Uranus was last in the sign of Taurus in 1934, and then 1935 to 1941–1942,
including retrograde cycles. Looking at charts from that time, we have to respect the
triple bottom that soybean prices formed during that interval in 1938-1940.

In 2019, Jupiter, in Sagittarius, will square Neptune in Pisces, in a three-passage

transit with exact aspects January 13, June 16, and September 21. With both planets in
signs over which they rule, it will be an interesting challenge of Jupiter (hope, expansion)
to Neptune (illusion, confusion, and rumors). Jupiter also rules trade, particularly
international trade, so perhaps the aspects to Neptune, the dissolver of boundaries, will
result in some sort of a trade war resolution. This fire and water combination may also
have unexpected impact as Neptune also rules the fungal diseases that can limit soybean
quality and yields.

Jupiter, in Sagittarius, has a correlation with rallies in soybean prices, but those
rallies typically also involved major aspects between Jupiter to Uranus, which are absent
in 2019. A review of Jupiter in hard aspect to Neptune over 30 years shows a stronger
correlation with tradable cycle lows, as opposed to cycle crests.

Another planetary pair cycle of 2019 that should be watched is Mars in hard aspect
to Saturn, which can produce weather patterns that are either hot and dry, or cold and dry.

115
The first square is exact January 21, 2019 and may impact the Brazilian harvest season.
Weather analysts are predicting a weak El Niño pattern and a dryer season in Brazil could
benefit a crop cycle that had an early planting start this year.

Venus is the astrological ruler of soybeans, and we typically watch for market
reversals when she is in hard aspect to Saturn and/or the outer planets. Here are a few
highlights of events to watch for in 2019 as Venus transits the planetary pair aspects
described above.

Venus is square Neptune and then conjunct Jupiter on January 20 and 22,
respectively, which is the time frame for the first Jupiter/Neptune square and thus ties
into the January 25 critical reversal date (CRD) for grains. Note that this is in the same
period as the Mars/Saturn square. This time frame needs watching for a possibly
significant seasonal high or low for 2019, as it also features a total lunar eclipse on
January 21.

Venus is conjunct Saturn and then Pluto in Capricorn on February 18 and 22,
respectively. This conjunction may provide a preview of soybean price patterns with
respect to the future exact conjunction of Saturn and Pluto in January 2020. These transits
are tied to the February 20 CRD for grains and repeat in December.

Venus, in Capricorn, will square Uranus in the late degrees of Aries, on March
1, with Mercury turning retrograde four days later in Pisces. Note that Uranus will re-
enter Taurus on March 6, and the CRD is March 5-6.

Venus is conjunct Neptune and then square Jupiter on April 10 and 15,
respectively. These transits provide the “bookends” to the April 12-13 CRD.

Venus in Aries, will square Saturn and then Pluto on May 7 and 9, respectively.
Venus will conjunct Uranus in Taurus on May 18. These Venus transits apply to the
May 10-13 CRD.

Venus in Cancer will oppose Saturn, and then Pluto on July 17 and 20,
respectively. These transits are associated with the July 19 CRD.

Venus in Leo squares Uranus on August 2 and correlates to the August 5 CRD.

Venus in Virgo, will be in trine with Saturn and Pluto in Capricorn, as it

opposes Neptune, and squares Jupiter on September 3. She will also be 6 degrees
separate from a stellium with the Sun, Mercury and Mars in Virgo, which will be trine to
Uranus. These formations create a Grand Earth Trine simultaneously with a mutable T-
square, with the Moon transiting opposite Uranus. This much energy in harmonious and
challenging aspects correlates to the with the August 30 - September 2 CRD. This time
frame leads into the harvest season in North America and a reversal here could be
significant, since it is also one year out from the September 2018 low.

116
 Venus in Libra will square Saturn and then Pluto on September 21 and October
1, respectively. This transit occurs adjacent to the last square of Jupiter to Neptune in
2019. Pluto stations direct on October 3 with the October 4-7 CRD.

Venus will be conjunct Jupiter in Sagittarius on November 24 as Neptune is

stationing direct on November 27. Venus also trines Uranus on November 28. These
events correlate with the November 26 CRD.

Venus will be conjunct Saturn, and then Pluto in Capricorn on December 11 and
13, respectively. These transits tie to the December 12 CRD.

Venus ends 2019 in square to Uranus on December 22, while Uranus also in trines
the partial solar eclipse of December 26.

CONCLUSIONS

The longer-term 16-year cycle is either extending, or we are in the early stages
of a sub-cycle of a new 16-year cycle. As observed last year, “If the 2016 high of 1208-
1/2 is the peak for this new cycle, soybean prices will trade and triangulate sideways to
lower until support is clearly defined with the next sub-cycle low.” And, “My bias, at this
time, is that the market may need to re-test support in the range of 800-900 before a
substantial rally can begin.” The low of the year in the July contract was 810 and the
November contract bottomed at 812-1/4 in September.

At the time of this analysis in 2018, I have no strong bias regarding soybean prices
in 2019. Perhaps this is a reflection of the Jupiter/Neptune geocosmics for next year. The
United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), as of November, has projected a price
range of $7.60 to $9.60 per bushel for the U.S. season average.

For a bullish rally to gain traction beyond their official upper price projection, prices
will need to climb above the July-August highs and overcome strong resistance in the
50% retrace zone (940-950) of the decline from the February 2018 highs to the
September low. If Jupiter in Sagittarius can provide the needed “extra” rally energy, the
potential exists for higher price targets of 1037 +/- 27 followed by 1177 +/- 43.

Until prices can sustain trade above the 48-month MA, the soybean market holds the
bearish potential to break to the downside. Perhaps this reflects a nebulous
(Jupiter/Neptune) resolution to the trade wars. The current market pattern shows a new
bearish triangle with the potential to break down to 755 +/- 32, which is in range of the
lower estimate of the USDA and the market low of 2008. In a very bearish pattern, the
next lower target is 684 +/- 32.

In summary, we will need to watch the energy and sub-cycle patterns of the Venus
transits to Saturn and Pluto as they move closer to conjunction in Capricorn in January
2020.

117
WHEAT by Mark Shtayerman & Izabella Suleymanova, MMTA Graduates
and MMA Analysts

REVIEW – WHEAT

Wheat ended its 54-week low on December 11, 2017, at 386.5 just before Saturn
ingressed into Capricorn. Then, it rallied strongly to a 54-week high on August 2, 2018,
at 559.0. On August 1, 2018, Saturn was within one degree of a trine to Uranus, a strong
price reversal for Wheat as Saturn rules Wheat. As stated in Forecast 2018, “The 54-week
cycle low is expected to occur in August with the third and final passage of Jupiter trine
Neptune. Also, during this time, we will get a very close passage, within 20 minutes, as
Saturn trines Uranus on September 6, 2018. Note that they will get within 1-degree orb
after August 1, 2018. We have discussed that the three passages would conclude on
November 11, 2017, but this close passage of September 6, 2018 in conjunction with
Jupiter trine Neptune can accentuate a reversal in the intermediate or longer-term
cycles.” The rally was stronger than expected as Wheat gained over 44 percent in just
under eight months. Since then, Wheat has declined to 471.75 on September 13, 2018,
which was during our Critical Reversal Date (CRD) of September 11-18, 2018. This
decline was right at the 50% Fibonacci retracement of the move up. Since then, Wheat
has rallied a bit to 503 as of the writing of this report in mid-November.

CYCLES - WHEAT

Wheat has a long-term 18-year cycle that ranges between 13 and 20 years. Based on
cycles analysis, the current 18-year cycle started off the low of December 1999 at 222.
As stated over the past four years, “The crest to the current 18-year cycle has likely
occurred with the all-time high of 1349-1/2 in February 2008.”

Considering that Wheat has rallied strongly over the past year, it would be easy to
believe that the 6-year and the 18-year cycles have concluded with the decline to the
August 31, 2016 low of 359.5. Even though we have been expecting the decline to a 9-
year trough between June 2017 and June 2021, this decline into August 2016 fits a 3-
phase pattern to an 18-year cycle that started in December 1999. To further support this
outlook, Wheat prices have rallied above the trend line drawn based on the highs of
February 2008 and July 2012 and have stayed there for most of 2018. Based on this
analysis, Wheat is in the third year of both the 6- and 18-year cycles.

Alternatively, it is possible that 2018 begins the 9th year of the second 9-year cycle
phase (range 7-11 years) that started with the low of June 2010, in the event that this is
still an older 18-year cycle unfolding in a 2-phase pattern off the low of December 1999.

If this is a newer 18-year cycle that started in August 2016, then there is a good
chance that Wheat prices will rally above the all-time high of February 2008 at 1334.
However, if this is an older 18-year cycle, Wheat will have difficulty getting above the
July 2012 high of 947.25, and even above the 593 high of 2018.

In the event that an older 9-year cycle is still underway, it subdivides into two or
three 42-month sub-cycles with an orb of 10 months. The best fit here would be that the

118
current 42-month cycle started with the August 31, 2016 low of 359.50, so December
2018 would start the 28th month of the 42-month cycle. This implies that the bottom of
the 42-month cycle is expected to occur between April 2019 and December 2020. This
outlook was expected and predicted in Forecast 2016 as: “For the weak to moderate El
Nino one would expect a 42-month low 60% of the time and 30% a 42-month high. If the
El Nino is strong to very strong there is an equal possibility of a crest vs. trough in Wheat
prices. Thus, considering that we are expecting a low in a 42-month cycle, I would
suspect the El Nino will be favorable to Wheat this growing season and we will see the
42-month low in 2016. Then, we expect a rally to a 42-month high that would not exceed
735 followed by a final low by the end of the 18-year cycle.”

The 42-month cycle is further subdivided into three or four 54-week cycles with an orb of
17 weeks. The week of December 3, 2018, will start the 50th week of the second 54-week
cycle, following a December 1, 2017 low of 386.5 based on the newer 42-month cycle.
Thus, a 54-week intermediate cycle low is due at any time up to mid-April 2019 with a
decline below 471.75. The alternative view is that the September 13, 2018 low of 471.75
was the intermediate cycle low in the 38th week (which fits within the orb). We have not
had a strong rally above 559 to support this outlook as of this writing.

GEOCOSMICS

Two years ago, we wrote: “There will be yet another important signature namely
Saturn trine Uranus. Cycle of these planets lasts approximately 45 years. The first aspect
will occur December 24, 2016. The second passage will take place May 2017, and the

119
last aspect will follow November 11, 2017.” And then last year’s book added: “The 54-
week cycle low is expected to occur in August with the third and final passage of Jupiter
trine Neptune. Also, during this time, we will get a very close passage, within 20 minutes,
as Saturn trines Uranus on September 6, 2018. Note that they will get within 1 degree of
orb after August 1, 2018. We have discussed that the three passages would conclude on
November 11, 2017, but this close passage of September 6, 2018 in conjunction with
Jupiter trine Neptune can accentuate a reversal in the intermediate or longer-term
cycles.” The intermediate 54-week cycle top occurred August 2, 2018, and the the
intermediate cycle low, may have happened September 13, 2018.

Two years ago, we noted that the waxing semi-square between Uranus and Neptune
had already played an important role in contributing to the development of the 54-week
low of August 17, 2017 and last year’s book also stated: “If the 54-week or greater cycle
bottoms out in August/September, then there is a possibility of reversal during the fourth
Uranus semi-square Neptune occurring on December 15, 2018.” The fourth meeting of
that planetary couple will be on December 15, 2018, making it a candidate for the 54-
week low, although that is not our bias as it would be too early for the new primary cycle
bottom. The fifth and last aspect of this passage between Uranus and Neptune will be
May 1, 2019.

If the low of September 13, 2018, was just a primary cycle low, then we expect
intermediate 54-week cycle lows to occur later, most likely into the first passage of
Jupiter square Neptune on January 13, 2019, as that signature has a strong
correspondence to 54-week and 42-month cycles. The next time these planets meet will
be on June 16, 2019, and the final passage will be September 21, 2019. This aspect
occurs every 14 years.

Jupiter ingressed into Sagittarius, the sign it rules, November 8, 2018, and remains
there until December 2, 2019. In relation to temperature, Jupiter by itself is warm and
usually brings benevolent weather, especially in Sagittarius. On January 13, 2019, Jupiter
starts a three-passage series of square aspects to Neptune in Pisces. Neptune is a cool
planet with tendencies to produce murky and cloudy conditions. It resides in Pisces, the
sign it rules, from February 4, 2012, through 2025. The last square between these two
planets occurs September 21, 2019. Neptune in Pisces is still a planet/sign combination
that normally brings murky conditions. When afflicted, as it will be in January 2019, this
square can have a violent influence, which adds to the storm’s fury. Along with Jupiter
square Neptune, there also will be a sesquiquadrate (135°) between Jupiter and Uranus
and a semi-square between Uranus and Neptune. That combination is violent and may
bring lower temperatures and unusual phenomena.

Uranus, in its effect upon temperatures, is consistently cold and inclined toward
sudden temperature changes. In the winter or summer, Uranus tends to bring quick drops
in temperatures with sudden squalls. Uranus first ingressed into Taurus first on May 17,
2018. On November 6, 2018, it retrograded back into Aries. It will return to Taurus on
March 6, 2019, and stays there until April 26, 2026. That means that the winter of 2019
will be colder than usual; expect more drastic and destructive weather while Uranus is in
Aries. After Uranus moves into Taurus on March 6, 2019, temperatures will become
milder and warmer, as Taurus has a moderating influence on temperatures.

120
 Saturn and Pluto are in Capricorn. Saturn is there from December 20, 2017, until
December 17, 2020, and Pluto will remain in Capricorn through March 2023. In its
influence on weather, Saturn is cold, bringing disastrous freezes in winter. In the summer,
it quite often brings an increase of extreme heat, sometimes to a destructive point.
Capricorn is the sign of extreme cold, and sometimes of destructive droughts. Pluto is
also a cool planet and along with Saturn in Capricorn it may become violent and bring
extreme weather conditions. That is, the temperature will be lower but other weather
events will dominate the headlines. This is also consistent with the expected Solar
minimum in 2019-2020, which occurs every 11 years when the sunspot activity dies
down.

Jupiter in Sagittarius usually brings warm temperatures, but the square with Neptune
from January until September moderates this nice influence. With Saturn and Pluto in
Capricorn, we can expect colder than usual temperatures, especially during winter, along
with blizzards and violent winds in some areas. During summer, some areas of the
country will experience colder than usual temperatures and in other areas it may be
extremely hot.

CONCLUSIONS

We expect a decline to the 54-week cycle low in late 2018, early 2019. After that,
we expect Wheat to rally strongly above 593, as we anticipate a multi-year cycle high.
The price objective for the next 54-month cycle crest is 677+/-10.25, a double top to the
December 2014 high, or 558 to 880 based on historical findings. After that, Wheat could
pull back to a possible 42-month cycle low by the end of 2019 or early 2020.

Critical Reversal Dates for 2019: Look for the grain markets to make cycle highs or
lows within three trading days of the following dates:

January 11-14
January 25
February 20
March 5-6
April 12-13
May 10-13
June 14-17
July 19
August 5
August 30-September 2
October 4-7
November 26
December 12

121
CRUDE OIL IN 2019 by Nitin Bhandari, MMTA Graduate & MMA Analyst

REVIEW

Crude Oil prices were bullish for most of 2018. The high of the year was 76.90 on
Oct 3, 2018 (a 3-star MMA Critical Reversal Date) and as of this writing in late
November, crude oil has fallen sharply and is testing the 50.00 level. The high of 76.90
was a 3-year cycle crest, and crude oil is now falling into its 3-year cycle trough. This
high was within the upper range of our price target mentioned in Forecast 2018, which
concluded “The inverse head and shoulders pattern got activated, which projects the
upward price target of 75.17 +/- 2.89. Other price targets would be 71.24 +/- 5.33. The
overlapping price target would be 72.30-76.60.” This forecast was spot on. The current
18-year cycle from the low of 26.05 remains bullish, as this cycle is relatively very
young. The February 2016 low of 26.05 was within the central time band of Saturn
square to Neptune, which was in effect from November 2015 to September 2016. But the
three-year cycle has now turned bearish after the high of October 3, as the last phase of
all bullish cycles is the most bearish.

LONG-TERM CYCLES IN CRUDE OIL

It is likely that crude oil has an 18-year cycle, like most other financial markets, with
a range of 15-21 years. This 18-year cycle started with the low of 26.05 in February 2016
and prices continued to rally into October 3, 2018. This 18-year cycle is still young and
the first phase of any cycle is very bullish, which we witnessed in this case since 2016.
Prices rallied 195% since the low and into its high of 76.90 on October 3, 2018. The 18-
year cycle time range is 18 years +/- 36 months which means, the next 18-year cycle
would be due in 2034, +/- 36 months. The current 18-year cycle is in its 33rd month as of
November 2018.

As stated last year “Crude Oil usually exhibits two 9-year cycles within 18-year
cycle. Also, the 9-year phase exhibits a classical three-phase pattern, consisting of three
3-year sub-cycles. This current cycle is very young and we are in the first 3-year phase
which started from the multi-year low of 26.05 in February 2016. This current 3-year
cycle has two 17-month cycle phases. The first 17-month cycle low occurred in June 2017
at 42.05, which was within this time range. We are currently in the second 17-month
cycle and prices have moved above the first 17-month cycle crest of 55.24. This means
the second 17-month cycle and current 3-year cycle are bullish and would continue its
upward journey towards the 3-year cycle crest.” The high of 76.90 on October 3, 2018
was the 3-year cycle crest, made in the 32nd month. Prices are now falling into the 3-year
cycle trough. Crude oil’s 3-year cycle is actually 32 months with an orb of +/- 5 months,
so it is now due October 2018, +/- 5 months, or May 2018 to March 2019.

Last year’s forecast also stated “Crude oil prices need to cross the 54-month moving
average to confirm the 9-year cycle low... The revised price target for the current 3-year

122
and second 17-month cycle crest would be 71.24 +/- 5.33. The 54-month moving average
is now 64.44, which is relevant for a 9-year cycle.” The prices crossed above the 54-
month moving average to confirm the 9-year cycle low and hit the high of 76.90, in the
upper range of our calculated price target for the 3-year cycle crest. Prices fell from there,
and at this writing, are trading below both the 18- and 54-month moving averages,
confirming that the 3-year cycle crest is in.

GEOCOSMICS

Jupiter and Neptune rule crude oil. Last year’s book stated, “If one examines every
period of time in which Jupiter or Saturn are in a major aspect (including sextiles, and
even the sesquiquadrates with Saturn) to Neptune since 1994, one will find a phenomenal
correlation to yearly (and even multi-year) highs and lows in crude oil prices nearby.
Significant price reversals followed. The year 2018 is very special with respect to the
geocosmic signatures, pertaining to crude oil. Both the rulers of crude oil, Jupiter and
Neptune, will be in a harmonious trine aspect in a three-passage series, starting from
Dec 2017 until August 2018. The formal study conducted by the author shows a very
strong historical correlation to long-term cycle highs and lows when these two planets
are in any aspect with each other or any other outer planets. A 3-year cycle low or high
has occurred in all those instances. There is possibility that Crude Oil 3-year cycle crest
may unfold during this period.” It was a great year for crude oil bulls. The high occurred
6 weeks after the third passage, which is an allowable orb for this correlation.

123
 2019 has a very important geocosmic signature pertaining to crude oil. Both the
rulers of crude oil, Jupiter and Neptune, will be in a stressful square aspect in a three-
passage series, starting from January 2019 and lasting through September 2019. The first
square will be January 13-14, followed by the second passage on June 16 and the third on
September 21. This could correlate to the 3-year cycle low. However, Jupiter in its ruling
sign of Sagittarius and Neptune in its ruling sign of Pisces could also mean there will be a
supply shock for oil due to geopolitical issues. Another important aspect will be Saturn
sextile to Neptune, a three-passage series between January and November 2019, with oil
spending most of the year under its influence. This aspect could move prices in the
direction of the prevailing trend during that time.

CONCLUSIONS

Crude oil`s 18-year, 9-year and 3-year cycle phases bottomed in February 2016 at
26.05, a very important level for coming months and years. In a bullish 3-year cycle, the
mean periodicity for prices to trend upward is 23-months (range 15-35 months), and in
the current cycle they increased for 32- months, which is within the historical range. The
older 3-year cycle, is due to bottom in late 2018 or early 2019. A 17-month cycle low is
due to overlap the 3-year cycle in November 2018, +/- 3 months. The normal corrective
price target for the 3-year cycle trough is 51.48 +/- 6.00. We are into this price range and
the time band as this is being written. Once the 3-year trough is confirmed, prices will
rally for the next 17-month and the 3-year cycle crest. We would expect prices to at least
re-test the highs of 2018 for the next crest of these two cycles. If there is a squeeze in oil
supplies due to geopolitical reasons related to Jupiter square Neptune, crude oil could
explode to 85.38 +/- 5.11 for the next 17-month cycle crest and 101.38 for the next 3-year
cycle crest.

Critical Reversal Dates: Look for reversals in Crude Oil prices within three trading
days of the following dates, after which the market usually reverses back:

January 18 (allow 1-week orb, Jan 13-25)

March 8-11
April 12-13
May 2-5
June 14-17 (allow 1-week orb, June 7-24)
July 24-25
September 12 (could be anywhere Sept 6-21)
November 8-11
November 25
December 11-12

There are other dates that may qualify as critical reversal zones, depending
upon the labelling of the primary cycle in effect at the time. These will be covered in
the MMA`s daily and weekly “Time for Crude Oil” Reports.

124
 FAVORABLE TIMES, CHALLENGING TIMES FOR 2019
The following is a list of "Favorable Days" and "Challenging Days" for planning in
2019. The "favorable days" indicate favorable times to schedule important meetings,
gatherings (like parties and weddings), or anything that you wish to proceed smoothly
and harmoniously. The "challenging days" are just the opposite. Tensions and stress tend
to be higher than normal, and you may find it best to avoid scheduling social events and
important meetings during these times. All dates are based upon Eastern Standard Time.
This means that the beginning and ending dates may be one day later in the Far East.

FAVORABLE TIMES CHALLENGING TIMES

January 22-26 January 1-21

May 9-June 6 February 1-March 2
July 18-August 11* April 19-May 9
August 16-September 1 June 8-27
September 5-13 July 8-17*
November 21-December 5 September 14- October 14
December 16-27 October 23-November 14*

*Indicates that this period overlaps with Mercury retrograde. If on the "Favorable" side, it
is fine for a party, but probably not for a commitment, agreement, or sale. ** indicates
when Mars is retrograde, which may also be fine for parties, but not for surgery or
starting a new career. We don’t worry about Venus retrograde and old loves re-appearing.

Of course, not every day in the “Favorable Times” period will necessarily be good,
nor will every day in the “Challenging Times” period necessarily be bad. For help on
choosing specific dates for an important event, please consult a professional astrologer.

In 2019, there are three solar eclipses: January 6 (South Node), 15º Capricorn 25’;
July 2 (North Node), 10º Cancer 38’; and December 26 (South Node) 04º Capricorn 07’.
There are two lunar eclipses: January 21 (0º Leo 52’), and July 16 (24º Capricorn 01’). In
my experience, North Node eclipses tend to be more favorable than South Node ones.
Furthermore, it is not wise to plan a major event like a wedding or to open a new business
during the two-week period between a lunar and solar eclipse, or vice-versa.

Airplane and long-distance car travel should be undertaken with caution during
periods of hard aspects involving Mars, Saturn, and Uranus, especially when they are in
aspect to each other, but also when aspected from transiting Sun or Mercury. These times
can also correspond to strong winds, earthquakes, and other calamities that may affect
travel. Some of these days include January 17-21, February 12-20, June 9-20, July 10-17,
and October 27-November 5. Again, not every day herein will be accident-prone.

125
 MERCURY RETROGRADE PERIODS IN 2019

In 2019, there are three retrograde Mercury periods. They are March 5-28 (29°38’
Pisces to 16°06’ Pisces), July 27-31 (4°28’ Leo to 23° 58’ Cancer), and October 31-
November 20 (27° 38’ Scorpio to 11°35’ Scorpio). As one can see, all retrograde
Mercury periods in 2019 are moving from fire signs to water signs. This means that the
thrust of communications is shifting from one that demands decisions and action quickly,
to one that is heavily affected by an emotional and reactive nature. The plea will be more
to people’s sensitivities and care for others, and less to the demand for action, regardless
of how it affects others.

In fire signs, Mercury had an urgency to get things done. It was demanding, forceful,
combative, and argumentative. That bravado now gives way to more emotionally charged
communications throughout 2019, as the retrogrades begin to happen more frequently in
water signs. Emotional pleas for understanding, kindness, and self-sacrifice will replace
the hammer-like, blunt, and ego-driven forcefulness of Mercury in fire signs.

During Mercury retrograde periods, traders are always advised to keep in mind that
financial and commodity markets can experience great indecisiveness, especially at the
beginning of the retrograde period. The trend is often unclear. That is because economic
data and political announcements are often contradictory during Mercury retrograde
periods. One set of economic data or political decision-making is oftentimes bullish,
while another is bearish.

Whipsaws are common during the early part of this time band as price swings are
both sharp and short lasting. Near the middle section of each period, volatility tends to
recede (unless Mars, Jupiter, and/or Uranus aspects are involved), but the direction and
trend may still be uncertain. Our rule is that “no trend makes it out alive” without a
counter-trend move, usually starting (or ending) around the middle of the retrograde
period. After that, one may benefit by selling close-to-expiration, out-of-money options
(calls and puts, or "strangles"), given the tendency for market volatility to subside.
However, before doing this, one must also make sure that there are no other contradictory
signatures present in the second half of the Mercury retrograde interval. For instance, if
there are multiple aspects involving Mars or Uranus, or if either is stationary retrograde
or stationery direct, this can increase volatility and thus nullify the lower volatility that is
normally observed in the latter half of a Mercury retrograde time band. One must either
have knowledge of astrology or consult a financial astrologer to determine this.

In addition, technical areas of support and resistance, as well as chart pattern

recognition studies, tend to fail more often at this time. Market prices may not quite reach
either support or resistance levels, or they frequently break through, but only temporarily.
These breaks can be sharp, but again they may not last very long. Thus, we have another

126
rule for traders during retrograde Mercury periods: "Take profits too soon." Do not wait
until your price objectives are met, or the usual pattern unfolds. As soon as the move in
your favor begins to stall, get out. Directional price movements tend to end and reverse
about every 1-4 days.

Mercury retrograde also affects other areas of life. Typically, one is advised to avoid
finalizing agreements or signing contracts. People change their mind frequently. In
business, it is not unusual to see a flurry of appointment cancellations, or disruptions in
telecommunication (i.e. phones and computers go "on the blink"). Be alert in all your
communications. Watch what you say and say what you mean. For example, be sure you
tell your broker to "sell" and to "buy" when you mean "sell" or "buy." Frequently the
broker does the opposite of what you mean, and it may be due to your mistake in
communicating your wishes, or due to the broker’s mistake in not executing what you
stated. Have all your orders repeated back to you to make sure what you said coincides
with what the other person heard.

On a positive note, the 4-day period before and after Mercury starts its retrograde
motion is often a time of great inspiration and/or intuition. I personally feel more
inspired, and more intuitive. My market calls seem to be very precise and accurate during
these periods (well, to me they do J). Others seem to be equally inspired and intuitive.

127
 SPECIFIC TIMES OF THE YEAR BY SEASONS IN 2019

In this section of the book, we analyze the 2019 seasonal ingress charts for
Washington D.C. We then examine the major planetary aspects - or series of aspects -
that occur throughout the year. This provides a collective psychological overview of what
is happening in the USA and the world. From there, we deduce certain themes and issues
that may be highlighted in the political, economic, financial, and mundane realms. We
then speculate upon possible events or decisions that relate to these highlighted themes.

WINTER, DECEMBER 21, 2018 – MARCH 21, 2019

Major Geocosmic Signatures:

¥ January 4-16: heliocentric Mercury in Sagittarius

¥ January 2-6: solar eclipse at 15°25’ Capricorn, conjunct Saturn, and Uranus
turns direct at 28°36’ Aries
¥ January 11-25: Sun conjunct Pluto, square Uranus; Jupiter square Neptune,
Venus conjunct Jupiter, trine Mars and Neptune
¥ February 18-22: Venus conjunct Saturn/Pluto
¥ March 1-6: Venus enters Aquarius, Uranus enters Taurus (on new moon),
Venus square Uranus, Mercury turns retrograde at 29°38’ Pisces

THE CAPRICORN INGRESS, WINTER SOLSTICE

The winter ingress for Washington D.C. occurs on December 21, 2018, at 5:24 PM.
The Sun is in the 6th house of work, labor, and health matters. Saturn is in Capricorn, too,
just ahead of the Sun, and conjunct the 7th house cusp. The Sun and Saturn in Capricorn
pertain to laws and/or new government policies. In this case, the laws of the season
address workers’ rights, and polices that are designed to affect the dispensation of
services in the health and medical profession.

These concepts are further suggested by the presence of the Moon, which rules this
chart, located in the 12th house of institutions and facilities whose purpose is to care for
people. The Moon is caring and nurturing, making others feel “at home.” The 12th house,
however, is not one’s real home, but rather a facility that handles many of the chores
required to care for someone as if living in a home. This can pertain to health care
facilities, hospitals, prisons, jails, recovery centers, assisted living and senior citizens’
homes, for Saturn is strong (on an angle) and rules the elderly.

In this regard, we may see many movements that demand oversight, supervision, and
accountability by establishments whose job is caring for those in society who are at a
disadvantage in some way, and need assistance or special care. The focus can be on the
needs and care of the sick, elderly, homeless, addicted, and imprisoned. It is a very

128
compassionate setup, but also one in which the government (or authorities) is likely to
demand more accountability and oversight. We may see new laws passed or discussed
with rigor, regarding opioid addiction, for example.

Winter Solstice, December 21, 2018, 5:24 PM, EST, Washington, D.C.

Likewise, there is apt to be much positive attention directed on the labor force.
Unemployment, for example, may reach a historic low this season. More and more
people are joining the labor force, and with that may also come an increase in labor union
memberships. The service sector may announce very positive developments. Given that
both Jupiter and Mercury are together in Sagittarius, this may bode well for world trade
and in particular, airlines, automobiles, and the travel industry.

Returning to Saturn on the cusp of the Descendant (one’s allies and partners), we
note that it is also midway between the Sun and Pluto. All three together on a critical
angle of the ingress chart can indicate several possibilities. It can indicate a long-term
agreement made between powerful leaders of the world with the USA. That would be a
positive. But Saturn isn’t always positive. It can also indicate obstruction, delays, and/or
criticism from a long-term ally. It can symbolize a scolding by the USA leadership of a
partner, or from a partner of the USA leadership. With it may come a threat (Pluto). It is
also possible that a long-term partner or ally may become ill, or may be undergoing a
serious medical condition that limits his/her ability to carry on their position.

129
 One of the many outstanding cosmic patterns shown in this chart is the successive
sextiles between Venus, Saturn, and Neptune. This denotes brilliance and practicality
involving leaders of several countries. They can work together, in a cooperative fashion,
to achieve a long-term positive goal. This can be the making of a major international,
global project that can achieve great success in time. This cooperative effort may not be
limited to world leaders, but could also include scientists, researchers, engineers, and
builders from around the world.

There are also other dramas involved that may not be so virtuous too. The
Mercury/Jupiter conjunction in the 6th house forms a square to Neptune on the
Midheaven. This can indicate a scandal, a lie, a hoax, a fraudulent activity, a violation of
trust that disappoints and saddens many. It can be a glaring example of “fake news” or
made-up facts that are simply not true, but perhaps not discovered until harm is done to
someone’s reputation. It can be yet another witch-hunt in America, or a revelation of
another corrupt activity.

The year begins with a solar eclipse (conjunct Saturn) in Capricorn on January 6,
the same day that Uranus turns direct, followed by the Sun/Pluto conjunction and the
Jupiter/Neptune square on January 11-13. The first two weeks of the year may be
bombarded with severe cold, snow, and winds, with the possibility of earthquakes,
especially the weekend of January 4-6. Whenever Uranus is highlighted, two things tend
to happen with consistency. First, President Trump tends to be act in ways that create
major disruptions and chaos in the nation and world, and second, large price movements
occur in financial and commodity markets due to unexpected developments and/or
surprise policy announcements. Gold and Silver may make big moves these first two
weeks of the year.

Towards the end of these first two weeks, as Jupiter squares Neptune and the Sun
conjuncts Pluto, further damage from adverse weather conditions is indicated. This can
be due to floods. Perhaps the heavy snowfall of the first week of the year is followed by
melting snow leading to floods. This can also be a time of fears and even panic in
financial markets, for Jupiter/Neptune, with Uranus highlighted, can be symptomatic of
irrational exuberance or loss of control. It is a dynamic that symbolizes manic-depressive
qualities, a combination of delusions of grandeur alternating with delusions of
persecution. Victimization themes may run rampant at this time.

January 21 finds a lunar eclipse in early Leo-Aquarius happening on the same day
as Mars squares Saturn, and within a day of a Venus/Jupiter conjunction square Neptune.
It is more of the “good news/bad news,” but the stressful nature of Mars/Saturn is
probably more dominant, especially since Mars – planet of war – is in the war-like sign
of Aries. It is as if someone is complimenting you as a very good person, and then
accusing you – or badgering you – of starting a fight (“I have great respect for my dear
friend Xi, but China is doing terrible things to us and we will not tolerate this”). This
two-step dance can go into February 2, and if not careful, heated words can lead to an
acceleration of tensions and threats. Weather-wise, the lunar eclipse period of January
21 +/- 2 days may see more strong winds, heavy snows, and even electrical blackouts.

130
 Mars, the planet of war, continues in Aries until February 14. At the very end, it will
conjoin Uranus in late Aries, another war-like combination, and another period when Mr.
Trump may lose his composure and issue new threats. The entire period from February
12-March 1 may witness major announcements from central banks of the world, for
currency prices and interest rates are vulnerable to sudden reversals. Venus is highlighted
here too, so relationships are at a critical juncture, both in personal terms and in terms of
world leaders who are supposedly allies with one another. These relationships need a new
evaluation, and new terms need to be set as to what our common goals are, and what each
of us is willing to do in order to insure the relationship remains strong and durable. We
need to know we can trust one another, that we are in this relationship for the long-term.

The first Mercury retrograde of the year takes place March 5-28, in Pisces, and the
very next day (March 6) the Sun and Moon (new moon) will conjoin Neptune, ruler of
Pisces. This is apt to be a very confusing Mercury retrograde period. Lofty ambitions are
proclaimed, but in all likelihood, nothing ever comes of them. It may be best to temper
one’s visions and dreams with a dose of reality. On the other hand, this is an exceptional
period for inwardly enlightening experiences. It favors inner growth through meditation,
art, dance, poetry and acts of compassion and self-sacrifice to help others. This is a time
for heroes – and con artists. Just make sure you know the difference. People aren’t what
they appear to be and they probably can’t deliver what they promise. Yet, if they act
instinctively and by virtue, they can perform great acts of kindness and bravery. Weather-
wise, all of this Neptune and Pisces energy portends much water – too much water – and
floods may make the headlines of news reports. Crude oil and energy may also be in the
headlines, perhaps even an oil spill disaster.

March 6 is also the day that Uranus will move fully into Taurus for the next 7 years.
This implies new inventions with genetically modified foods, rising prices for meats, and
major changes forthcoming in currency valuations or even forms of exchange. Bitcoin
may be in the news in a new way. Banks will also become more … notorious.

All in all, we would label the first quarter of the year as a time for saints and sinners.
There is much virtue and compassion, even heroism, being displayed by humanity, and
great interest in world peace movements. At the same time, great hoaxes and frauds may
be perpetrated upon the masses. It is as if everyone is hypnotized, mesmerized, and
walking – floating – in a surreal state of disbelief, and maybe even complacency. Maybe
the topic of cannabis becoming legalized nationally is making a big impression.

SPRING, MARCH 20-JUNE 21, 2019

Major Geocosmic Signatures:

¥ March 26-31: Venus enters Pisces, Mercury turns direct at 16°06’ Pisces, Mars
enters Gemini
¥ April 3-14: heliocentric Mercury in Sagittarius
¥ April 10-15: Jupiter retrograde at 24°21’ Sagittarius; Sun trine Jupiter; Venus
conjunct Neptune, square Jupiter
¥ April 20-29: Sun ingress in to Taurus, conjunct Uranus; Venus ingress into Aries;
Pluto retrograde at 23°09’ Capricorn; Saturn retrograde at 20°31’ Capricorn

131
 ¥ May 7-9: Venus square Saturn/Pluto
¥ May 15-18: Mars enters Cancer, Venus enters Taurus, conjunct Uranus; full
moon
¥ June 9-24: Sun/Jupiter/Neptune T-square; Mars opposition Saturn/Pluto; Neptune
retrograde at 18°43’ Pisces; Venus/Jupiter/Neptune T-square

THE ARIES INGRESS, SPRING EQUINOX

The spring equinox for Washington D.C. occurs on March 20, 2019, at 6:00 PM.
The Sun is in the 7th house of partners and allies. It is just a couple of hours before the
full moon, which is rising in late Virgo, in the first house. Mercury, the ruling planet, is
retrograde and conjunct to Neptune in Pisces just inside the 7th house. There is an earth
grand trine between Mars in Taurus, the Moon and Ascendant in Virgo, and Saturn
conjunct Pluto in Capricorn. It is a very strong chart for business and the economy.
However, it is also a chart indicating great confusion and uncertainty, perhaps with
misunderstandings, regarding mixed messages sent to allies of the United States, or
messages sent by them to the USA. It seems this season, like most of the year, is filled
with a great deal of “good news, bad news,” an alternation of positive hopes mixed with
worries and disillusionment.

Once again, this seasonal ingress highlights the labor, service, and health sectors of
the economy and general population, as well as relationships with allies of the USA. The
Sun in the 7th house points to the possibility of achieving new agreements with its
partners and allies. In fact, all the planets and the Sun are in the western section of the
chart, except the Moon, which stands by itself in the eastern part of the chart. This means
the focus is on other people, other world leaders, other nations, and our relationships with
them.

It is a full moon ingress, with the Moon being solo in the eastern part of the chart, in
the first house, in Virgo (Moon and Ascendant are in Virgo). There is an awareness of the
need to compromise in order to get important projects accomplished. Everyone is aware
of this need and aware of the importance of getting these projects successfully off the
ground. However, Mercury is the ruling planet (ruler of the Virgo Ascendant), and it is
retrograde and conjunct Neptune, which implies great uncertainty, mistrust, and a lack of
understanding or belief that it is really ready. The vision and ideals are fine. Important
details are missing, and hence this may become a very emotional (Moon) period between
the idealists and the pragmatists. Everyone claims they want to do the right thing, and
everyone is claiming the high moral ground, and they all have good arguments. The
problem seems to be in the minor details, which assume a much larger importance than
they deserve, given the overall goals of the project. Perhaps there are too many lawyers,
accountants, bureaucrats, and regulators involved, and they assume much more
importance than the visionaries. Unfortunately, they have the power to stop a worthwhile
effort in its tracks with their tendency to ask for clarification and specificity on minor
details.

Despite these annoying frustrations caused by small-minded people, the world of

business, and the overall world economy, appear to be booming, given the grand trine in
earth signs between Mars, Moon, and Saturn/Pluto. Many people are making a lot of

132
money now. Wage growth seems strong, especially in the service economy. Banks may
also be doing very well now, and so might the farming community. Yet, we note that
Mars is making a T-square to the NYSE chart as spring begins, so there is also a
possibility of a sharp stock market decline near the beginning of this quarter.

Spring equinox, March 20, 2019, 6:00 PM, EDT, Washington, D.C.

This season may highlight many artists and musicians, perhaps working for a greater
humanistic cause. People want to help others, perhaps victims of some catastrophe. These
events bring people together in the realization of a common cause. Venus in Aquarius
also squares Mars in Taurus, the ruling sign of Venus. Thus, there is much personal and
physical attraction between people this season, but it doesn’t necessarily work out in the
long run. It is a period of strong physical attractions, but also a season of disputes and
unwillingness to make compromises for the purpose of peace and cooperation. It is as if
people are just having a problem agreeing with one another.

With the Moon rising, there could also be an emphasis on the housing market or
commercial real estate. This season could represent the turning point in which higher
interest rates translate to a slowdown in mortgage application. The Moon also represents
the matriarch of the family. Who is the matriarch of the nation, or even the world?
Angela Merkel? Teresa May? The Queen of England? A female on the Supreme Court?
Whoever it is, is likely to be in the headlines this season.

133
 Jupiter is in the midpoint of a wide, mutable T-square involving the opposition
between the Moon and Neptune-Mercury-Sun. This means the areas of life ruled by
Jupiter are very much in the news. This includes world trade, immigration, travel, and
education. Jupiter rules the high courts in various nations, like the Supreme Court in the
USA. It is possible that major decisions are made by these high courts that alter
previously defined rules, practices, or laws, or it could mean a new appointment or
nomination (and fight) of a proposed Supreme Court jurist.

The season begins with Venus square Mars on March 21, with Mercury retrograde
in Pisces through March 28, and conjunct Neptune. People are having difficulty
communicating their ideas and visions to one another. The more they try, the more
confusion they cause, thus resulting in non-acceptance of ideas. At its worst, agreements
that were thought to be in place, are suddenly found to be wanting. One of the parties
wants to change what was already agreed to, and the other party is likely offended by the
request. This may have implications for the stock market within a week of March 21.

April 3-15 stands out as a potentially very exciting, high energy period. Heliocentric
Mercury is in Sagittarius, and Jupiter — the ruler of Sagittarius — is stationary and
turning retrograde, in a trine aspect to the Sun. By itself, these are usually very optimistic
indicators, and markets can rally very strongly now, especially in precious metals and
currency sectors. There are cases where they fall hard instead, but in either case, price
swings are likely to be exaggerated.

At the same time as the optimistic Jupiter signatures are present, we also find Venus
making a hard aspect with the Jupiter/Neptune square and the Sun making a hard aspect
to the Saturn/Pluto conjunction. One is like over-the-top excess and indulgence, and the
other is like extreme resistance and criticism. Push the pedal to the metal, but keep your
other foot firmly on the brake. In terms of government behavior, one side wants to
promote growth and excitement, and the other wants to stop that momentum and demand
accountability or even an investigation, before proceeding ahead. The biggest concern,
however, may be a brouhaha started by somebody changing their mind over an
agreement. Trust is at stake here. This could apply to any country, but perhaps the EU
and UK stand out in the wish to resolve the Brexit issue.

A major change of sentiment arises in the world arises April 20-29, as Venus and
the Sun change signs on April 20, with the Sun conjuncts Uranus on April 22, followed
by Pluto and Saturn turning retrograde on April 24 and 29 respectively. Each of these
signatures pertains to the world of finance, banking and/or government. Central banks
may be changing their interest rate polices with new goals and objectives. This can cause
a sharp reaction in both currency and treasury markets. This is the first Sun/Uranus
conjunction in Taurus of the new Uranus-in-Taurus era, so this may offer a clue as to
what to expect in the next six years. With Saturn and Pluto both turning retrograde and
close to one another, we may gain insight on what to expect as these two planets continue
towards their conjunction rendezvous on January 12, 2020. Thus, from the cosmic
perspective, this is an important period, one in which we may get a glimpse of the next
decade. We need to pay close attention to any policy changes, announcements, or new
laws that are passed in which the financial consequences could be very meaningful in

134
2020-2025. Weather-wise, this period could also coincide with high winds and storms
that pose a risk to human life.

April 27-May 13 is another one of those “good news, bad news” periods, or a fight
between two strong but opposing forces. First, we see Mars making a mutable T-square
with Jupiter and Neptune. This is a very passive/aggressive combination, where the
challenge is to determine what makes some people angry. There may be protests over
something that is not clearly defined or understood. This combination may also affect
crude oil prices. Perhaps there is an oil spill, or some secret meeting between ministers of
oil producing nations where agreements are made in private. Or, perhaps it is a time when
it is discovered that one nation is not adhering to the quotas for production that it
previously agreed to. With Uranus also semi-square to Neptune, there could be more
incidents of floods and heavy rains causing havoc.

During this same period, we find Venus making a square to the Saturn/Pluto
conjunction, while the Sun makes a trine to the same. One side, led by a female, is likely
upset and demands accountability and consequences for another’s actions. This might be
another “Me Too” movement episode. Or, since Venus can also pertain to money, it
could coincide with an awareness that debt issues are growing and central banks want
governments to be more fiscally responsible. The positive aspects from the Sun, however,
shows that someone is exhibiting leadership on the issue by coming up with a practical
reform solution.

May 15-18 is another “change” period, as Mars enters Cancer, Venus enters Taurus
(its ruling sign), and conjuncts Uranus, and it is also a full moon time. Now matters shift
from the practical to the more personal. Feelings are highlighted. And several personal
complaints that have been held back begin to rise to the surface. It may be like a sudden
electrical storm. In fact, this may be a period of an intense storm, hurricane, or tornado.
This combination also affects the world of finances, and especially banking, so there may
be more news about changes of other central banks, related to what transpired April 20-
29.

The spring season ends with another cosmic blast underway, June 9-24. It begins
with the Sun making a mutable T-square with the Jupiter/Neptune square, and also
involving a full moon, the week of June 9-16. This could be a very rainy period, with
floods highlighted. In fact, it can continue through June 24 as Neptune changes directions
June 21 followed by Venus making a T-square to both Jupiter and Neptune. Politically,
this could coincide with great disarray, chaos, and a sense of betrayal if leaders aren’t
careful about what they say. They need fact checkers, because information could be
severely distorted, leading to wrong conclusions. We may witness government leaders
contradicting one another too, putting words in one another’s’ mouths that were not
actually spoken, or taken out of context to give an incorrect meaning. It is a time for
humiliation and embarrassment, if one is not careful. It could lead to a hostile response
and a lot of denial. It is yet another period where a war of words may become very loud
and very unproductive. It would be a good time for these world political, religious, and
business leaders to take a vacation instead, and control their temptation to communicate
with the world, whether by twitter or a major speech. Religious leaders who are hostile,
boastful, or fanatical may take a heavy hit from the media now too. This could involve a

135
new level of the dispute between the USA and Iran. If taken too far, it could result in a
militarily aggressive action. This is a time of chaos and war-like behavior or threats. All
parties need to think in terms of “win-win,” not “win-destroy.” However, everybody
coming to a win-win decision may not be an option.

SUMMER, JUNE 21-SEPTEMBER 23, 2019

Major Geocosmic Signatures:

¥ June 21-24: Neptune turns retrograde at 18°43’ Pisces; Venus forms a mutable T-
square to Jupiter and Neptune.
¥ July 1-3: solar eclipse at 10°38’ Cancer; Mars enters Leo; Venus enters Cancer
¥ July 7-21: Mercury turns retrograde at 4°28’ Leo; Sun in opposition to
Saturn/Pluto conjunction; Mars square Uranus; Venus in opposition to
Saturn/Pluto conjunction.
¥ July 27-August 2: Venus enters Leo, Sun/Venus square Uranus; Mercury turns
direct at 23°57’ Cancer.
¥ August 7-11: Sun/Venus trine Jupiter; Jupiter turns direct at 14°30’ Sagittarius;
Uranus turns retrograde at 6°36’ Taurus.
¥ August 18-23: Mars, Venus, and the Sun all enter Virgo.
¥ August 23-September 8: Venus conjunct Mars, trine Uranus and Saturn; Sun
conjunct Mars, trine Uranus and Saturn.
¥ September 2-4: Venus makes a mutable T-square with Jupiter and Neptune.
¥ September 8-10: Sun makes a mutable T-square with Jupiter and Neptune.
¥ September 12-14: Mars makes a mutable T-square with Jupiter and Neptune.
¥ September 6-19: Sun and Mars make a trine to the Saturn/Pluto conjunction.
¥ September 18-21: Saturn direct at 13°54’ Capricorn; Jupiter squares Neptune.

THE CANCER INGRESS, SUMMER SOLSTICE

The 2019 summer solstice takes place in Washington D.C. on June 21, 2019, at
11:55 AM, EDT. Once again, it finds Virgo rising with Neptune near the seventh house
cusp, but this time it is stationary, about to turn retrograde. It is also right in the middle of
a mutable T-square to Venus and Jupiter, which are in opposition to one another, which
means trust issues are again at the forefront in dealings with allies. If this was a marriage,
it would warn about the possibility of one partner cheating on — being deceptive in
practices with — the other. The need for this season is to be transparent, completely open
and honest. People want to trust, but people are naïve and vulnerable at the same time.

The Jupiter/Neptune square is very prominent this season, and in fact, the last two of
their three-square aspects occur at the beginning (June 16) and end (September 21) of this
season. This suggests that there is much hope this summer, a willingness to believe in the
best of all possibilities with little or no evidence to support that belief. If not vigilant, that
sort of “blind faith” can lead to enormous disillusionment and vulnerability to deception.
On a political level, it can correlate with spying and espionage, where things of value
(information) are disappearing without a trace, and the culprit is someone you would least
suspect. This same aspect indicates huge sums of money changing hands. Why is that?

136
Was a deal made in bad faith that took advantage of another? Or, was it outright theft,
fraud, or embezzlement? This is a time when hoaxes and scams may be out of control. It
would be wise to be very discerning now, especially around those you would most likely
trust otherwise, but also around those that you have a very uncomfortable feeling about.

Jupiter and Neptune both rule oil, gas, liquids, and poisons. This could be a season
in which oil spills threaten or accidents involving poisonous gases are released and
threaten the balance of an eco-system or the safety of humans. It also rules rains and
water, so floods, tsunamis, very high tidal waves, and hurricanes may be especially
abundant.

The summer solstice chart also shows a Mercury/Mars conjunction in Cancer, in

opposition to the Saturn/Pluto conjunctions in Capricorn. Information can be now be
revealed that had been hidden, or information that is so powerful and revealing of
something someone has done behind the scenes that it can destroy their reputation may
come to light. Once again, this is another signature suggesting spying and espionage,
where the asset is intelligence or information. Think of it as corporate or cyber theft. As
long as these matters are successfully kept from public view, everything seems fine and
wonderful. But if they get revealed, all hell can break loose and the sense of complacency
and euphoria and the belief that everything is just fine, can quickly give way to panic and
hysteria. Who knows what is real or what is the truth anymore?

Summer begins with a deluge of Neptune signatures June 21-24. Thus, this could be
a period of floods and hurricanes, tsunamis, or just a lot of rains. But these signatures
pertain to vulnerability and misplaced trust, which could lead to such behaviors as
deception, fraud, and outright lying. Trust can quickly turn to mistrust if one is not honest
or tries to hide information that others need to know in order to make informed choices.

July 1-3 a solar eclipse is occurring at the same time Mars enters Leo and Venus
enters Cancer. This portends a month of parties and focus on domestic, family, and
nationalist/patriotic issues. There is much to be grateful for, and celebrations and parties
are in abundance the first two weeks of July, and maybe all summer.

Communication issues become challenging July 7-21 as Mercury turns retrograde,

square to Uranus, while at the same time the Sun and Venus make an opposition to
Saturn and Pluto. There are several political conflicts in process, and a push to pass
legislation before all the facts are known. It would probably be a mistake to force the
issue before it is ready. World leaders may be subject to harsh criticism from their
constituents and demonstrations or protests could be underway that receive much media
attention. If these leaders get defensive (or offensive), it could make matters even worse.
It is time when one should hold his/her inner impulses (and anger) inside. Letting out
one’s true anger will not solve the problem, but only make it worse. The combination of
deception and hostility is not a good mixture, and the political landscape seems overly
emotional.

That begins to calm down July 22-August 11, as the Sun enters Leo. This is a party
season, with several favorable aspects involving Jupiter. This implies a lot of social
activity. Globally, there may be some good news regarding world trade and commerce.

137
Large gatherings, either personal or for some large benefit to help others, can be very
successful now. It is a time for celebrations with good friends and people that enjoy life
and the same kinds of things in life that you enjoy. Find your friends, get together and
enjoy this part of the summer. It is an excellent time to travel to foreign lands that you
have always wanted to visit. Financial markets may go on a tear at this time too if the
news of the economy is as good as this cosmic setup implies.

Summer Solstice, June 21, 2019, 11:55 AM, EDT, Washington, D.C.

The mood begins to shift from the enjoyment of social activities, back to work,
August 18-September 8, as Mars, Venus, and the Sun all enter Virgo, and conjoin one
another, trine Uranus, and then move towards a trine to the Saturn/Pluto conjunction.
This is a time of accomplishments as a result of developing a good plan and then
executing it. It is a time of inspired thought regarding work and especially the kind of
work that benefits from new technology programs. There may be exciting news regarding
science and/or outer space, as well as new inventions in the field of technology. It is as if
“the future is now.”

However, as is the case with most exciting new developments that lead to optimism
this year, there is also a sense of disbelief and suspicion, and the combination of hope
along with skepticism increases right through the end of summer due to the Sun, Venus

138
and Mars all making a T-square to the Jupiter/Neptune square, September 2-21. There
are practical accomplishments possible though excellent planning and hard effort, and
there is a lot of hype created via disinformation (“fake news”) and, at the same time,
outright attempts to deceive. It is a challenge to figure out who is telling the truth, who is
honest versus who is dishonest. It all may seem very surreal. Weather-wise, this is
another period indicative of heavy rains, floods, hurricanes, and/or tsunamis. It also
highlights the possibility of oil spills and the release of poisonous gases. Yet for those
who are spiritually or creatively inclined, this is a very fertile and receptive time. The
possibility of experiencing an enlightening moment in one’s life is very high right now.
The question may be whether it is natural or psychotropic or drug induced, whether it is
real or related to mind-altering substances. In any relationship involving romance or
agreements, one is advised to be very careful and not let your emotions lead you into
making decisions that may have consequences you can’t foresee and don’t want. It may
be a fight between trusting your intuition or your common sense.

As summer ends, there may be a collective sense of “What did we just go through?”

AUTUMN, SEPTEMBER 23-DECEMBER 22, 2019

Major Geocosmic Signatures:

¥ September 25-October 2: Venus square Saturn/Pluto; Pluto turns stationary direct

at 20°35’ Capricorn.
¥ September 26-October 7: Heliocentric Mercury in Sagittarius.
¥ October 3-14: Mercury and Venus enter Scorpio and Mars enters Libra; Sun
square Saturn/Pluto, Venus opposition to Uranus, full moon in Aries-Libra T-
square to Pluto.
¥ October 27-November 5: Mars square Saturn/Pluto; Sun in opposition to Uranus;
Mercury turns retrograde at 27°38’ Scorpio.
¥ November 19, 2019-January 3, 2020: Mars in Scorpio
¥ November 20-28: Mercury turns direct at 11°35’ Scorpio; Mars opposition to
Uranus; Venus conjunct Jupiter and trine to Uranus; Neptune turns direct at
15°55’ Pisces.
¥ December 2: Jupiter enters Capricorn for one year.
¥ December 11-13: Venus conjunct Saturn/Pluto
¥ December 15: Jupiter trine Uranus.
¥ December 20-27; Venus enters Aquarius, square Uranus, and the Sun enters
Capricorn, trine to Uranus and conjunct with Jupiter.

THE LIBRA INGRESS, AUTUMNAL EQUINOX

The 2019 autumnal equinox in Washington D.C. occurs on September 23, 2019, at
3:51 AM, EDT. It begins just after the third and final passage of the Jupiter/Neptune
square on September 21. Delusion and disillusionment begin to give way to more
common sense. But with common sense comes a certain amount of worry about the
future. The entertainment is over and it is time to get real as the important Saturn/Pluto
conjunction in January 2020 approaches. Many feel the vice tightening and the pressure

139
building, as something major is brewing in politics and government all season and into
the next year.

It is time to get down to serious business. And that business is about money and
finances with the Sun, ruler of this chart, in the second house (money).

Autumnal Equinox, September 23, 2019, 3:51 AM, Washington D.C.

All stops will be pulled to assure the nation is moving towards a booming economy
over the next year, and it begins now. The hard push for economic growth is shown
further with Mars also in the second house, in the work sign of Virgo, and trine to the
Saturn/Pluto conjunction. The demand is to show solid results in work and in
government. The USA is becoming a bee hive of industrial workers. However, Mars is
also in a T-square with the Jupiter/Neptune square, and that may mean government
spending is still too high, and the waste, corruption, and fraud are still prevalent. The
USA revenues are growing, but not as fast as the spending.

The Moon is in Cancer in the ingress chart, and thus the nation is very concerned
about its domestic policies and family values. Yet the Moon is in opposition to the
Saturn/Pluto conjunction and forming a T-square with Venus and Mercury, which are
conjunct in Libra. There is a sense of urgency to get things done, but a lack of focus and

140
follow through to meet the demands and deadlines. This is a season of indecision, of
trying perhaps too hard to make things perfect. There is great emphasis on figuring out
what is the “right thing” to do, and how to build the consensus necessary to achieve the
harmony and support desired. It is important to keep in mind that you cannot please
everybody, and that no matter how hard you try, there will always be those who do
nothing, yet feel it is their right to criticize and find fault in the efforts of those who do all
the heavy lifting. The overall collective sense as we end the year is one of serious
thinking, and concern about the nation’s financial and political stability.

The season begins with a heavy emphasis on Venus and Pluto, September 25-
October 2. Venus squares Saturn and Pluto, while Pluto turns direct at 20° Capricorn, the
same spot that the 171-year Uranus/Neptune cycle made its conjunction in 1993. Venus
and Pluto rule debt and credit, agriculture and threats to crops. Weather-wise, this could
indicate adverse weather conditions that affect the harvesting of crops like soybeans or
sugar. Perhaps there is too much rain, or even an early frost/freeze. This combination can
also signify changes in interest rate policies by central banks, a tightening of credit
requirements to get loans or mortgages. In financial markets, it is a time when markets
that have declined may find a bottom and begin a rally (watch Silver especially for such a
signal). Rallies can commence that are very sharp after days or weeks of decline. In terms
of personal relationships and partnerships, this period can coincide with a need to
redefine agreements as one side seems unhappy with the way things are turning out.

Several planets change signs October 3-14, which means investor attention shifts
from one market theme to another. There is, however, still a lot of concern about
spending, the national debt, and/or the possibility of a government shutdown. This could
reach a climax near the full moon on the weekend of October 11-14, and financial
markets may be volatile at this time.

Disagreements and disputes are likely to erupt October 27-November 5. They

could get ugly as one side attempts to force the other into an agreement it does not want
to make. The result could be heated rhetoric and harsh accusations. The pressure is
mounting, and the behavior is perceived as arrogant, which only hurts the situation, rather
than by helping. Opposing sides may seem like they are about to enter a battle, or even a
war. No one wants to lose, and everyone seems ready to fight until the last survivor is
standing. And this is just the beginning of a feud.

The intensity is ratcheted up even higher as Mars enters Scorpio, November 19,
2019-January 3, 2020. Both sides appear determined to destroy the other, unless they
decide to take the approach that a reform is needed, and all sides must be willing to
sacrifice something for the greater good of all. This is not usually a compromising
signature, but when it does become one, a great sense of empowerment for the masses is
achieved. In the meantime, as long as the tensions remain high, gold may rise in value as
a protection against financial and political instability in uncertain times.

November 20-28 offers a mixed bag of geocosmic dynamics. Mars in Scorpio,

makes an opposition to Uranus in Taurus, which reflects the instability and hostile verbal
rhetoric described above. But Venus is conjunct Jupiter and, as it enters Capricorn now as
well, it forms a favorable trine aspect to Uranus. There is a concerted effort to resolve the

141
differences, to make peace. This is reinforced with Neptune turning stationary direct too.
Venus and Neptune represent the desire for diplomacy and agreement, but Mars in
Scorpio, with Saturn still headed towards Pluto in Capricorn, makes this a rough, uphill
battle. Some people just do not want to let go of power, and in order to keep it, they are
willing to resort to all sorts of behind-the-scene, manipulative, intrusive, behaviors. When
revealed, this could be costly to them.

As December approaches, the collective attitude is becoming more serious as the

race to the 2020 presidential election seems to start very early. Jupiter is entering
Capricorn on December 2, and Venus forms a conjunction to the ever-tightening
Saturn/Pluto conjunction on December 11-13. People want a change and there are
looming concerns about a possible economic downturn.

Yet, there is also much hope about the future as Jupiter moves into a trine aspect to
Uranus, with the Sun conjunct Jupiter and also trine Uranus, December 15-27. It is
another one of those “good news/bad news” periods, where opposing sides are deeply
embedded and fighting for their political lives, even though the election is still several
months away. As the year comes to an end, and a new decade is about to begin,
heliocentric Mercury is in Sagittarius (December 23-January 3). It may be the holiday
season, but markets like gold and silver could be on the move. With all of this Jupiter and
Sagittarius energy working in tandem with all of the Saturn/Pluto and Capricorn energy,
there is an abundance of reasons to be both worried and optimistic about the next decade.
It is not clearly all bad or all good, but to listen to pundits, it will seem as if it is too much
of one or the other. People will be seeking the middle ground for a sober assessment of
what is really happening. Those who exaggerate have had their day now that Jupiter is
leaving Sagittarius. Those who are practical, steady, and stable, and who value tradition,
honesty, and sincerity, will find the next year, 2020, to be in their favor.

142
 FORECASTS FOR EACH SIGN
IN 2019
This section is based on the transits of Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, and Pluto in
2019. It considers their transits by sign and degree, and the aspects they form by “whole
signs” to each Sun sign. In this sense, it is “Sun Sign Astrology,” which some consider a
form of entertainment. But in this case, Sun Sign astrology serves a greater purpose than
entertainment. It is an excellent tool with which to introduce the non-astrologer to the
language, art, and insightful use of the oldest study known to humankind: astrology.

The “Sun sign” interpretations contained herein will be valid to a great extent, for
they are based upon modern astrological delineation methods. The extent of their
accuracy and thoroughness will be less than that of a full scope astrological analysis. A
full analysis would include examining the relationship of all of one’s natal planets,
angles, and houses, and not just the natal Sun sign, which is the case with this section.
The interpretations herein relate to career, finances, relationships, and psychological
trends for each sign, based only on the position of one’s Sun sign at birth, which
represents probably less than 5% of the whole picture. In cases where the transiting
degrees of Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune and Pluto are in a narrow range and known
for the next year, those degrees can be associated with certain date periods within each
sign. Those interpretations will probably seem more apparent, more readily identifiable,
along the lines described herein.

For a more complete interpretation of one’s personal cycles in effect during 2019,
readers are advised to seek out the assistance of a credible, well-trained, well-educated,
certified professional astrologer. There are many organizations and many astrological
websites that provide the names of such professional astrologers, such as
www.isarastrology.org. It is a good idea (although not always necessary) to choose an
astrologer who has been certified by one of the professional astrology organizations, such
as ISAR (International Society for Astrological Research, Inc.), NCGR (National Council
of Geocosmic Research), OPA (Organization of Professional Astrology) or AFA (The
American Federation of Astrologers). There are several other certifying bodies outside of
the United States as well.
Please note that the dates of birth mentioned as the beginning of any zodiac sign
may be one or two days off, depending upon the clock time and year of one’s birth. For
instance, a person born on March 20, 1955, probably has a Pisces Sun sign, but if born on
March 20, 1956, the Sun is more likely to be in Aries, due to the fact that the Earth makes
one complete orbit around the Sun about six hours later every year — hence "leap year"
every fourth year. Also note that these interpretations may apply to a great extent to one’s
natal ascendant sign as well. If your date of birth is not specifically mentioned, it does not
mean that I forgot you, or that your year will be insignificant. It only means that the
degree of your Sun position at birth is not aspected this year by any of the outer planets,
such as Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, or Pluto. That may actually be a good thing.

143
 ARIES (MARCH 20 - APRIL 20)

This is another year of changing circumstances and starting new directions in life. It
starts with Uranus, which has returned to Aries, your Sun sign, from November 6, 2018,
through March 6, 2019. After that, Uranus will leave you alone for a while (84 years, to
be precise). It enters Taurus, ruling your second house of money, in unpredictable and
suddenly changing ways for the next seven years, instead of being in your first house
after the last seven years, which ruled every part of your life, and not just money. Saturn
and Pluto remain in Capricorn in 2019, which is a challenging position for Aries through
at least the end of 2020. The challenges have to do with work and one’s status, or
position, in the world. These challenges are mitigated, or resolved to a large extent, by
the ingress of Jupiter into Sagittarius, a fellow fire sign to Aries, which brings forth
opportunities in one’s career, social life, education, law, as well as travel or dealings with
people and experiences in foreign countries. Once again, life is an adventure and
thankfully, you are an adventurist.

Career and Finance: The next two years are still very much about your career and the
direction you want to embark upon. There are many pros and cons about staying where
you are versus starting a new direction. On the one hand, you may not be sure where you
want to go, given the options that available to you. No doubt you can make more money
by making a change, but there always seems to be a trade off, such as a new job that
might be more time-consuming, more demanding, more pressure, and less freedom to
live your life as you wish.

If you are past the midpoint of your life, you may be contemplating retirement. If
you are in the prime working years of life, you might be questioning the very purpose of
your existence: what am I supposed to be doing? Am I missing an opportunity to make
something great of my life? The concept of responsibilities is involved, such as how
much more can I handle? Do I want children now? Do I want to take on the responsibility
of a new pet, or a new relationship, or a new role at work with new people? Time and
energy are factors to consider. How much energy and vitality do I have to take on a new
challenge in life that is as big as my vision about myself? If you take on too much, it may
depress you and your energy level sinks. If you don’t take on enough, you begin to
question your worth and risk becoming bored and restless, which you absolutely hate. It
may help to know that whatever you decide this year (or even in 2020), it will lead to an
improvement in your personal and professional circumstances over the following 2-3
years. These concerns are most pronounced with those of you born March 30-April 11.

There are two other factors to be aware of here. One involves timeliness. Be careful
of setting deadlines that are unrealistic or not well-thought out. If your deadlines are set
too early to finish, you will experience pressure and stress. It could affect your health. If
you see you cannot make a deadline in time, then talk to those who are affected by this,
and ask for an extension early enough so that others can adjust properly. Otherwise, if
you are late, they will be disappointed with you and this can lead to problems in your

144
career. Two, be very aware of people around you who may be undermining you in some
way. You may find yourself involved in power plays with those who don’t work for your
benefit. Many of you have already experienced that sometime in the last ten years. But,
those of you born April 9-14 may experience this in 2019.

Your finances are apt to begin a seven-year cycle of peaks and valleys as Uranus
enters your solar second house. During this time, you may make more money than you
expected, which is welcomed. However, you may also take on new expenses that you did
not expect, so any new-found wealth could be subject to large drawdowns due to
unexpected expenses. This may be reflected in your trading and investing experiences as
well. You may have exceptional profits from making the right decision in a very timely
manner, and you may also experience sudden losses due to a tendency to mistime the
market, either getting in too soon, or not getting out fast enough when you had the gains.
This experience is especially relevant to those born March 20-27.

With Jupiter now in Sagittarius for most of 2019, you are more likely to experience
more gains than losses financially. This transit indicates new opportunities in life, both
socially and financially. It doesn’t mean you will change jobs, although it could if a better
paying opportunity arises that is attractive. It may instead mean that you benefit from
increased sales, or bonuses, related to your current work, or even a pay raise. Income
increases, either due to increased sales or increased salary, or a change of jobs that offers
more income. If your income is affected by travel or agreements with foreign entities,
then know that this too offers favorable avenues for your financial growth in 2019. These
opportunities are most highlighted for those born April 3-15.

The best time for business activities for all Aries individuals is July 1-August 18.
You can be more assertive during this period and expect positive results. Periods that
tend towards more conflicts, disputes, and difficulties in work-related areas are May 15-
July 1 and October 4-November 19. You would be wise to avoid confrontations at this
time. In a political situation, be careful how you fight. You might win the battle, but lose
the war. In other words, you might be right, but if you did not build up support for your
point of view, you might still lose the argument. The first two months of the year
(December 31, 2018-February 14, 2019) are especially important for work. This could be
a time of much recognition, so make sure that you take these challenges seriously and do
the best job possible. It could lead to better or worse conditions, probably depending on
the quality of your performance or the nature of your behavior towards others.

Relationships: Your popularity is on the rise.

In 2019 you may experience a surge in invitations to connect with others, especially
those who come from a great distance to see you, or vice-versa; your distance
relationships are stellar this year. If you have friends, lovers, or family that live more than
a one-day drive away, take the opportunity to nurture those relationships. Not only will
you have a good time, but you will form even deeper bonds for the future, especially if
you are born April 3-15. It also favors relationships connected with education,
conferences, or training experiences. Thus, if you wish to advance your learning and skill
sets this year, know that it may also lead to new friends, either socially or romantically. It
appears most favorable for connections with those of a different nationality.

145
 Not all your relationships are likely to be smooth, however. Friendships are fine, but
those with whom you share responsibilities may be more challenging. There is a tendency
to demand too much of others, or feel that they demand too much of you. This is a time to
clearly draw boundaries in these relationships, defining exactly where you stand, what
bothers you about the other person, what you would like to see change, and form a new
agreement on the goals you are working on together. Without these kinds of boundaries,
one of the parties (you or the other person) is apt to be feel frustrated, with a tendency to
build up resentments that could lead to an explosion of anger. If carried too far, it may
lead to a separation, and then a need to start all over again in the relationship part of your
life. Those born April 16-21 are especially vulnerable to a crack up in relationships, but
to some extent, so are those born March 30-April 13. Rejection is an important emotion
that is at risk in your most intimate relations, or work relationships in 2019. It will be
important for you to hold in your anger and refrain from finding fault while expressing it
in a sensitive and rational way. The more irrational, self-centered, and insensitive to
others that you are, the more you will struggle to find harmony. You really have to try to
see it from the perspective of the other person, and be forgiving and less critical if you
want to experience love and affection from others in 2019.

Periods that especially stand out for great popularity, romance, and favorable
activities in relationships, are January 7-February 3, April 20-May 15, July 27-August 21,
and November 1-November 25, 2019.

TAURUS (APRIL 20-MAY 21)

Taurus-born individuals will be under the favorable trine influence of Pluto for the
next 5 years, Neptune for the next 7 years, and Saturn for the next 2 years. Thus, it
promises to be a very productive time, filled with major accomplishments in life.
However, Uranus now begins its seven-year trek through Taurus, your Sun sign. This
indicates a major change in life direction in 1-2 of those years, depending on your date of
birth. You are in store for some very exciting changes, but because they are changes and
you do not always adapt quickly or well to changes at first, it may be unsettling. On the
other hand, you will feel a renewed burst of youthful vigor and vitality, especially if you
take on (or continue with) a fitness plan. Failure to take care of your health could result in
unexpected physical ailments, so take preventative health matters seriously now, and the
rewards for doing so will be great. You will feel empowered, especially if your
relationships are supportive of your work efforts as well as your psychological well-
being. It would be wise to avoid relationships that are critical and non-constructive.

Career and Finance: This is the start of visualizing and experiencing great changes in
your work. The result will be a major shift in your status as well in the world, and its
success will depend greatly on your ability to plan well and then to be willing to make the
move required. Planning is no problem. Committing to a change may be more difficult,
however, because it involves risk, and taking risks is not your strong suit. The most
dramatic changes in work and life direction are likely reserved for those born April 19-
April 27. Others born under the sign of Taurus will experience similar major changes in
life direction in the years that follow.

146
 As mentioned, planning is an important process that will work to your benefit now.
You are clear about your goals, and you know the means to undertake in order to
accomplish those goals. Everything goes smoothly as long as you stay true to those plans
and goals. They lead to success, and success leads to respect and admiration, and possibly
a new position with new responsibilities that you control, along with greater wages. This
is a time in your life to take on and finish major projects. It locks in your legacy and your
image as a trusted and reliable manager. This is highlighted for those born May 1-12.

As you complete each project successfully, your power and influence grow. People
enjoy working with you at the helm because you are both organized and considerate of
those you work with. Thus, they appreciate you. They gladly work for your success
because it also means they succeed too. The more of a team player you are, and the more
that you accept your role as a leader who is sensitive to the needs of those you work with,
the greater your success will also be. Those who exhibit the greatest examples of
leadership in this way are likely born May 10-14. People listen to you.

You may also display an uncanny intuitive talent in your business activities this
year. You have a sense of what the market really wants, and how to present it in an
advertising format. It works. Your intuition about these projects and how to market them
is brilliant. This is especially the case for those of you born May 4-9.

As far as finances are concerned, this year favors more of a longer-term investment
approach than a short-term speculative one. It is favorable for real estate transactions, for
instance, as opposed to day trading commodity futures. Your net worth is likely to
increase this year. You may find new business partnerships or associations work out well.
It is a good year to collaborate with others with whom there is mutual respect, where you
share the workload as well as the profits generated from the combined effort. It is also
possible that you may inherit monies this year, or receive payments back from either
insurance companies or the government (tax refunds?).

The best period for business activities is August 18-October 4. You can be more
assertive during these times and expect positive results. Periods that tend towards more
conflicts, disputes, and difficulties in work-related areas are in effect July 11-August 8
and November 19, 2019-January 3, 2020. It is wise to avoid confrontations at these times.
In a political situation, be careful how you fight. You might win the battle, but lose the
war. In other words, you might be right, but if you do not build up support for your point
of view, you might still lose the argument. February 14-March 31 is especially important
for work. This could be a time of much recognition, so make sure that you take these
challenges seriously and do the best job possible. It could lead to better or worse
conditions, probably depending on the quality of your performance or the nature of your
behavior towards others.

Relationships: Relationships continue to be very important all year.

Perhaps the most important relationships are those that are work or business-related.
You have a vision — and from that you have goals that you would like to accomplish.
These goals are not for you alone, but rather involve the cooperation of others. They may
be involved financially with you, or in some way, they too have an investment in the

147
success of these projects you are taking on. The more you respect and trust one another,
the more successful the project(s) will be — and there does seem to be a person or two
around with whom these characteristics apply. The business relationship can be a
powerful force in your work community, especially for those of you born May 1-12, and
even more so for those born May 10-14. Those born May 4-15 also experience much of
these successes, but there may be a series of adjustments to the original plan that need to
be enacted along the way. The changes are important and lead to a greater success, so do
not be afraid to adjust where necessary.

Even though work and business relationships are highlighted, that doesn’t mean
there is a lack of personal and intimate or even romantic relationships possible. Taurus is
usually very amorous, and there will be many opportunities to experience that aspect of
your life too. In fact, you continue to be primed for romantic trysts or trips. You like
being seduced and romanticized, and you have other attractive people in your life who
enjoy performing these services for you, or are open to explore new and exciting
encounters of intimacy with you. Falling in love is no problem, if you let yourself enjoy
such an indulgence. This year is favorable for romantic trips with someone special and
entertainment venues (lie concerts) that are very enjoyable. You are a creature of
pleasure, and this year offers you many pleasurable opportunities. This is especially true
for those born May 4-9.

It may be a considerably more unstable (but exciting) time for those who are born
early in Taurus, such as April 20-27. The urge to try new things and be involved with
new people may be unsettling in your well-established relationship. However, if you and
the other person can recognize that you are changing, and it’s OK to change, then you can
grow together into this new dimension of yourself that you are birthing. If not, then it
may be time for you to set your sights on a new future. In any event, you are headed to a
new future, a new lifestyle, with or without those you have known and loved before. This
is a year of new attractions, but it may coincide with separations and even divorce from
those you have known for a long time. It may be exciting, but it would be wise to make
sure that that those you enter into new relationships with have something in common with
who you really are, and can meet your real needs. If it is all chemistry and no personality
balance, it could flame out just as quickly as it began., The 90-day rule may be useful
here. That is, no sex until you know each other at least 90 days. One further note: you
may be vulnerable to starting new relationships through the internet. This could work out
much better, or much worse, than you imagined, so be careful. You may feel liberated,
but remember that freedom comes with responsibilities, and there are consequences for
how you handle those responsibilities. You will be fine if you use good judgement and
are realistic, and not acting just on the basis of being infatuated.

Romance, love, and/or popularity stand out February 3-March 4, May 15-June 8,
July 27-August 11, and November 25-December 20.

GEMINI (MAY 21-JUNE 21)

Gemini-born individuals will end their 7-year favorable contact from Uranus on
March 6, 2019. Your brilliant, innovative new ideas may not seem so fresh in the years
ahead as they have seemed over the past 7 years. However, as a Gemini, you will not be

148
lacking for ideas in any event. They always come to you, for your thing is ideas and
communication of those ideas. You are smart. Not necessarily wise, but very intelligent
and that carries you a long way through life. You will not be lacking for support from
other people this year. They want to help you. In fact, the challenge may be to sort out the
enormous amount of new proposals that come your way now, without seeming to come
across as insensitive to others. For example, someone may make you a nice offer, and
then another comes up, and you go for that without informing the first person that you are
no longer interested. Basic consideration is a must this year lest you offend others
through your lack of consideration. In your mind, it all made sense for you to do what
you do. But others aren’t privy to your thought processes, but only to your actions. To
them, your behavior and sudden changes of directions excluding them may seem like a
slap in the face. It may go beyond that. They may think you are deceptive and not
trustworthy. Thus, it is important that you think of others and the consequences your
actions and decisions may have for them before making changes. It is like you are
announcing something that you are very proud of, and they are reacting like you forgot
that you were involved in a similar matter with them. What went wrong? This can be
avoided by simply being conscious of others and letting them know that you are changing
your course — without them — before announcing it to others and to the surprise of
those you had already started another course of action with.

Career and Finance: A lot of new business proposals are offered in 2019. That means a
lot of contracts and agreements may have to be considered. Unless you are a person who
pays attention to details (and most Geminis are not), you may need legal help. The
proposals can be very interesting, maybe even lucrative if structured correctly. However,
many may also be grossly exaggerated. They sound good, but when you check into the
details, they may not be so good after all. Thus, it is important to understand what you are
promising and what others are promising, because the promises may be greater than the
ability to deliver. And, if there is no protection, you may be getting yourself into a legal
quagmire. This is highlighted in the charts of those born June 4-16.

These exaggerations may be even more problematic if you, or the people you are
dealing with, are intentionally leaving out important facts. You must be careful of this for
you are vulnerable to acts of deception in business dealings, or you may be accused of
such intentions by others who believe you are not being honest with them. It is highly
important that you act with complete integrity, honesty, and transparency in all of your
business activities in 2019, for the consequences of not doing so are that your reputation
is at risk and may suffer. This affects those born June 4-9 mostly.

The issue of “what is yours and what is mine” may rise to the surface in business
dealings, especially if there is to be a break up of a business partnership. If that is not the
case, then just make sure contracts you enter into clearly spell out your risks and your
rewards. There is danger of litigation ahead if you are not careful or if you or someone
you are involved with is not honoring their agreement with one another.

Looking further ahead, you are approaching a two-year period (2020-2021) where
you may gain much recognition for your efforts, brilliance, and intellect. However, you
will need to be vigilant and protect your reputation. You will also need to be very alert
when it comes to signing agreements with others that could have financial consequences.

149
 Investing and trading will require careful thought too in 2019, except early in the
year and for those born June 17-21 who are probably still in a favorable period for
speculation through early March. But for all others, there is a tendency to take your eye
off the ball, and in trading, this could lead to losses. One area of finances that could yield
success, however, is in real estate. Aside from that, you may be best advised to invest in
triple-A rated bonds, notes, bills, or even certificates of deposit.

The best time for business activities is October 4-November 19. You can be more
assertive during these periods and expect positive results. A period that tends towards
more conflicts, disputes, and difficulties in work-related areas is in effect August 18-
Ocober 4. It is wise to avoid confrontations at these times. In a political situation, be
careful how you fight. You might win the battle, but lose the war. March 31-May 15 is
especially important for work. This could be a time of much recognition, so make sure
that you take these challenges seriously, and do the best job possible. It could lead to
better or worse conditions, probably depending on the quality of your performance or the
nature of your behavior towards others.

Relationships: This is a year when you can receive many proposals—social, business,
and even marriage if you are available. You are popular. People want to be associated
with you, and some will want to partner with you, again in business or in romance. Your
task will be to see things clearly and not react without first exercising some form of good
judgement. Are these people really good for you? Or are you just enamored with the
appearance of things that look good on the outside, but may have little substance beneath
the surface? If you enter into agreements without carefully vetting the people involved,
you may be setting yourself up for a big fall. On the other hand, if these are people of
substance who can be trusted, then these partnerships may work out fine, assuming you
are credible in your offerings to them. This is especially true for those born June 4-16.

There are temptations galore this year too for many of you. You may find yourself
attracted to someone who is involved with another person. Or, you may find yourself
infatuated with someone who is not your current partner. How do you handle that? If you
try to be discreet, chances are you will be exposed. If you are open and honest, chances
are your current partner may not be understanding or accepting. There is the matter of
loyalty that is the elephant in the room, along with honesty and trustworthiness. One way
to handle this is simply to resist temptation. But lust may not want to wait, and you have
all kinds of rationalization mechanisms in your personality that can justify almost
anything you choose to do. And if that fails, you are not above begging for forgiveness,
and/or even making a deal to prevent the other person leaving the relationship. Those
most apt to find themselves in difficult triangles where love is concerned, or matters
where your word and honesty may be questioned, are likely born June 4-9. For you, the
advice is simple: seek romance with someone who is safe and who will not complicate
your life with unnecessary and disrupting drama.

Those born June 17-21 may be an exception. They have magnetism right now and
attract very interesting people into their lives. This can be romantically as well as in
friendship. However, this period of excitement and attraction peaks by March 6, 2019.

150
 Periods that favor romance and love in 2019 are in effect March 1-26, June 8-July 3,
September 14-October 8, and December 20, 2019-January 13, 2020.

CANCER (JUNE 20-JULY 22)

Cancers are undergoing a rather remarkable life transformation, perhaps even a

personal or professional rebirth, over the next 2-7 years. During this transformational
period, many will come to discover new aspects of personality and new applications of
original ideas that can result in great success. This life transforming period may start out
with delays and considerable opposition from others, as Pluto remains in Capricorn until
2024, and is joined by Saturn in 2018 through 2020. But even with these cosmic
roadblocks thrown onto their path, the presence of Neptune in Pisces making a trine
aspect to their Sun sign through 2026, and Uranus moving fully into Taurus after March 6
and making a sextile to their Sun sign over the next seven years, implies a major
breakthrough in life. In fact, the positions of Saturn and Pluto in Capricorn, Neptune in
Pisces, and Uranus in Taurus create a pattern of consecutive sextiles to the Cancer Sun
sign. This rare celestial pattern symbolizes the potential for great ideas, application of
one’s intellect, and the opportunity to apply one’s ability, to rise above obstacles and to
change one’s life path from that of an uncertain future to something quite extraordinary.
The possibilities are very positive over the next 7 years. Additionally, the Moon’s North
Node will transit Cancer this year, which brings forth several opportunities for
recognition and success with one’s career.

Career and Finance: You are also in a most remarkable, inventive, and imaginative
period of life. Your ability to think outside of the box, to come up with ideas that no one
else has thought about, and ideas of how to market these concepts, is brilliant and can
lead to great success. Your creativity gains even more traction if you take a humble
approach, as opposed to a boastful or self-congratulatory one. Coming across as if your
ideas are really part of a team effort and that they benefit (or are for) the greater group
and not just yourself, will earn you the respect and admiration of those you work with.
Having everyone stand behind these ideas, and feel part of the creation, will lead to
greater success for the whole, as well as for yourself. You are a trendsetter, seeing
opportunities for the future that no one else sees yet. That’s an important talent to
recognize about yourself now. It is also important that you see the larger picture, the
more universal and collective one, rather than only a self-centered view of the world in
which you work. Of course, it is your imaginative and creative ideas that lead to these
commendable developments. Just don’t advertise it as such, for it will likely elicit
jealousy and resentment in others at a time that you need their support, emotionally and
otherwise, to realize your own success on all levels. Those to whom these forecasts of
much success apply most are born June 21-28 and July 6-11. You are the ones that are
likely to receive praise and recognition for a job well done if you just handle yourself
well, and don’t make it all about you, even if it is all mostly because of you.

This is also a year in which you will find co-workers who believe in you, who
support you as a person, and who admire your ideas. It is ironic, because you also create
situations where equals or superiors may resent what you are doing or how you do it. The
colleagues mostly love you, especially if you are born July 6-17. It’s the equals and
superiors that you have to be wary about, especially if you are born July 12-22.

151
 Yet, your career situation may also be a source of consternation as you enter 2019.
In some respects, you are at a peak in your career. You have accomplished much, and yet
there is likely frustration due to the lack of recognition or appreciation for just how much
you have accomplished. Instead of rewards and promotions, you may be experiencing
criticism and greater demands from others and not getting the credit you think you
deserve. This can create self-doubt about the future, about the past, and about the path
you have chosen. Your plans are not working out as hoped, and you may wonder if you
should be trying something else. That may not be possible, for you may be too
committed, too far along, to change it now. It may not be in your control to alter anything
just yet. It may also be that the situation just requires patience and more time to adjust to
these realities. Time may seem like your enemy, for you are anxious to move your life
forward. But time may actually be your ally if you can just keep your eye on the goal, and
maintain your confidence in your ability to still attain that greater goal, and even more
than that goal, if you believe strongly enough in yourself and your ability to do great
things in life. You have always believed that, but people somehow have a way of
bringing you down. You can get discouraged too easily and begin to think that maybe
your goals are not right. Do not give up yet. Obstacles will lift if you just persist in doing
your best at what you do, and maintain confidence in your skills and talents. This is
especially true for those born July 3-14.

Part of the current problem may be that you have control issues, or power issues
with others (or, maybe they have those issues with you). They may feel at times as if you
do not really consider their points of view, that you are too enamored with your own
outlook and how things must go. It would be more constructive if you sincerely
considered their ideas, too. Otherwise, do not be surprised when they take an abrupt
dislike to your ideas, which can then become personal attacks on your character. If not
corrected quickly, these differences can quickly escalate into efforts to either work
behind your back or outwardly undermine you, to get you removed or even fired from
your position. One of the keys is to be transparent with what you are doing and require
the same of others. Any efforts to take the “back door” to get things done will likely be
revealed and cause embarrassment. That could be you working through back channels, or
discovering others are working behind the scenes to undermine you. This is most likely to
be the case with those born July 12-16.

Ultimately, you will likely find 2019 to be a successful year. You are productive and
this leads to financial gains. You are probably careful with your finances, and if so, your
investments can gain in value this year too. Unless you are born June 21-28, it may not
be the best year for speculation, for you always want the sure thing. That’s why
investments in long-term projects and assets may work out best in 2019, and probably the
next year as well.

The best time for business activities and new initiatives is November 19, 2019-
January 3, 2020. Here is when you can be more assertive without fear that others will see
you as overly aggressive and perhaps desperate. Don’t be desperate. Periods that tend
towards more conflicts, disputes, and difficulties in work-related areas are December 31,
2018-February 14, 2019, and October 4-November 19, 2019. It is wise to avoid
confrontations during these times. In a political situation, be careful how you fight. You

152
might win the battle, but lose the war. In other words, you might be right, but if you
didn’t build up support for your point of view, you might still lose the argument. May 15-
July 1 presents opportunities to start many new projects. This could be a time of much
recognition, so make sure you take these challenges seriously and do the best job
possible. It could lead to better things, or worse conditions, probably depending on the
quality of your performance. This could be a time to start new efforts, even a new job. It
could also be a time in which you have to find a new job.

Relationships: You have a great deal of magnetism this year, especially if you convey a
sensitivity that others will find attractive and endearing. The more attention you shower
upon others, and the more you display a genuine concern for their well-being, the more
love you receive in return. At the same time, you may find it difficult coping with those
who are critical of you, or who feel you are too critical of them.

It is an excellent year to develop new relationships with younger people, or those

who have exciting ideas, as you do. Brainstorming is a great way to connect with these
people. So is the internet, but the key is to keep the discussions positive, exciting, and
about the future or new things you are both working on. This can lead to new friendships
as well as romance, especially if you are born June 21-28. One area in which you may
meet these people is through groups that share interests similar to yours.

Another area in which you may meet new people who become socially active in
your life is at work. You may like the people you work with, and the feeling is mutual. It
doesn’t have to become romantic, though it might. The key is that you like each other’s
energy and company. You can have fun together. You are playful with one another, and
there can be much laughter and light-hearted, good times, because of your shared
interests and compatible personalities. This seems to stand out for those born July 6-17.

But let’s not overlook romance in 2019. In fact, this plays a big part in your year
ahead if you are single. For those who are married, there is also a strong romantic bent to
the year. This can be a time to discover or re-discover love with another. Traveling will
be a great enhancement of your relationships to one another, especially if it is to exotic
destinations on, or near water. Sharing cultural and entertainment activities is also good
for you, like concerts, dances, movies, plays, the theater, etc., is also promising. This also
applies to spiritual pursuits and activities, such as yoga, meditation, vision quests, psychic
development classes, and religious retreats or conferences. It is a great year to find
someone, or several other like-minded souls who share your spiritual path. In some cases,
you may feel like you are meeting your soul mate, or soul group. Those most prone to
these romantic and spiritual feelings are likely born July 6-11.

Yet there are also experiences in relationships that can be frustrating and troubling.
As mentioned before, others may be demanding or critical of you, or you of them. You
need to ask if these relationships are worth it. They (It) take a lot of time and energy to
maintain, and you don’t really want high maintenance relationships in your life. It might
occur to you that you are the one who is high maintenance if you are unhappy. What will
it take to make you happy in a relationship? What are you looking for? Could it be there
already, but you are just unable to appreciate it? If you, or your partner, are too
complicated, too hard to please, and unwilling to sit down, communicate, and define what

153
you need from one another, it may be time to close this chapter in your life. But can you
really let it go? Can you really get over your own misery, of your own doing, and become
a happy, supportive partner? This is your dilemma: what will it take for me to accept
myself, my relationship or partnership, and not be high maintenance and impossible to
please, or what will it require of my partner to do this? These are the issues mostly for
those born July 2-15. You can have the best of all worlds in relationships if you are
romantic and willing to try new adventures with your mate, or the worst of all worlds if
you are content to just do nothing to escape your boredom, your critical and complaining
nature, and your frustration with life and other people. The choice is really up to you.

Periods that favor romance and love are December 2, 2018-January 7, 2019, March
26-April 20, July 3-27, and October 8-November 1.

LEO (JULY 22-AUGUST 22)

Leos are in the midst of making several important adjustments in life, a process
which started in 2018 and continues mostly through 2020. These adjustments are apt to
affect work and several types of relationships, and for some, even health matters. Once
the challenges are understood and sorted out, and once decisions are made to make the
adjustments, they will likely work out much better than originally feared. The key is to be
willing to make these adjustments to your life style, for Leos can be stubborn about
letting go of things they are most familiar and comfortable with, even if they aren’t
working out well. Another area of challenge has to do with a tendency to want to do
something unusual, unconventional, even risky or disturbing in the eyes of those who
know you well. Acting on impulse instead of thinking things out well, and considering
the consequences of sudden decisions, may not be advisable. You may think you are
inspired and even liberated, but if you do not consider carefully before acting upon these
visions, you may find that they were rather immature and unwise. You could be setting
yourself up for embarrassment or separation from someone important, instead of breaking
out to something bold, new, and exciting, as you had wished. However, Jupiter will be in
Sagittarius in 2019, which forms a harmonious trine to your Leo sun sign. This promises
welcomed opportunities in both the professional and social aspects of your life. There
will be several occasions to celebrate and enjoy life in 2019. That is, you are likely to
experience great moments of inspiration, followed by pitfalls of embarrassments,
combined with many opportunities for gains in work and popularity in social matters.

Career and Finances: You may have the feeling that something is not right about your
work. It could be as serious as wondering if you are doing the right thing, in the right
profession. You want to do something meaningful and personally fulfilling. But what is
that? And is it possible to make a change in work now that will compensate you for what
you are worth? You may be asking: what is more important? Making money or enjoying
what I am doing? And how can I have both?

This urge to do something else, or to find a new role that inspires you, may lead to
making major changes in your employment. If you think this out clearly, you will be fine.
However, if you make a major decision here without thinking it through clearly, you will
probably make an unwise decision. Take your time to understand what will be expected
of you, and the kinds of people you will be working with. The concept may sound

154
exciting, but is it really a good fit for you? Be careful of putting too much energy or
resources into something new that looks good, but may not really work out as well as you
originally thought. Changes in your employment, your career, or your role with your
current company are possible over the next 6 years, but so too is the possibility of losing
a position because you just didn’t fit in right with the other people, or with the vision of
the head of the company. Those of you born July 23-30 are most prone to these changes
of direction in work.

Some of you may also be witnessing changes in your surroundings at work. That is,
the company may change its location, or you may notice a significant turnover in
personnel that you work with. If you are self-employed, you may find a significant
change in your customer base. Old customers are leaving, and new ones are arriving.
Additionally, you may find that you are not quite satisfied with the way things are
operating, and you want to make changes. Making these changes may be inconvenient,
but indeed, once you make them, they turn out to improve the business and your working
style. These are good ideas for reform, and you are advised to follow through on them.
This is especially the case for those born, August 3-17. Within this period, those born
August 13-17 need to be aware that co-workers, or someone who works under you, may
be assuming too much power. They might try to change things that affect you without
your permission. This creates tension and unnecessary drama. You may have to let that
person go. It is possible the person is ill, and may have to leave in any event.

Yet many of you experience advances and pay raises in 2019. There are
opportunities to do things that give you a sense of value for your work, and if you do an
admirable job with these tasks, they can easily lead to an income appreciation. If you are
in sales, this year can go especially well, particularly for those born August 6-18. You are
the ones most likely to make more money in 2019. If you are involved in event planning
for your company, the events you plan can work out very well.

Financially, 2019 is favorable for most of you. It may not be smooth, however, for
those born July 23-30. In fact, it may be quite an erratic year, with nice sums of money
arising at times, and large expenses or losses happening at other times. It is a year to
make money, but it is also a year of financial losses if you speculate too much or
encounter sudden expenses that are much greater than you expected.

The best time for business activities and new initiatives is December 31, 2018-
February 14, 2019. A period that tends towards more conflicts, disputes, and difficulties
is in force February 14-March 31, and November 19, 2019-January 3, 2020. It is wise to
avoid confrontations at these times. In a political situation, be careful how you fight. You
might win the battle, but lose the war. In other words, you might be right, but if you
didn’t build up support for your point of view, you might still lose the argument. July 1
through August 18 presents opportunities to start many new projects. This could be a
time of much recognition, so make sure you take these challenges seriously and do the
best job possible. It could lead to better things, or worse conditions, probably depending
on the quality of your performance. This could be a time to start new efforts, even a new
job. It could also be a time in which you have to find a new job.

155
Relationships: Overall, 2019 is a fine year for forging new relationships on many levels.
You are quite popular and likely to receive many invitations to do exciting things with
people you like. This may involve travel as well. Jupiter is in your fifth house of romance
and children, so the biggest issue may be too many people of interest in your life. That is,
you may find more than one person taking an interest in wanting to spend quality time
with you. But you are a Leo, and probably monogamous (well, the female is most
monogamous, that is), so choosing who to focus your attention on could cause some
anxiety. Yet, you enjoy the attention, so make the most of it, and enjoy life to its fullest
until the choice becomes clear. Those of you born August 6-18 are most likely to enjoy
great popularity and romance, or wonderful experiences with children or grandchildren,
should this apply. It is a great year for travel, and parties,

As enjoyable as new experiences with new people in your life may be in 2019, there
may be a growing concern about your future with someone else. You are not sure what
the future holds any more with someone you have been with for some time. Something in
you seems driven, even compelled, to separate or break up. Or, perhaps this is the case
with the other person who seems compelled to break up or change the relationship
significantly. Perhaps you or someone else you have been close to is moving. Or maybe
you are just growing in different directions and it is time to let go of one another. You
want to grow – you need to grow – but you may find it difficult to do so given the current
circumstance. Your life style is about to change, and this can either be exciting or
disturbing, depending on how you and the other person handle these changes. It’s all a
part of your growth process in life. You will survive, especially if you keep yourself
socially active in 2019, for therein lies happiness. The possibility of changes in
relationships (separation, divorce, or just the wish to experience and act upon attractions
with new people who seem exciting, but may not be the right one yet), are most present
for those born July 23-30. It may feel like a midlife crisis, regardless of how old you are.
Just be careful not to do something truly stupid that ends up embarrassing you or those
you have loved for many years before.

For almost all of 2019, Leos are in a one-year period when personal romance is
strong, if applicable to their relationship circumstances. Periods in 2019 that favor
romance and love for Leos include January 7-February 3, April 20-May 15, July 27-
August 21, and November 1-25.

VIRGO (AUGUST 22-SEPTEMBER 22)

This is a year of grand trines and T-squares for Virgos, which means it is a battle
between many favorable opportunities versus many challenging issues that are not so
easy to navigate. On the one hand, there is the opposition to Neptune that will last another
6-7 years and seems to cloud one’s judgement where relationships are concerned. This is
compounded by the T-square formed with Jupiter during 2019, which makes the clouded
judgment lead to events that may seem more like a thunderstorm or hurricane blowing
out of control. On the other hand, there are Saturn and Pluto in Capricorn through 2020
(and in the case of Pluto, even into 2024). This is empowering, and shows the possibility
of demonstrating very good judgement and managerial skills in work activities. With
Uranus also moving into Taurus in 2019 for the next 6 years, great success and
accomplishments are possible, starting now.

156
Career and Finances: Let’s start with the possibility of successes and great
accomplishments. Many of you are already succeeding in a career, and now you are at a
point of receiving recognition and awards for your accomplishments. You have earned
the respect of your colleagues as well as your superiors as a result of your skills and hard
work. Perhaps you had a vision a couple of years ago regarding a project you wanted to
undertake, and you developed a plan around that vision, and now it is bearing fruit. This
is a time to sit back and reflect on what you have done with your life, and especially the
past couple of years (and maybe even the next couple of years ahead, if you are not
finished). When you stick with your plan, and execute it to the best of your ability, great
success comes in 2019. That is most true of those born September 3-15.

With success and respect come influence and power. You may be asked to be part of
a group that has a large reach in the world in which you operate. They may be involved in
something very significant that impacts the world, or the field in which you work. You
have a vital role here, and they have a vital mission to perform. It is important for you to
take this role seriously, to act mature and stable, for if they see these qualities in you, it
may lead to immense success and personal fulfillment in your career. It may even end up
defining your legacy in this lifetime. This possibility has a special relevance to those born
September 13-17.

Yet others may be about to enter new professions or new and exciting roles within
their current jobs. This is a time to consider learning new skills, or applying new tools in
a new way, especially if it involves technology. Maybe you are creating a new software
program or app. Maybe you have come up with a new and revolutionary idea whose time
is ripe. You have a remarkable sense of what the world needs right now, almost like
discovering a new trend before it takes off. If so, your career will take off with it. This is
most applicable to those born August 23-30.

With all of this good and positive cosmic energy, you may be wondering what could
go wrong. Well, actually, a lot can go wrong if you let others interfere with your thinking,
or if you let your own ego go to extremes in self-importance. It is true you may be
involved in important matters. But don’t let it go to your head, and don’t let others try to
persuade you to listen to their ideas instead of your own, when your intuition tells you
that you are on the right track and they are not. You are vulnerable to being unfavorably
influenced by others, or even subject to their jealousies and attempts to undermine your
reputation and position. It is also possible that you yourself enter a period of self-
delusion, where you took a very good idea and tried to make it into a spectacular idea that
simply went too far. Know your limits, and know the limits of your project and of ideas
that will work. When you veer off the tracks, it is hard to get back on and you lose your
credibility as a serious thinker. This danger is most threatening for those born September
2-18. You seem to vacillate between periods of excellent business judgement and poor
personal judgment. Try to stay with the firm and reliable vision, and try not to make it
more than it is or can be.

Financially, this can be a very successful year if you control your spending and
follow your carefully thought-out trading and investing plans. It can also be a year of
great losses if you discard your analysis and well-thought out trading plan and react

157
emotionally to markets. You have an uncanny sense of where the markets are going, but
an equally stupefying tendency to try to outsmart yourself and sabotage your analysis so
the outsmarting doesn’t work. The vision and the execution of the plan do work.

The best time for business activities and new initiatives is February 4-March 31. A
period that tends toward conflicts, disputes, and difficulties is in effect March 31-May 15.
It is wise to avoid confrontations at these times. In a political situation, be careful how
you fight. You might win the battle, but lose the war. In other words, you might be right,
but if you didn’t build up support for your point of view, you might still lose the
argument. August 18-October 4 presents opportunities to start many new projects. This
could be a time of much recognition, so make sure you take these challenges seriously
and do the best job possible. It could lead to better things, or worse conditions, probably
depending on the quality of your performance. This could be a time to start new efforts,
even a new job. It could also be a time in which you have to find a new job.

Relationships: You have a lot going for yourself in the field of relationships in 2019.
And, you have a lot of temptations or impulses to do some really questionable activities
regarding personal relationships that could lead to massive confusion and self-doubt.

First off, understand that you are in a unique period of life where you have both
personal charisma and power. Physically or intellectually, you may be at the top of your
game, and others are very attracted to you for one or both of these reasons. Chemistry
with others is very strong, and thus your power to attract those who are attractive is also
very strong. This is especially true of those born August 23-30. If you wish to make any
changes to your appearance or style, don’t hesitate to do so. All changes may only add to
your personal magnetism and drawing power. At the same time, you are prone to periods
of great inspiration and inventiveness. These ideas are also exciting to others, as they are
to you. And that excitement is like an aphrodisiac.

However, you can also be incredibly naïve, easily seduced, especially if you act
flirtatiously and don’t consider the powerful effect you are having on others. They may
be quite taken by your flirtation, but maybe you are not so taken by them as you act. If
you lead them on to think you are serious and interested when you are not, you may
quickly find yourself involved in something like a fatal attraction. You have some strange
ways about you, maybe even a little kinky or phobia-oriented, and if so, you need to be
careful who you share this with. That awareness in the hands of people who don’t really
value you could turn out to be embarrassing. It works the other way too. You may attract
people with these strange sexual orientations or preferences, and you may be startled and
surprised, and then in an effort to cover up your discomfort, you may betray their secret
to others, and this can then lead to new complications in your own life, such as: can you
be trusted with secrets? The bottom line is to be very careful in relationships this year,
especially flirtatious relationships with those who are either involved in other
relationships (and therefore not really available), or those who demand loyalty from you
while you want to be involved in other open relationships, or you find yourself involved
with those who have sexual preferences that you are not comfortable with (or vice-versa).
These matters are particularly important to observe if you are born September 2-7.

158
 Questionable judgement is possible in other relationships matters in 2019. You may
tend to see only what you want to see in those you are attracted to this year. It is because
you are infatuated, and you may think you are in love. The saying that ‘love is blind’ may
apply to you in 2019. Take a careful look at all aspects of the person you are attracted to
and ask yourself if there are characteristics that really are not suitable to your personality.
Try to see beyond the physical or intellectual attraction. Think about how well you and
the other person would get along sharing responsibilities and duties that are necessary in
a shared living situation. Is he/she responsible and accountable? Or do they just look
good and sound smart or important? For that matter, do you just look good and sound
smart and important? Those who may most need to observe these warnings are likely
born September 6-18.

Despite these warnings, you should also understand that you do have the power and
discipline in 2019 to make the right decisions, to act mature, and to avoid the temptations
to do stupid things and put yourself in compromising situations. It’s all about choices in
2019. Those born September 3-17 will have to make these choices. The temptations to
exercise poor judgment will be there, but so will the inner strength and resources to say
no, and make mature decisions that set the stage for great success and happiness in 2019
and even into 2024. Your best relationships, long-term, will be with those who are
practical, mature, and available.

Periods that favor romance and love are February 3-March 1, May 15-June 8,
August 21-September 14, and November 25-December 20.

LIBRA (SEPTEMBER 23-OCTOBER 24)

There are major life decisions to make in 2019, and the process of deciding is
always a challenge for you. That’s because you want to get it right, and the balancing of
pros and cons takes time. Saturn and Pluto are both making a square aspect to your Sun
sign. With Pluto, it can mean upheaval – the possibility of letting something go you have
known for a long time, and the prospect of starting a new life, or a new direction in life.
For example, it could mean the contemplation of a change of residence and/or career, to a
place far away from where you are located now. Yet, with Saturn, you are not sure this
would be the right decision. The longer you take, the more likely you experience greater
stress. Indecision, or the fear of making the wrong choice, is your undoing during this
period. There is no perfect choice wherein everything will work out exactly as you wish.
There will be a sacrifice of something you value. On the other hand, whatever choice you
make, the odds are good that it will work out well in about 2-5 years, and that you will
overcome your worst fears. It will take time, but you will adjust. Helping out in 2019 will
be transiting Jupiter in Sagittarius, sextile to your Sun sign. This will bring great support
and guidance from friends who care about you, and want you to make the best decision
possible about your future.

Career and Finances: There is plenty of work to do in 2019, and perhaps more than you
want or can handle. The demands and deadlines may be greater than you are comfortable
with, and thus part of your decision relates to whether or not you even want to stay in
your current position(s). The money may be good, the status of the position may be
professionally valuable, but the stress of deadlines and demands may be too much to bear

159
without adverse consequences to your mental and physical health. The key to success will
be to organize your time in such a way that you have a balance between work, play, and
exercise. Too much work leads to exhaustion and restricts the capacity to enjoy life,
which is so important to you. Learn to care for yourself a little more. Take the time
needed to rejuvenate yourself if you feel fatigued and run down.

The other issue is decision-making, and the fear of making a mistake where your
career is concerned. You want a change, for things to be different, to be happier in what
you do. Yet you may feel tied down and obligated to finish what you are already doing.
You can’t see an easy way out. Maybe it’s the money you don’t want to give up. Maybe
it’s the feeling of responsibility with your duties at work or with the people you work
with. Whatever it is, rest and relaxation are necessary to give you the energy to make a
clear and well-thought-out decision. Making decisions while exhausted and under stress
is not advised. Take a vacation and think this out. Then, decide, be confident, and go
forward with that decision. Try not to look back and second guess yourself, which is
easier said than done, but necessary if you are to experience happiness. These issues
pertain especially to those born October 4-15.

Some of these same issues may be complicated by, or instigated by, conflicts with
someone in the work place, or a situation that is out of your control. For instance, the
company you work with may decide to move their headquarters, and this will force you
to decide whether to stay or go. Or, your supervisor may make a major change and want
you to join him/her, or you may be asked to replace that person. At its worse, you may
find yourself embroiled in a power struggle with someone who is trying to undermine
you without your awareness. You can sense this, and it is paramount that you bring this
matter to the surface and not let it grow out of your control. Your position may depend on
it. If it’s not resolved, someone will have to go, and it may be you. Hence, another
adjustment must take place. It seems you are forced to make major life decisions that you
don’t really want to make which could be avoided simply by bringing things to the
surface and confronting those people and those issues that you may not want to face. Yet
if you do deal with them correctly, it will empower you and take a huge worry off your
mind. This is more the case with those born October 13-17.

Financially, you may do well in 2019. Your income can improve from the prior year,
and if you are in sales or business for yourself, you will notice your customer/client base
is gradually increasing. That is all good, and translates to greater income. As a speaker or
marketing person, your ideas are excellent and lead to much favorable response. You can
talk anyone into anything, especially if you are born October 7-18.

The best time for business activities and new initiatives is March 31-May 15.
Periods that tend towards more conflicts, disputes, and difficulties are December 31,
2018-February 14, 2019, and May 15-July 1. It is wise to avoid confrontations at these
times. In a political situation, be careful how you fight. You might win the battle, but lose
the war. In other words, you might be right, but if you didn’t build up support for your
point of view, you could still lose the argument. October 4-November 19 presents
opportunities to start many new projects. This could be a time of recognition, so make
sure you take these challenges seriously and do the best job possible. It could lead to
better things, or worse conditions, depending on the quality of your performance. This

160
could be a time to start new efforts, even a new job. It could also be a time in which you
have to find a new job.

Relationships: Relationships are very important to you, and some of your most valued
relationships are at a critical point. This might be due to your decisions about work and
residence, or it may have to do with their decisions about the same, or physical
challenges in their lives or yours.

Matters to do with the home and family may be seriously on your mind in 2019. It is
possible that a family member is ill and requires your care, which can be time-consuming
and demanding. It is also possible that you are not doing well physically, due to stress
and overwork perhaps, and finding someone to care for you, or help you, is a challenge.
This is why you may need to find a balance in life between work, pleasure, and exercise
if it is not too late. The stress of life will become exaggerated if you do not balance these
areas of your daily activity, and that in turn will create stress in your relationships. On the
other hand, these challenging decisions regarding relationships will likely be over by the
end of 2020, and for many even before then. In the meantime, sacrifices of your time may
be necessary to handle these relationship issues properly. Take your time and do it right,
showing care, concern, and love for others, because once it is done, you won’t be turning
back. All decisions, once made, will be final and you do not want to have any regrets
over how you behaved at the end of this cycle. You will either feel honorable or guilty,
depending on how you treat others during this time, as well as on how you treat yourself.
These matters are mostly true for those born October 4-17.

Romance and friendships are certainly possible in 2019, especially if you allow
yourself to get out and socialize. You are engaging in conversations, and people like
talking with you. They may also enjoy flirting with you if you are open and available. It
is a year of popularity if you can get business, work, and the care of others (especially in
the family) off your mind at times. This is mostly the case for those born October 7-18.

Periods that favor romance and love are in force March 1-26, June 8-July 3,
September 14-October 8, and December 20, 2019- January 13, 2020.

SCORPIO (OCTOBER 23-NOVEMBER 22)

Scorpios are in store for another amazing year. Saturn and Pluto in Capricorn,
followed by Neptune in Pisces and Uranus in Taurus, form a series of consecutive
sextiles starting with your Sun in Scorpio. This pattern denotes intelligence and brilliant
thought. In fact, it may be a breakout year for your ideas. With Saturn and Pluto in
Capricorn, your mind is well-organized. Your practical application of ideas and tools
leads to the successful completion or management of important projects. You gain the
respect of many. Neptune in Pisces forms a favorable trine to your natal Sun sign, which
indicates plenty of romantic opportunities in 2019, as well as an uncanny ability to
visualize new possibilities in your life and to receive recognition for service and helping
others. Uranus in opposition to your Sun sign could spell some unexpected events or
changes that lead you to address new issues in relationships and work. Yet with Jupiter in
your solar second house of Sagittarius, your personal finances and wealth are most likely
to appreciate.

161
Career and Finances: The year ahead favors financial gains. This may come from
investments as well as personal income. If you are due for a pay raise, it might be
considerably more than you thought. If you are self-employed or in sales, this may be
reflected in revenues brought in. Financially, you are growing, and this allows you to do
more things that you enjoy than in the past. You may take on some large and expensive
projects, because now you can afford those big-ticket items that you have wanted. This is
true for all Scorpios.

Your mind is deeper and more reflective than usual regarding work matters. You
have to think things through, such as: “what are the consequences of my decisions at
work now?” This is not the time to be experimental or take bold chances that have an
uncertain outcome. Rather, it is a time where you benefit from simply being practical,
sensible, and mature. Think in terms of the long game, not the short-term. This is a time
to make decisions and initiate plans that are for the future. You are a solid thinker in this
regard, and a good planner. You can see anger before it erupts, and you are able to avoid
it in time due to your uncanny sensitivity. When you adjust your current plan due to your
heightened awareness of what could be about to unfold, you are likely to make the right
decision and turn a potential problem into a positive gain or outcome. This is especially
true if you are born November 3-17. You have the power. Use it well to benefit not just
yourself, but others you work with. They will appreciate that.

If your work involves design, graphics, imagination, advertising, or marketing, then

these work efforts are likely to go very well. You have a sense of what looks good, what
is attractive, seductive, and will capture attention. Or, you are able to find someone with
these skills to help you in your work. Additionally, you are able to help others around you
who need your advice and guidance. The more you help others, the more they respect you
and the more they will support you in the future. You create excellent political allies in
this manner. If they help you, then you remember them as well in the future. It’s all about
the benefits of giving and helping one another that pays off big-time in 2019. This is
often the case this year for those born November 6-11.

Many of you will be experiencing sudden changes in the workplace in 2019, and all
of you are likely to experience this sometime in the next seven years. The people you
work with are changing. Many are leaving, and new people are coming on board. Your
role is changing, either because you change companies or career, or a new department has
opened up (or an existing department you are in is closing down). The changes may mean
disruptions in your life and in your work, but they can work out to your advantage in
time, once you get past the initial chaos. Your task is to recognize this before it happens,
and be ready to mentally adjust yourself to the new conditions as soon as possible. This
issue may strike those born October 23-30 most of all in 2019, and even those born in
the last three days of Libra (October 20-23).

Overall, this promises to be an excellent year financially. It is a good year for

investments, especially in properties. It may be good in speculation, although you are best
when you do a deep analysis and then follow your plan.

162
 The best time for business activities and new initiatives is May 15-July 1. Periods
that may tend towards more conflict, disputes, and difficulties in work-related areas are in
effect February 14-March 31 and July 1-August 18. It is wise to avoid confrontations at
this time. In a political situation, be careful how you fight. You might win the battle, but
lose the war. In other words, you might be right, but if you didn’t build up support for
your point of view, you might still lose the argument. November 19, 2019-January 3,
2020 presents opportunities to start many new projects. This could be a time of much
recognition, so make sure you take these challenges seriously and do the best job
possible. It could lead to better things, or worse conditions, probably depending on the
quality of your performance. This could be a time to start new efforts, even a new job.

Relationships: As upbeat as your financial cycle looks, your relationship cycle looks
equally positive. It doesn’t matter whether it is romance or personal family relations.
They are all good for most of you.

People are often attracted to you because of your good ideas and advice. You seem
to be a good listener and effective counselor, and others will seek out your opinions. In
doing so, they will share personal and even secretive information with you about
themselves and others you may know. It is important that you maintain their confidence,
which you are quite capable of doing. This elicits loyalty and respect on their part to you.
This is often the case in 2019 for those born November 3-16. You may also find you do
well in parent-child relationships. That is, you may find an attraction to someone older, or
much younger, than yourself. It seems to work, as you (or they) provide a stabilizing
influence in the life.

But romance is also strong in 2019 for Scorpios if you are available. Your mind
likes to dream of exotic places to visit with someone you love, or activities to pursue that
appeal to the fantasy side of your nature (and you tend to have quite a fantasy-side!). In
2019, you may be quite the romantic, the seducer, and others will have a hard time
denying you. If you are married, then these expressions will likely manifest in travel and
activities with your mate and/or children. It is an excellent year to travel, party, and
celebrate love with others in your circle, especially if you are born November 6-12.

There may be sudden and unexpected changes in the current relationships of some of
you. That is, your partner may have changes in his/her life that affects the relationship, or
someone new and interesting enters your life (or your partner’s life). This can work out in
terms of a new friendship. It can even be exciting if it is romantic, especially if you are
single. But if you are not available and this attraction gravitates towards intimacy, it can
become complicated, and then you have a major decision to make: to stay or to leave.
There could be a separation ahead if you are unclear of what you want and who you want
to share your life with. This is most dangerous for those going through a midlife crisis.
Those most prone to a separation, divorce, and/or new attractions are most likely born
October 20-30 (covers late Libra too). You don’t have to part ways. You simply need to
acknowledge that you or your mate need a new understanding about the relationship that
allows for a new growth cycle on the part of each of you. The relationship as it was, is no
longer. But something new and exciting can evolve that keeps you close and together.

163
 Periods that favor romance and love are in effect December 2, 2018-January 7,
2019, March 26-April 20, July 3-27, and October 8-November 1.

SAGITTARIUS (NOVEMBER 21-DECEMBER 21)

Things are really looking up for Sagittarians in 2019. Saturn left your Sun sign in
2018, and now Jupiter enters it as of November 8, 2018 and stays through December 2,
2019. You are now in your 12-year high cycle, when confidence, success, and good
fortune are at their height. This is a time to enjoy life to its maximum, yet at the same
time know that there are limits. The biggest danger with Jupiter in your Sun sign is that
you overdo and exaggerate everything, and after a year of much promise, there is nothing
to show for it because it was wasted on personal indulgence. Adding some confusion
with setting boundaries is Neptune in Pisces, in a square aspect to your Sun sign, for the
next 6 years. Neptune knows no boundaries. Everything is limitless and infinite. It is like
a dream. Yet, if you don’t pay attention to what you are doing and the effects it has upon
others as well as yourself, you may find that you prone to poor judgment and errors. It is
a wonderful time to fall in love, providing you take the time to choose wisely, behave in a
trustworthy way, and do not become overly promiscuous, or attract others who exhibit
this characteristic. Otherwise, you have a moment or two of tears, sadness, or
embarrassment when reality strikes.

Career and Finances: You may be involved in large projects in 2019, and with that
comes a sense of self-importance as well as financial gains. You are not lacking in
confidence or charm. You also have the capacity to enjoy life and all your work activities
and associations made through work, and financial gains. It seems like everyone wants to
make a deal with you, and you with them, So many possibilities! So many opportunities
to be successful! All of your efforts are finally paying off big-time. Your net worth,
income, and/or cash flow have suddenly increased, and that, of course, makes you very
happy. You have freedom now to do many things you have always wanted to do, but
couldn’t really do until your ship came in.

The biggest obstacle to all of this good fortune might be your own ego and
carelessness, a belief that this is how it should be and will be. It may create a sense of
entitlement. This in turn could lead you to be foolish in your new-found success and
wealth. You have the choice to save and invest your new monies wisely, or spend them
away with the illusion that more will come in future years. Instead, what could happen if
you are foolish is that you accrue debt and later on may not be able to pay your bills. The
key to making this one of the best years of your life is to save something, while still
spending enough to enjoy yourself, but not so much that there is little left for the years
ahead. This outlook pertains mostly to those born December 6-17.

The temptation to exceed your limits and overstep your boundaries in work and
money could be a result of being naïve, over-confident, and too trusting of others. You
are vulnerable to deception in 2019. Agreements may be made or offered in bad faith,
and you must be careful of who you trust. This is not a favorable time to borrow or lend
money, for either party (you or them) may be unable to pay it back when due. It is also
possible that a family member may be involved. Watch your monies carefully, and get
good, solid legal help before signing any agreements. People may act kind and

164
considerate, but you need to know that they can deliver on their promises. You also need
to know that they will honor and protect your reputation, and not spread false rumors
about you. Otherwise you may be setting yourself up for a large loss, either financially or
in terms of social status. Know who you can trust, and seek out those persons’ opinions.
You will need helpful and mature guidance. Be careful of people who are capable of
fraud and embezzlement where your funds and reputation are concerned. You need
honest people around you, not those who cheat in order to gain at your expense. This is
especially true for those born December 6-11. Have fun, grow your business, but be
cautious about putting funds in the hands of the wrong people.

There are apt to be changes in the people you work with. Some may leave suddenly
and with little warning, causing you a mini-panic in trying to replace them. It is also
possible that you become upset with those who perform a service for you, who work for
you, and decide to abruptly dismiss them. The changes are disturbing at first because of
their suddenness. But the changes you make are likely to work out even better.

The arrangement of the planets in 2019 indicates that you will probably have lots of
money to work with. This arrangement also indicates that you are vulnerable to making
poor decisions if you don’t do your homework on how to invest those monies well. For
this reason, it may not be a favorable year to speculate. You have a chance to do
something really big and very important this year. Figure out what it is and how to make
it last more than 1-2 years.

The best times for business activity and new initiatives are December 31- February
14 and July 1-August 18. Periods that tend towards conflict, disputes, and difficulties in
work-related areas are in effect March 31-May 15 and August 18-October 4. It is wise to
avoid confrontations at this time. In a political situation, be careful of how you fight. You
might win the battle, but lose the war. In other words, you might be right, but if you
didn’t build up support for your point of view, you still might lose the argument.

Relationships: This can be a breakout year in relationships for you. It is a time when you
are liberated, free, and independent, and this makes you very attractive to others. Hence,
you are popular and in great demand. Everybody wants to party with you, and no one can
party more than you when the mood hits. You do things big, and as host or hostess,
everyone wants to attend your events, or invite you to their big events. It’s a year of big
gatherings and glitzy celebrations. Join in and have fun! And while at it, know that
romance is also brewing. You are hot! You have the big smile and confidence to prove it,
especially if you are born December 6-17. Your circle of friends expands wildly.

But are they really your friends? As outgoing and lively as you may act and feel,
there is also the temptation to not see things clearly, especially in terms of another
person’s character. You may be easily seduced by flattery and attention. You may be
vulnerable to being taken advantage of, maybe lied to and deceived by those who are
dishonest and not at all what they appear to be. Also, you may find yourself involved
with someone who is involved with someone else. If you are truly liberated and
independent, that may not matter, except that you also have feelings, and they may get
hurt if you discover that someone you believed in was not honest with you. It could be
the other way around too. You may be the one who misleads someone else into an affair

165
without sharing your true intention, and then they find out and are hurt. Things are very
fluid in relationships. They may also be fluid in your home where you may encounter
plumbing problems, or issues with your swimming pool. These matters apply mostly to
those born December 6-11.

Still love is in the air, and it may be so intoxicating that you consider a partnership,
even marriage. Just be sure that you really know who this person is, and the
characteristics necessary to make a successful and sustainable partnership are present. In
the meantime, enjoy a year of great fun, entertainment, and flirtation. This is a party year,
one to celebrate.

Periods that favor romance and love are in effect January 7-Febriuary 3, April 20-
May 15, July 27-August 21, and November 1-25.

CAPRICORN (DECEMBER 21-JANUARY 20)

Saturn is one year into its three-year journey through its ruling sign, and your Sun
sign, Capricorn. This means you are likely to be immersed in the planning of your future.
You are building something – a business, a relationship, a house, a family – and you need
to think long-term. It may go slow at first, for building the foundation of something you
want to last is not a simple task. You have to get the right tools to work with and the right
parts to fit. That also involves finding the right people in life to help you actualize this
plan for the future. Honesty, integrity, and timeliness are keys to look for in dealing with
others. The structure for the future that you are building will likely involve tearing down
structures and patterns from the past. It is time to de-clutter yourself of physical and
psychological baggage, engage in some serious soul searching, and throw out that which
you no longer need for the rest of your life. You are rebuilding, and the more you throw
out what you don’t need, the better off you will be and the lighter you will feel. Still, this
is easier said than done. Breaking away from the past and advancing towards a new
future always carries a certain amount of trepidation. But you will have help, for Uranus
– the agent of change – is now moving into Taurus and forming a favorable trine aspect
to your Sun sign. You will likely succeed with this transition in life over the next seven
years, and as a result, feel a new vitality. Additionally, the Moon’s South Node will
transit through Capricorn this year, implying that relationships and partnerships may be
very successful and significant in 2019. With the North Node in the solar 7th house, this
may be a year of karmic relationships, even in partnerships, such as marriage.

Career and Finances: A large part of the focus regarding your future will involve your
career. Although you may be successful, there is likely to be something missing,
something more or something else that you wish to do in this phase of your life. If you
are self-employed, you may be looking for a new project. Yet, at the same time, you need
to figure out where to make the time to take on any new efforts. The problem is not
vision or talent, but rather time. If you work for a company, you are also contemplating
what to do in order to make work more exciting, more meaningful, while at the same time
building something constructive for your future. If your job is not fulfilling, or if too
much is demanded of you without enough compensation, it is entirely possible that you
will leave and seek another career or position. You have been given a lot of duties and
responsibilities, but instead of being rewarded for these additional duties in the form of

166
more monies, you are rewarded with perhaps a more impressive title and more duties
without much more compensation. You feel you can do better elsewhere, or doing
something else that rewards your time and effort more fairly. To continue with the
current path might be very exhausting, even to the point of adversely affecting your
physical, emotional, or mental health, especially if you are a workaholic, as many
Capricorns are. It is very important to find a balance between work, play, and exercise in
order to build up a reserve of energy and avoid burnout. Those most affected in this
manner include those born January 1-12. The good news is that you are likely to make
changes that will serve you well for your future. Your vision is fine. It will work. You
just have to start doing it, and realize that it may go slowly at first, but if you stay
committed, you should begin to realize very positive results in 2-5 years.

Another dynamic at work in your psyche is to actually tear down and eliminate those
things in life that you no longer need, and then replace them with efficient and powerful
new structures. This can also include people who you work with. If you are in charge,
then you may need to let some people go and replace them with others who can do more
(or do better at) tasks that you require. If you work for a company, you may find your
role is changed by circumstances outside of your control, such as a relocation of the
company’s headquarters, or the elimination of your department or department head. You
also will need to be conscious of any person at work who may attempt to undermine you.
Perhaps they are doing your job without your awareness, and then it creates a political
complication in the workplace. If this happens, it will be necessary to reveal it as soon as
possible, for the longer this is allowed to fester, the worse it becomes to resolve. Yet, you
have the power, too, and if you take charge and exercise your authority in a win-win
manner, it can be a tremendous boost to your reputation and the environment of your
work place. Everyone performs better when you define the boundaries and others agree to
abide by them. This is especially true for those born January 10-14.

Many of you have already begun a new direction in life as we enter 2019, or you
may start this year. This new direction is inspiring and exciting, and the future looks very
bright. You have new ideas and a new aura of magnetism that attracts new and interesting
people, as well as new opportunities. This is a time to explore those new opportunities,
whether they come from you or someone else who wants to work with you. Technology
and the media may be involved. Perhaps you are developing a new software program or
app. Perhaps you are asked to take on new projects that involve the media (TV show,
radio, podcast, newspaper column, etc.). Whatever the case, take advantage and explore
these offers and ideas that arise. They can lead to great success. This is especially the
case for those born December 19-29 (yes, it overlaps the end of Sagittarius).

This is also a year of creativity in marketing or advertising, or even artistic projects

if you are an artist. You have a vivid imagination that can be parlayed into the board
room, website, or any other marketing venue, creating images that can catch the attention
of prospective clients or customers. People like your vision. In this regard, you may also
be successful in connecting with someone who has these talents and can help manifest
your visions and images. This is mostly true for those born January 4-9.

Financially, the year 2019 holds promise of an increase in income and/or net worth.
But it may be modest compared to what is scheduled the following two years. In 2019,

167
you may start a project that leads to greater and greater success. Your 12-year high cycle
is coming up in 2020, but the financial gains will continue through 2021. You can do well
with both long-term investment planning, as well as speculation.

The best times for business activities and new initiatives are February 14-March 31
and August 18-October 4. Periods that tend towards more conflict, disputes, and
difficulties in work-related areas are in effect March 31-May 15 and October 4-
November 19. It is wise to avoid confrontations at this time. In a political situation, be
careful of how you fight. You might win the battle, but lose the war. In other words, you
might be right, but if you didn’t build up support for your point of view, you still might
lose the argument.

Relationships: “Out with the old and in with the new,” applies to both work and
relationships. As you de-clutter your work zone, you also start doing the same with your
social circle. Some of this is by choice and some of it may be due to circumstances. You,
or someone close to you, may be leaving your circle due to major changes in work,
marriage, illness, or a revelation that someone who had been close to you has also been
working behind your back, revealing your personal secrets, and you no longer wish to
include him/her in your life anymore. This pertains to those born January 10-14.

There may also be a need to make a commitment with someone for the future. This
will require a clear determination of boundaries and expectations of one another. Since
Saturn rules Capricorn, your Sun sign, this process can be re-affirming of your role in one
another’s life. The key is to agree on mutual goals, boundaries, and expectations of one
another in this relationship. With that, it can work. Without going through these steps,
you invite disappointment in love or partnerships, which could bring the relationship to
an end rather than a new beginning. This applies to those born January 1-12. Another
area to watch here has to do with demands and criticism. Make sure your demands are
reasonable, and given as gentle requests. Make sure your criticism is constructive and not
hurtful. Instead of your being the one to act these behaviors out, it may be that you are the
subject of someone else’s demands and criticisms. You may be more sensitive than usual
and that could lead you to terminate the relationship. Saturn in your Sun sign is not a time
when you want the pressure of others around you who are overly demanding, critical, and
dissatisfied. You would rather be alone. You would be better off being alone in that case.

The area of romance, however, is very strongly magnified in 2019, and in fact, for
the next 5-7 years. There are two types of romantic experiences you may have. First,
there is the attraction to someone new who inspires you, or is inspired by you. Your
ideas, or openness to the ideas of others, are electric. Chemistry between you and others
is almost instantaneous. You will have to decide on what level to engage this person –
romantic or just intellectual and edgy. This pertains mostly to those born December 19-
30 (includes late Sagittarius). The other is a more classical case of romance that builds
more and more the longer you know the person. With this individual, you want to travel,
experience exotic places in the world that are romantic, dine at romantic restaurants, and
give and receive romantic gifts. This is infatuation at the least, and deep love at the most.
If you were born January 4-9, you are most receptive to this type of romance and love.

168
 Marriage and partnership are possible if both parties address Saturn’s needs for
shared goals, boundaries, and expectations. These need to be clearly defined. Then you
can enjoy the fullness of love that is possible this year and even the following two years.

Periods that favor romance and love are February 3-March 1, May 5-June 8, August
21-September 14, and November 25-December 20.

AQUARIUS (JANUARY 19-FEBRUARY 18)

You may be entering a crossroads in life that requires a major decision, which in
turn alters the path you have been on. Uranus, the planet ruling Aquarius, is starting its 7-
year trek through Taurus, which forms an important square aspect to your Sun sign.
Uranus brings the capacity to inspire or be inspired, which is a wonderful, vibrant,
feeling. It can open up an avenue of life experiences, and the opportunity to learn new
skills. It can also bring forth disruptive experiences that require changes in your life style
– experiences that you may not have expected or planned for. Thus, you must be open to
making quick adjustments and changes, which is not always easy to do. For your part, be
careful of forcing changes that sound good but may not be well-thought out. You don’t
want to “bite your nose to spite your face,” as we say in America. Yet, Jupiter is also
moving into the friendly sign (for you) of Sagittarius for most of 2019. This brings many
opportunities to enjoy yourself socially. It is a year of making many new friends and
enjoying excellent experiences with old friends, perhaps through travel and/or education.
There will be many occasions to celebrate important events in the lives of those you are
close to, or just attend enjoyable parties, meet-ups, or get-togethers. You will probably
realize just how important and wonderful your true friends are in 2019.

Career and Finances: This could be a year of ups and downs in your career. There are
plenty of opportunities to make money because of your inventive ideas as well as your
friendly personality. People like you and want to do things with you and for you. They
value your business relationship, and your contacts are of value to both you and them. As
a result, your income through normal business activities may increase. You may receive a
modest increase in salary. Or, if you are self-employed or work multiple jobs, you may
see an increase in sales or outside income-generating activities. This is especially the case
for those born February 3-14. Just remember to use your professional contacts for help if
you need them. They are there for you. You have built an impressive network.

Yet there are changes coming in regards to your work or career over the next seven
year. It may get erratic, with periods of excellent offers and opportunities followed by
abrupt changes in carrying out those opportunities. Offers may be made, and then
withdrawn. You may start a new project and then have to stop, due to something
unexpected that arises, perhaps outside of your control. Changes may be happening in
your company or your business, that you did not foresee. Maybe your department is shut
down, your company relocates, or someone new is hired to do tasks that you were doing.

It could also be a case of your receiving an offer that looks too good to pass up. You
may take it, probably for more pay, but it turns out to be very different from what you
expected and now, how do you get your old position back? There may be complications
with a new idea that you have. In theory, your idea sounds great. It is exciting and new.

169
But you may encounter trouble trying to explain it to others who just can’t follow you.
They don’t understand what you are trying to do or suggest. In making presentations,
start with the idea that others you are talking to haven’t a clue. Start from the bottom, and
gradually move up in your explanation so they can follow your train of thought.
Otherwise you lose them, and then all that planning was for naught. At its worst, you may
have to find a new job or a new home. These challenges, and opportunities, are most
likely for those born January 17-27 (includes late Capricorn). The key to making this
period work is to think before you jump, explain your visions slowly and clearly, and try
not to disrupt the status quo of your working environment. It will change without you,
and you will need to assess the new situation carefully and decide how best to act. Don’t
panic, because that only makes it harder. Sometimes new conditions can work out much
better than the old conditions, and interruptions provide the time needed to figure things
out correctly. When there is a break from the past, it usually means something new is
about to be born.

The best times for business activities and new initiatives are March 31-May 15 and
October 4-November 19. Periods that tend towards more conflicts, disputes, and
difficulties in work-related areas are February 14-March 31, July 1-August 18, and
November 19, 2019-January 3, 2020. It is wise to avoid confrontations during these
times. In a political situation, be careful of how you fight. You might win the battle, but
lose the war. In other words, you might be right, but if you didn’t build up support for
your point of view, you still might lose the argument.

Relationships: You are very popular this year. People want to hang out with you.
Invitations to celebrate important life events with friends come your way. It is a favorable
year for travel and social events. If you are single and available, it is a fine year to meet
new and interesting people. They like you. If you are in a relationship, then it is a
wonderful period for you and your partner to enjoy the company of many mutual friends,
as well as form new friendships. There are likely several happy occasions to get together
and enjoy life with others, especially if you are born February 3-14. It is also a favorable
time to join groups or teams that share similar interests with you. You are funny and fun
to be with, so plan to engage with others in several different enjoyable activities.

Personal relationships may be a little rocky for those born January 16-27. It seems
that you and your partner are having difficulty agreeing on a path forward. If you live
together, this may revolve around differences in where you want to live, or how you want
your living arrangements to be. It may also involve another family member’s issues that
require your attention (a parent?). Some of you may suddenly be attracted to someone
new, and this can jeopardize the stability of an ongoing relationship. If it persists, then a
separation may be brewing. If you don’t want this, then don’t go there. In any event,
ideas about the future with another person may be undergoing a radical change, and you
are best advised to be alert and communicate with one another before it goes too far in
the mind of one, but without the awareness of the other. Ask yourself if you are really
friends or not. Friendship was the basis for the relationship working in the first place. Is it
still? It might be valuable to promise one another that whatever happens, you will remain
friends. That might solve any problems that arise. It is the kind of vow you can make.

170
 Periods that favor romance and love for Aquarians in 2019 are March 1-26, June 8-
July 3, September 14-November 2, and December 20, 2019 through January 13, 2020.

PISCES (FEBRUARY 18-MARCH 20)

This should be a very interesting year for Pisces because Neptune, the ruler of
Pisces, remains in Pisces for another 6 years, while Saturn, Pluto, and Uranus make a
favorable sextile to the sign of Pisces. With Neptune, your ideals and interest in spiritual
matters and practices continues. You have a boundless faith in the infinite and the world
of possibilities and miracles. At the same time, you may also be a bit gullible, naïve, and
prone to either misjudge people and circumstances, or to encounter others who would
attempt to take advantage of you. Issues of trust are important in your relationships. The
sextiles to Saturn and Pluto in Capricorn will help ground you. You know you have to be
careful in your analysis of people and situations, and that alone lends caution to your
impulse to just trust and go with the flow. It also implies that you benefit when exercising
managerial and critical, analytical skills. Uranus ingressing into Taurus also makes a
sextile to your Sun sign, which brings an awareness of new and exciting possibilities. It
also suggests that your own personal magnetism is increasing, as you combine inspiration
with your natural affinity for imagination. You may feel renewed and revitalized,
discovering that you do especially well with young people. However, Jupiter squares
your Sun sign this year, so periods of maturity and caution are offset by episodes of
indulgence and excess. You may have to watch what you eat, lest you experience
complications with your blood sugar levels.

Career and Finances: You continue to strive for a very harmonious work environment.
You don’t like stress or stressful people, and will do whatever you can to insure your
working environment is positive and supportive in 2019 (and through 2025). You will
find that a peaceful atmosphere at work lends itself well to your own creative activities.
You have a vivid imagination that longs to express itself in writing, music, dance, poetry,
or spiritual practices like meditation. It is best served in a relaxed, stress-free
environment. Thus, if you can create this atmosphere, there is no limit to what you can
achieve in 2019 and beyond. The results of your creative efforts can then be marketable.
You have the vision to design a marketing or advertising campaign if necessary, and if
not, then your work can be marketed by others who do. As if on cue, they enter your life
just when you need them. You live a charmed life, as long as you live and work in a
peaceful environment. If not, you had better create one. This outlook is most apt for those
born March 4-9. If you are in a helping or counseling profession, this is a wonderful
signature to be under. Others will express deep gratitude for the care and gentle attention
you give them.

However, when entering into negotiations or agreements, you may need the advice
of others you trust. You may overlook important details, and find you are confused by
such mundane matters as legal jargon. If not careful, you could be taken advantage of
financially. As we say in America, “the devil is in the details,” so find someone who is
alert in reading the details and who works on your behalf. Additionally, be careful of
agreeing to give too much away, especially before the duties of the other person are
completed. You may be too trusting, too eager to make a deal and get back to your
creative work, and thus give up more than you should or more than is fair. This could

171
result in financial losses. This pertains mostly to those born March 4-15. For you, this is
a year to be careful regarding investments or financial commitments with others.

It behooves you to be organized and establish a consistent work routine or schedule.

You can accomplish much if you just apply yourself and do the work. Something as
simple as making appointments, or making a list of things to do every day, and
organizing the same time slots every day for work, would help immensely. You need a
direction, and you need to set limits on your time and identify your goals, whether short-
term or long-term. If you do that, you will succeed this year, especially those born March
1-14. In fact, those born March 11-15 have the skills this year to lead (or be part of) a
team effort on a large project. This could be very rewarding, both on a personal and a
financial level.

Great new and inventive ideas in careers are likely for those born February 16-26.
This may lead to new projects or new job opportunities that also involve a healthy
financial compensation. Applications of technology, or opportunities to work with the
media, may be presented, and you are advised to consider doing these tasks or working
with these tools or agencies.

All in all, this promises to be an excellent year for making money through creative
work. However, it may not lend itself well to financial investments and speculation
because of a tendency to get careless or not pay attention to details, or even a tendency to
stay with a position not going well because you “believe” in it, or still have “hope” that it
will work out well. You may have trouble bringing yourself to cut your losses when
things are not going right, which usually means they become even greater losses.

The best times for business activities and new initiatives are May 15-July 1 and
November 19-January 3, 2020. Periods that tend toward conflicts, disputes, and
difficulties in work-related areas are rare, but they could erupt March 31-May 15 and
August 18-October 4. It is wise to avoid confrontations during this time. In a political
situation, be careful of how you fight. You might win the battle, but lose the war. In other
words, you might be right, but if you didn’t build up support for your point of view, you
still might lose the argument.

Relationships: Love continues to spring eternal for you as long as Neptune remains in
Pisces, which is until 2025-2026. You are a romantic and always have been, always will
be, only more now. And romance will find you, even with very little effort on your part.
If it has already found you, then you can enhance the love by making special travel and
dining and entertainment plans. Share your romantic wishes with your partner and enjoy
life and love to the maximum now, especially if you are born March 4-9. The only
criterion is that you must trust this person in order to let yourself go. If the person you
choose is not trustworthy, then there are apt to be disappointments and sadness, so choose
well. Those most prone to be misled in love, or to make questionable judgments about
others, are born March 4-15. Your choice of partners must be almost as romantic as you,
and they must be trustworthy. Once you find that person, take a trip to an exotic island
and let your fantasies run wild. Everyday can be magical, like a miracle.

172
 Your friendships are also important. You probably have many long-standing friends,
and it behooves you to share experiences with them as well. You seem to get along very
well with younger and older people now, and if interested, a romance can develop with
either. The more mature and stable the other person, the more likely this friendship or
romance will last, especially for those born March 1-15.

A new wave of excitement in love may be in store for those born February 16-26.
You have magnetism, and people are very attracted to you. It works the other way too.
You may discover someone who attracts your interest. This person represents something
entirely new and different. They may be younger than you or from a very different
background and/or culture. That is why it is exciting. You grow through this interaction
into new ideas, new ways of looking at things. It can lead you to come up with your own
new ideas. It is very inspiring, and both the mental and physical chemistry can be electric.
In addition, you may purchase a new car this year. You’ll look good in it.

Periods that favor romance and love for Pisces in 2019 include December 2, 2018-
January 7, 2019, March 1-26, July 3-27, and October 8-November 1.

2019 GEOCOSMIC EPHEMERIS AND ASTRO CALENDAR GUIDE

On the following pages you will find the Geocosmic ephemeris (on left hand pages)
and the Astrological Calendar Guide (on the right-hand pages), for each month between
January 2019 and April 2020.

The Ephemeris is provided by Astro Communications Services (ACS) of Epping,

New Hampshire. The page is divided into 4 sections. The top section lists the planetary
positions as of midnight, GMT (Greenwich Mean Time). The middle section gives the
positions of the declinations and latitudes of each planet for each day, as of midnight
GMT. The right of this section, and a little lower, are the Moon phenomena. Of most
importance are the two right columns, titled “Void of Course Moon” (symbol for the
Moon). The farthest right-hand column gives the Moon Ingress, which lists the times
when the Moon enters each sign of the zodiac, basis GMT. This is especially important
for traders who trade the Solar-Lunar cycles, as I do, and as outlined in The Ultimate
Book on Stock Market Timing Volume 4: Solar-Lunar Correlations to Short-Term
Reversals and The Sun, The Moon, and The Silver Market: Secrets of a Silver Trader.
The bottom part of the page shows the “Daily Aspectarian,” which lists the exact time
that aspects form between any two planets (including the Sun and Moon). These are
important in identifying “Geocosmic Critical Reversal Dates” in the MMA Cycles Report,
as well as this Forecasts for 2019 book.

The right-hand page is a day-by-day calendar, showing the times that each aspect
and planetary ingress takes place. The times in the calendar have been adjusted for the
EST (Eastern Standard Time) zone. Here too one can instantly see if any particular day
has more than, or less then, the usual amount of geocosmic activity going on. One can
also see when planetary aspects are occurring close in time to one another, which is the
basis for identifying a “Critical Reversal Date,” as described in “The Ultimate Book on
Stock Market Timing, Volume 3: Geocosmic Correlations to Trading Cycles.”

173
174
January
  2019:NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE Zone:5
Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
1 2 3 4 5
12:49AM ½ Ð Å 12:12AM ¿ Û Æ 8: 27 PM New Moon ¹
3:57AM ¾-> 0¸00 1:53PM ¾-> 0¹00
2:56PM ½ × Ç
10:39PM ¿-> 0¹00

6 7 8 9 10 11 12
3:24PM ÆDirect 1:44AM ¾-> 0º00 5:04AM ¿ Ú Ã 2:42PM ¾-> 0»00 6:37AM ½ Ð È 3:16AM ¾-> 0°00
6:17AM Â-> 0¸00

13 14 15 16 17 18 19
8:30AM ¿ Ð Å 8:12AM ¿ × Ç 7:59PM ¾-> 0²00 11:49AM Â Û Ã
1:57PM Ä Ú Ç 1:30PM ¾-> 0±00 3:02PM ¿ Ð È
8:30PM ½ Ú Æ
10:42PM ¾-> 0³00

20 21 22 23 24 25 26
3:59AM ½-> 0º00 12:15AM Full Moon´ 7:25AM Â Ð Ä 6:12AM ¿ Ú Æ 12:48AM ¿-> 0º00 12:52PM Ã Û Ä
10:53PM ¾-> 0´00 6:46AM Ã Ú Å 10:21PM ¾-> 0µ00 11:01PM ¾-> 0¶00
11:14PM Â Ú Ç

27 28 29 30 31 December 2018 February

2:29AM ¾-> 0·00 9:31AM ¾-> 0¸00 9:14AM Å × Ç S M T W T F S S M T W T F S

9:51PM ¿ Ð ½ 7:46PM ¾-> 0¹00

1 1 2

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 24 25 26 27 28

30 31

175
 
176
February
  2019:NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE Zone:5
Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
1 2
10:18PM Ã Ú È 6:40PM Â Û Æ

3 4 5 6 7 8 9
8:02AM ¾-> 0º00 4:02 PM New Moonº 9:00PM ¾-> 0»00 7:31PM ½ × Ä 9:33AM ¾-> 0°00 5:52PM ¿ × Æ
4:54PM ¿ × Ä 8:24PM ¿ × Ã
5:28PM Â-> 0¹00

10 11 12 13 14 15 16
5:50AM ¿-> 0»00 1:19AM Ã Ð Æ 5:50AM Ã-> 0±00 9:01AM ¾-> 0³00
8:27PM ¾-> 0±00 4:30AM ¾-> 0²00

17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3:43AM Â × Ç 2:54AM ½ × Æ 1:36AM ¿ Ð Ç 9:16AM ¾-> 0¶00 3:39PM ¿ Ú Ä 10:55AM ¾-> 0·00
10:19AM ¾-> 0´00 5:51AM Â Ð Å 9:45AM ¾-> 0µ00 10:52PM Â Ð È 12:17PM ¿ × È
6:03PM ½-> 0»00 10:52AM Full Moonµ
9:38PM ¿ × Å

24 25 26 27 28 January March

4:18PM ¾-> 0¸00 9:32PM ½ × Ã 1:47AM ¾-> 0¹00 S M T W T F S S M T W T F S

1 2 3 4 5 1 2

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

27 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

31

  177
178
March
  2019:NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE Zone:5
Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
1 2
7:31AM Â Ú Æ 2:05PM ¾-> 0º00
11:44AM Â-> 0º00

3 4 5 6 7 8 9
3:09AM ¾-> 0»00 3:25AM Æ-> 0±00 3:26PM ¾-> 0°00 2:09AM ½ × Å
1: 17
17PM
PM ¿ ¨29
¨29 » 11:02AM
11:02AM New Moon»
7:59PM ½ Ð Ç

10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2:08AM ¾-> 0±00 10:47AM ¾-> 0²00 9:28AM ½ × È 5:01AM Ã Û Å 6:15PM Ä Ú ¿ 8:07AM È × ¿
11:19AM Ã × Ç 8:28PM ½ Ú Ä 4:48PM ¾-> 0³00 7:55PM ¾-> 0´00
8:46PM ½ Ð ¿

17 18 19 20 21 22 23
10:22PM Ã × ¿ 8:40PM ¾-> 0µ00 6:40AM Ã Û È 3:06AM Â Ú Ã 9:15PM ¾-> 0·00
9:25AM Å × ¿ 9:15AM Â × Ä
4:57PM ½-> 0°00
8:27PM ¾-> 0¶00
8:41PM Full Moon¶

24 25 26 27 28 29 30
12:26PM Ç Ð ¿ 1:05AM ¾-> 0¸00 2:42PM Â-> 0»00 9:06AM ¾-> 0¹00 8:57AM ¿Direct 8:44PM ¾-> 0º00
11:44AM Â × Æ

31 February April

S M T W T F S S M T W T F S

1:11AM Ã-> 0²00 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

24 25 26 27 28 28 29 30

  179
180
April
  2019:NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE Zone:5
Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
1 2 3 4 5 6
9:47AM ¾-> 0»00 4:35AM ¿ Ð Ç 9:55PM ¾-> 0°00 3:49 AM New Moon° 8:05AM ¾-> 0±00

7 8 9 10 11 12 13
4:16AM ¿ × Å 4:14PM ¾-> 0²00 1:12AM Â Ð Ç 11:17PM ¿ Ú Ä 10:07AM Â × Å 2:49AM ¾-> 0´00
3:46AM ½ Ú Å 3:06AM ½ Ú È
12:00PM
12:00PM Ä ¨24
¨24 ¸
4:44PM ¿ × È
10:30PM ¾-> 0³00

14 15 16 17 18 19 20
8:39AM ½ Û Ä 5:12AM ¾-> 0µ00 12:59AM ¿-> 0°00 6:11AM Full Moon¶ 3:54AM ½-> 0±00
6:50PM Â × È 6:14PM Â Ú Ä 6:21AM ¾-> 0¶00 7:39AM ¾-> 0·00 11:09AM Â-> 0°00

21 22 23 24 25 26 27
10:58AM ¾-> 0¸00 6:06PM ½ Ð Æ 5:49PM ¾-> 0¹00 1:47 PM È ¨23
¨23 ¹ 4:26AM ¾-> 0º00 8:02AM Ã Ú Ç

28 29 30 March May

5:10PM ¾-> 0»00 7:53 PM Å ¨20

¨20 ¹ S M T W T F S S M T W T F S

1 2 1 2 3 4

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 26 27 28 29 30 31

31

 
  181
182
May
  2019:NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE Zone:5
Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
April June
1 2 3 4
S M T W T F S S M T W T F S
1:36AM ¿ × Ã 4:50PM ¿ Ú È 3:17PM ¾-> 0±00 5: 44 PM New Moon±
1 2 3 4 5 6 1
3:49AM ¿ Ú Å 10:58PM ¿ Û Ä
5:22AM ¾-> 0°00
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

28 29 30 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

30

5 6 7 8 9 10 11
4:56PM Ã à Ä 1:24PM ¿-> 0±00 8:25AM Â Ú Å 4:05AM ¾-> 0³00 11:55AM Â Û Ä 8:12AM ¾-> 0´00 4:18AM ½ Û Å
10:39PM ¾-> 0²00 9:21AM ¿ Ð Æ 12:19PM Â Ú È
9:51PM ½ × Ç

12 13 14 15 16 17 18
11:20AM ¾-> 0µ00 10:06PM ½ Û È 8:57AM Â × Ã 4:45AM Â-> 0±00 4:24PM ¾-> 0·00 12:47AM ¿ Û È
1:49PM ¾-> 0¶00 8:19PM ¿ × Ç 6:08PM ¿ Û Å 11:16AM Â Ð Æ
10:08PM Ã-> 0³00 4:10PM Full Moon·
8:20PM ¾-> 0¸00

19 20 21 22 23 24 25
2:55AM ¾-> 0¹00 9:45AM Ã × Æ 12:48PM ¾-> 0º00
2:58AM ½-> 0²00
5:50AM ¿-> 0²00
8:06AM ¿ Ð ½

26 27 28 29 30 31
1:06AM ¾-> 0»00 1:30PM ¾-> 0°00 8:21PM ¿ Ú Ç 11:49AM Â × Ç 10:25AM Â Û Å
10:10PM ¿ à Ä
11:41PM ¾-> 0±00

 
  183
184
June
  2019:NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE Zone:5
Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
1

2 3 4 5 6 7 8
6:46AM ¾-> 0²00 5:00 AM New Moon ²11:16AM ¾-> 0³00 2:14PM ¾-> 0´00 9:15AM ¿ × Æ 4:44PM ¾-> 0µ00
10:41PM Â Û È 3:03PM ¿-> 0³00 8:36PM Â-> 0²00

9 10 11 12 13 14 15
2:32PM ½ Ú Ç 10:26AM ½ à Ä 11:01PM ¾-> 0·00 1:10AM Ã Û Ç 4:02AM ¾-> 0¸00
7:28PM ¾-> 0¶00 10:49AM Ã à Å

16 17 18 19 20 21 22
6:42AM ¿ Û Ç 3:29AM Full Moon¸ 6:46AM Ç × Å 5:55AM ¿ à È 9:34 AM Ç ¨18
¨18 » 9:00AM ¾-> 0»00
8:59AM ¿ à Å 11:12AM ¾-> 0¹00 11:03AM ¿ Ð Ã 8:59PM ¾-> 0º00 10:53AM ½-> 0³00
10:21AM Ç Ú Ä 10:25PM Ã à È

23 24 25 26 27 28 29
11:44AM Â à Ä 4:57AM Â Ú Ç 7:18PM ¿-> 0´00 8:30AM ¾-> 0±00 4:07PM ¾-> 0²00
9:36PM ¾-> 0°00 12:44PM ½ × Æ

30 May July

S M T W T F S S M T W T F S

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

26 27 28 29 30 31 28 29 30 31

 
185
 
186
July
  2019:NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE Zone:5
Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
1 2 3 4 5 6
6:18PM Ã-> 0´00 2: 15
15PM
PM New Moon
Moon³³10:17AM Â-> 0³00 11:24PM ¾-> 0µ00
8:22PM ¾-> 0³00 10:18PM ¾-> 0´00

7 8 9 10 11 12 13
6: 14
14PM
PM ¿ ¨ 4´ 1:05AM ¾-> 0¶00 12:06PM ½ à Å 4:27AM ¾-> 0·00 1:00PM Ã Ú Æ 10:04AM ¾-> 0¸00
10:31AM Â × Æ 11:30PM ½ Û Ç
5:26PM Ã Ð ¿

14 15 16 17 18 19 20
9:50AM ½ à È 4:37PM Full Moon¹ 12:33AM Â à Å 1:02PM Â Û Ç 2:06AM ¿-> 0´00
6:03PM ¾-> 0¹00 4:17AM ¾-> 0º00 4:18PM ¾-> 0»00

21 22 23 24 25 26 27
3:31AM Â à È 5:01AM ¾-> 0°00 4:41PM ¾-> 0±00 7:21AM Ã Û Ä 1:27AM ¾-> 0²00
7:33AM ½ Ð ¿ 9:49PM ½-> 0´00 7:25PM Â Ð ¿ 8:53PM Â-> 0´00

28 29 30 31 June August

6:29AM ¾-> 0³00 8:17AM ¾-> 0´00 S M TW T F S S M TW T F S

6:13PM ½ Ú Æ 10:10PM
10:10PM New Moon´
10:57PM ¿Direct 1 1 2 3

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

30

 
  187
188
August
  2019:NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE Zone:5
Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
July September 1 2 3
S M TW T F S S M TW T F S 4:59AM Â Ú Æ
8:19AM ¾-> 0µ00
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

28 29 30 31 29 30

4 5 6 7 8 9 10
8:28AM ¾-> 0¶00 10:30AM ¾-> 0·00 2:30AM ½ Û Ä 3:27PM Â Û Ä 11:49PM ¾-> 0¹00
3:33PM ¾-> 0¸00

11 12 13 14 15 16 17
8:36AM ÄDirect 10:34AM ¾-> 0º00 1:07AM Â Ð ½ 7:28AM Full Moonº 12:06PM ¿ Ú Æ
2:44PM ¿-> 0´00 10:48PM ¾-> 0»00
9: 27
27PM
PM Æ ¨ 6±

18 19 20 21 22 23 24
12:17AM Ã-> 0µ00 11:36PM ¾-> 0±00 4:05AM Â-> 0µ00 5:01AM ½-> 0µ00 12:03PM Â Ð Ã
11:31AM ¾-> 0°00 5:03AM ¿ Û Ä 9:32AM ¾-> 0²00

25 26 27 28 29 30 31
4:04PM ¾-> 0³00 10:37AM Â Û Æ 6:52PM ¾-> 0´00 5:52AM Ã Û Æ 2:47AM ¿-> 0µ00 5:36 AM New Moonµ6:07PM ¾-> 0¶00
6:56PM ¾-> 0µ00
10:13PM ½ Û Æ

 
  189
190
September
  2019:NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE Zone:5
Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
9:10AM ¿ Û Æ 5:41AM ½ Ð Ã 10:39AM ¿ Ð Ã 6:25AM Â à Ç 7:36AM ¿ Û Å 2:10AM ¿ Ú Ä 2:17AM ¿ à Ç
1:48PM Â Û Å 11:25AM Â Ú Ä 8:39PM ¿ Ð ½ 10:07PM ¾-> 0¸00 4:55PM ½ Û Å 5:36AM ¾-> 0¹00
6:33PM ¾-> 0·00 10:45PM Â Û È

8 9 10 11 12 13 14
10:26AM ½ Ú Ä 4:22PM ¾-> 0º00 2:23AM ½ à Ç 4:05AM Ã Ú Ä 10:09AM ¿ Ð Â 12:24AM Ã à Ç
10:08PM ¿ Û È 4:50AM ¾-> 0»00 2:41PM ½ Û È 2:13AM ¿-> 0¶00
11:13PM Ã Û Å 11:31PM Full Moon» 8:42AM Â-> 0¶00
5:31PM ¾-> 0°00

15 16 17 18 19 20 21
5:29AM ¾-> 0±00 3:46AM ÅDirect 10:52AM Ã Û È 11:42AM Ä Ú Ç
3:56PM ¾-> 0²00 11:49PM ¾-> 0³00

22 23 24 25 26 27 28
11:18AM ¿ Ú Å 2:49AM ½-> 0¶00 4:18AM ¾-> 0´00 2:19PM Â Ú Å 5:35AM ¾-> 0µ00 5:01AM ¾-> 0¶00
3:59PM ¿ × Ä 6:51PM ¿ Ú È 1: 25 PM New Moon¶
6:40PM Â × Ä

29 30 August October

4:40AM ¾-> 0·00 S M T W T F S S M T W T F S

11:17PM Â Ú È
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 27 28 29 30 31

   
  191
192
October
  2019:NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE Zone:5
Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
1 2 3 4 5
6:43AM ¾-> 0¸00 1:36AM ÈDirect 12:42PM ¾-> 0¹00
3:13AM ¿-> 0·00
11:21PM Ã-> 0¶00

6 7 8 9 10 11 12
10:41PM ¾-> 0º00 1:16AM ¿ à Æ 12:05PM Â-> 0·00 11:04AM ¾-> 0»00 11:44PM ¾-> 0°00 5:06PM Â à Æ
2:06PM ½ Ú Å

13 14 15 16 17 18 19
1:01PM ½ × Ä 1:55AM ¿ × Å 5:44PM ¿ Û Ç 9:29PM ¾-> 0²00 5:41AM ¾-> 0³00
4:06PM Full Moon° 2:37AM ½ Ú È 5:20PM ¿ × È
11:22AM ¾-> 0±00

20 21 22 23 24 25 26
8:57AM Â × Å 11:27AM ¾-> 0´00 12:19PM ½-> 0·00 4:51AM Â × È
2:39PM Â Û Ç 2:28PM ¾-> 0µ00 3:18PM ¾-> 0¶00

27 28 29 30 31 September November

9:30AM Ã Ú Å 3:14AM ½ à Æ 4:57PM ¾-> 0¸00 5:04PM Â Ð ¿ 10:40AM ¨27 ·

10:40AM ¿ ¨27 S M TW T F S S M TW T F S
3:28PM ¾-> 0·00 9:37PM ¾-> 0¹00
10:37PM New Moon ·
10:37PM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

29 30 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

   
  193
194
November
  2019:NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE Zone:5
Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
October December
1 2
S M T W T F S S M T W T F S
3:24PM Â-> 0¸00
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

27 28 29 30 31 29 30 31

3 4 5 6 7 8 9
6:18AM ¾-> 0º00 5:27AM Ã Ú È 6:47AM ¾-> 0°00 9:07PM È × ¿
6:07PM ¾-> 0»00 12:05PM ½ × Å
12:55PM ½ Û Ç
9:44PM Å × Ç

10 11 12 13 14 15 16
6:16PM ¾-> 0±00 10:20AM ½ Ð ¿ 8:33AM Full Moon± 3:44AM ¾-> 0²00 12:05PM Â Ú Ç 11:14AM ¾-> 0³00
1:20PM Ã × Ä 9:33AM Å × ¿
1:00PM ½ × È
5:33PM Ç Û ¿

17 18 19 20 21 22 23
4:56PM ¾-> 0´00 2:39AM Ã-> 0·00 2:10PM ¿Direct 11:18PM ¾-> 0¶00 9:58AM ½-> 0¸00
8:53PM ¾-> 0µ00

24 25 26 27 28 29 30
12:57AM ¾-> 0·00 7:27PM Â-> 0¹00 3:10AM ¾-> 0¸00 7:29AM ÇDirect 4:50AM ¿ Û Ç 1:11AM ¿ × Å
8:33AM Â Ð Ä 10:04AM
10:04AM New Moon¸ 7:31AM ¾-> 0¹00 3:12PM ¾-> 0º00
11:50AM Ã à Æ 1:27PM Â Û Æ

   
195
 
196
December
  2019:NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE Zone:5
Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1:19PM Ä-> 0¹00 12:21AM ¿ × È 2:43PM ¾-> 0°00
2:09AM ¾-> 0»00
10:46AM Â × Ã

8 9 10 11 12 13 14
2:28AM ¾-> 0±00 4:40AM ¿-> 0¸00 11:45AM ¾-> 0²00 5:04AM Â Ð Å 12:11AM Full Moon² 6:54AM Ã Û Ç 10:55PM ¾-> 0´00
3:59AM ½ Ú Ç 6:22PM ¾-> 0³00 10:15AM Â Ð È
4:48PM Â × Ç

15 16 17 18 19 20 21
2:00PM Ä Û Æ 2:14AM ¾-> 0µ00 4:59AM Ã × Å 1:41AM Â-> 0º00 7:56AM ¾-> 0·00
5:03AM ¾-> 0¶00 11:19PM ½-> 0¹00
11:18PM ¿ Ú Ç

22 23 24 25 26 27 28
8:30AM Â Ú Æ 11:33AM ¾-> 0¸00 4:43PM ½ Û Æ 4:44PM ¾-> 0¹00 12:12AM
12:12AM New Moon ¹ 1:25PM ½ Ð Ä 12:19AM ¾-> 0º00
9:32AM Ã × È 11:54PM ¿-> 0¹00

29 30 31 November January 2020

10:40AM ¾-> 0»00 S M TW T F S S M TW T F S

5:21PM ¿ Û Æ
1 2 1 2 3 4

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 26 27 28 29 30 31

   
  197
198
January
  2020:NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE Zone:5
Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
December 2019 February
1 2 3 4
S M T W T F S S M T W T F S
10:59PM ¾-> 0°00 11:41AM ¿ Ð Ä 4:37AM Ã-> 0¸00 11:14AM ¾-> 0±00
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

29 30 31 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

5 6 7 8 9 10 11
9:09PM ¾-> 0²00 1:20AM ½ × Ç 8:02AM ¿ × Ç 3:42AM ¾-> 0³00 10:18AM ¿ Ð ½ 7:15AM ¾-> 0´00
2:20PM Full Moon³
8:48PM ÆDirect

12 13 14 15 16 17 18
4:50AM ¿ Ð Å 8:20AM ½ Ð È 10:42AM ¾-> 0¶00 1:30PM ¿-> 0º00 1:19PM ¾-> 0·00 3:31AM ¿ Ú Æ
5:13AM ¿ Ð È 9:05AM ¾-> 0µ00 6:17PM Â × Æ
11:59AM Å Ð È 10:15AM ½ Ð Å
1:38PM Â-> 0»00

19 20 21 22 23 24 25
5:39PM ¾-> 0¸00 9:54AM ½-> 0º00 11:58PM ¾-> 0¹00 1:53AM ½ Ú Æ 8:19AM ¾-> 0º00 8:09AM ¿ × Ã
8:06AM Â × Ä 4:40 PM New Moonº

26 27 28 29 30 31
6:42PM ¾-> 0»00 2:59PM Â Ð Ç 5:34AM Ã Ú Ç 6:49AM ¾-> 0°00 7:26PM ¾-> 0±00
8:36PM Â Ú Ã

   
  199
200
February
  2020:NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE Zone:5
Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
January March 1
S M TW T F S S M TW T F S

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

26 27 28 29 30 31 29 30 31

2 3 4 5 6 7 8
2:06AM Â × È 6:28AM ¾-> 0²00 4:42AM ¿ × Æ 3:01PM Â-> 0°00
6:37AM ¿-> 0»00 2:01PM ¾-> 0³00 5:43PM ¾-> 0´00
5:01PM Â × Å

9 10 11 12 13 14 15
2:32AM Full Moon´ 6:36PM ¾-> 0¶00 7:36PM ¾-> 0·00 11:05PM ¾-> 0¸00
6:37PM ¾-> 0µ00

16 17 18 19 20 21 22
6:32AM Ã-> 0¹00 5:35AM ¾-> 0¹00 10:55AM Ä × Ç 4:09AM Ã Û Æ 9:12AM ½ × Æ
7: 53
53PM
PM ¿ ¨12
¨12 » 11:56PM ½-> 0»00 2:40PM ¾-> 0º00

23 24 25 26 27 28 29
1:36AM ¾-> 0»00 9:04PM ½ × Ã 1:46PM ¾-> 0°00 12:57AM Ã × ¿ 2:28AM ¾-> 0±00
10:31AM
10:31AM New Moon» 8:43PM ½ Ð ¿ 5:07PM Â Ú È
11:58AM Â Ú Ä 10:11PM Æ × ¿

     
  201
202
March
  2020:NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE Zone:5
Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2:19PM ¾-> 0²00 11:43AM Â Ú Å 6:06AM ¿-> 0»00 4:26AM ¾-> 0´00
11:24PM ¾-> 0³00 4:23PM Â × ¿
10:06PM Â-> 0±00

8 9 10 11 12 13 14
5:46AM ¾-> 0µ00 12:46PM Full Moonµ 5:02AM ¾-> 0¶00 7:26AM ½ × Ä 4:27AM ¾-> 0·00 5:31AM Ã × Ç
7:22AM ½ Ð Ç 10:47PM ¿Direct 6:08AM ¾-> 0¸00
2:37PM Â Ð Æ 11:46AM ½ × È

15 16 17 18 19 20 21
2:42AM ¿-> 0»00 8:15PM ¾-> 0º00 6:49PM ½ × Å 6:34AM Ã Ð Ä 7:32AM ¾-> 0»00
11:24AM ¾-> 0¹00 10:48PM ½-> 0°00 10:57PM Å-> 0º00

22 23 24 25 26 27 28
8:18AM ¿ × Æ 12:20AM Ã Ð È 4: 27
27AM
AM New Moon° 8:35AM ¾-> 0±00 11:23PM Â Û Ä 8:37PM ¾-> 0²00
10:07PM Â × Ç 7:57PM ¾-> 0°00 9:56PM Â Û È

29 30 31 February April

2:42PM Ã-> 0º00 6:42AM ¾-> 0³00 S M TW T F S S M TW T F S

1:30PM Ã Ð Å
1 1 2 3 4

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 26 27 28 29 30

     
  203
204
April
  2020:NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE Zone:5
Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
1 2 3 4
1:25PM ¾-> 0´00 12:09PM Â-> 0²00 12:08PM Â Û Å
8:13PM ¿ Ð Ç 4:17PM ¾-> 0µ00
9:44PM Ä Ð È

5 6 7 8 9 10 11
4:15PM ¾-> 0¶00 1:50PM Ã Ú Æ 3:15PM ¾-> 0·00 3:34PM ¾-> 0¸00 6:57PM ¿ × Å
4:27PM ¿ × È 11:47PM ¿-> 0°00
9:19PM ¿ × Ä
9:34PM Full Moon¶

12 13 14 15 16 17 18
7:04PM ¾-> 0¹00 6:05AM ½ Ú È 2:36AM ¾-> 0º00 1:28PM ¾-> 0»00 12:35AM ¿ × Â
5:57AM ½ Ú Ä 10:54PM ¿ × Ã

19 20 21 22 23 24 25
9:44AM ½-> 0±00 1:59AM ¾-> 0°00 1:59AM ½ Ú Å 2:35PM ¾-> 0±00 2:18AM ¾-> 0²00
9:24 PM New Moon± 2:34AM ¿ Ú È
1: 52 PM È ¨24
¨24 ¹
11:30PM ¿ Ú Ä

26 27 28 29 30 March May

4:00AM ½ Ð Æ 12:26PM ¾-> 0³00 12:26PM ¿ Ú Å 8:05PM ¾-> 0´00 10:39PM ¿ Ð Æ S M T W T F S S M T W T F S

2:52PM ¿-> 0±00

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

29 30 31 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

31

       
  205
IF  YOU  LIKE  FORECAST,  
 

       YOU  WILL  LOVE  MMA  CYCLES  

J.C.

“Watching time and price coming into your

three-star reversals is an amazing thing to
watch unfold. I should have signed on
years ago.”  

A Monthly market overview with Market Timing

Analysis for:
¥ Geocosmic Critical Reversal Dates
¥ DJIA with Solar/Lunar Reversals
  ¥ S&P Futures
Gold with Solar/Lunar Reversals
NEW   ¥
¥ Silver with Solar/Lunar Reversals
¥ T-Notes
SUBSCRIBERS   ¥ The Euro
¥ Crude Oil
JUST  $60   ¥ Soybeans

2 -­‐MONTH     Or, Subscribe to the International Cycles Report:  

¥ XAU – Gold and Silver Mining Stocks
TRIAL!   ¥
¥
RUT – Russell 2000
AUD – Australian Dollar
¥ ASX – Australian All Ords
¥ Corn and Wheat
¥ GBP – British Pound
¥ DXY – US Dollar
¥ FTSE

Reports only $325/year, $125/4-months

 
 
MMA’s   M OST   P OPULAR   R EPORTS!  
 FORECAST 2019
A UNIQUE AND FASCINATING OVERVIEW OF THE YEAR
2019. SPECIAL ATTENTION ON CYCLES, WITH GEOCOSMIC
SIGNATURES RELATED TO GLOBAL AND NATIONAL
ECONOMICS, STOCK MARKETS, CURRENCIES, PRECIOUS
METALS MARKETS, GRAIN MARKETS, CRUDE OIL, AND
INTEREST RATES. INCLUDES GEOCOSMIC CRITICAL
REVERSAL DATES FOR EACH MARKET AND OVERVIEW OF
POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC THEMES FOR THE YEAR.